Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout330 Seminole Blvd (2)Im =­ *1100' ------------- _—„ - — STEVE8-203176-2V317�rA0VV.uW-6(3N-� 3.31.V•3 YDf LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS A A.B. 'ANCHOR BOLT FL FLOOR PR PAIR A/C AIR CONDITION FFL FINISHED FLOOR LINE PT POINT ACOUS. ACOUSTICAL FLASH FLASHING P.T. PRESSURE TREATED ADJ. ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT FR FRAME P.T.D. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR (SLAB) FTG FOOTING PVC POLY VINYL CLORIDE A.H. ACCESS HATCH FURR FURRING AHU AIR HANDLER UNIT FUT FUTURE Q Q.T. QUARRY TILE AL ALUMINUM F.W. FLUSH WOOD ALT ALTERNATE R R RADIUS, RISER MOD. ANODIZED G GA GUAGE RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A.P. ACCESS PANEL GAL GALLON RD ROOF DRAIN APPROX APPROXIMATE GALV GALVANIZED RECP RECEPTACLE ARCH. ARCHITECT G.B. GRAB BAR REF REFERENCE AUTO AUTOMATIC G.M. GALVANIZED METAL REFR REFRIGERATOR GND GROUND REG REGLET B B.G. BUMPER GUARD GYP GYPSUM REINF REINFORCEMENT BLK BLOCK REQ REQUIRED B 0 BOTTOM OF H HB HOSE BIBB REV REVISION BLDG BUILDING H.C. HOLLOW CORE RM ROOM BM BEAM HDW. HARDWARE RO ROUGH OPENING BOT. BOTTOM HDWD. HARDWOOD B.U.R. BUILT UP ROOF HT. HEIGHT S SC SOLID CORE HM HOLLOW METAL SCHED SCHEDULE C CAB. CABINET HORIZ HORIZONTAL S.D. SOAP DISPENSER C.B. CATCH BASIN H.PT. HIGH POINT SEAL SEALANT CER. CERAMIC HTG. HEATING SECT SECTION C.G. CORNER GUARD HVAC HEATING,VENTILATING, SF SQUARE FEET C.I. CAST IRON & AIR CONDITIONING SQ. FT. SQUARE FEET C.J. CONTROL JOINT 'SHT SHEET CL CENTER LINE I ID INSIDE DIAMETER SIM SIMILAR CLG. CEILING INCL INCLUDING S.M. SHEET METAL CLO. CLOSET INSUL INSULATION SPEC SPECIFICATION CLR. CLEAR INT INTERIOR SPF SOUNDPROOF CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT INV INVERT SS STAINLESS STEEL COL COLUMN STD STANDARD' CONC. CONCRETE J JAN JANITOR STL STEEL CONST. CONSTRUCTION JT JOINT STOR STORAGE _ CONT. CONTINUOUS STRL STRUCTURA- CONTR. CONTRACTOR L L LENGTH SUSP SUSPENDED CORR. CORRIDOR LAM LAMINATE S.Y. SQUARE YARD CO CLEAN OUT LAV LAVATORY CT CERAMIC TILE LF LINEAR FEET T TLT TOILET CTR COUNTER,CENTER LKR LOCKER TBL TABLE CW COLD WATER LT.WT. LIGHT WEIGHT TEL TELEPHONE CU CONDENSING UNIT LBL LABEL TEMP TEMPERED THK THICK D DBL DOUBLE M MAS MASONRY TPD TOILET ?AI'ER DISPENSER DEPT DEPARTMENT MAX 'MAXIMUM TV TELEVISION DET DETAIL MIN MINIMUM TYP TYPICAL DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN MECH MECHANICAL DIA DIAMETER MTL METAL U UC UNDER COUNTER DIM DIMENSION MFG MANUFACTURER UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE DISP DISPENSER M.H. MANHOLE UTL UTILITY DN DOWN MISC MISCELLANEOUS D.R. DRESSING ROOM MLDG MOLDING V VB VINYL BASE DWG DRAWING M.O. MASONRY OPENING VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE M.R. MOISTURE RESISTANT VERT VERTICAL E EA EACH MS METAL STUD VEST VESTIBULE E.B. EXPANSION BOLT MTD MOUNTED VIF VERIFY IN FIELD EJ EXPANSION JOINT MUL MULLION VWC VINYL WALL COVERING ELEC ELECTRICAL ELEV ELEVATION N N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT W W/ WITH ESC ESCALATOR NO. NUMBER W.B. WAIL BUMPER EMER EMERGENCY NOM. NOMINAL WC WATER CLOSET E.P. ELECTRICAL PANEL N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE W/C WHEELCH EQ EQUAL WD WOOD EQUIP EQUIPMENT 0 OC ON CENTER WH WATER },�ATLR EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER . OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER W.I. WROUGHT IRON EXP EXPANSION OPG OPENING W/0 WITHOUT -' EXIST EXISTING OS. OVERFLOW SCUPPER W.O. WHERE OCCURS EXT EXTERIOR WP WATERPROOF P PREFAB PREFABRICATED WT WEIGHT F F.A. FIRE ALARM PL PLASTIC LAMINATE WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC FD FLOOR DRAIN PLAS PLASTER WWM WELDED WIRE METAL FDN FOUNDATION PLBG PLUMBING FIN FINISHED PLWD PLYWOOD Y YD YARD 2 :LEGEND (D— GRID DESIGNATION BUILDING SECTION A301-2 A301-2 SECTION NUMBER 102 ROOM NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 102A DOOR NUMBER WALL SECTION A302-3 O WINDOW TYPE SECTION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ® STOREFRONT TYPE �3 — WALL TYPE A501-6 nl SECTION DETAIL DETAIL NUMBER O5 KEY NOTE SHEET NUMBER A REVISION NUMBER A888-88 DETAIL REFERENCE T 0 SOMETHING DETAIL NUMBER X'-X" A.F.F. SHEET NUMBER ELEVATIONS TAGS T 0 SOMETHING X'-X" A.F.F. ' EXTERIOR ELEVATION MARKERS A201-2 ELEVATION NUMBER ��� SHEET NUMBER SPOT ELEVATION TAG 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4 moll MARKERS o � 3 SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER 3 GENERAL NOTES 11 ALL WORK WILL COMPLY WITH LOCAL, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES RELATED TO THIS PROJECT. SITE AND BUILDING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FAIR HOUSING ACT I rallhea THE WRITTEN DIMENSIONS PREVAIL ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, DO NO SCALE THESE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. IF ANY DISCREPANCY OCCURS, THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK AFFECTED BY THE DISCREPANCY. CONTRACTORS TO SECURE ALL PERMITS AND REQUIRED INSPECTIONS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN A CERIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. CONTRACTORS ARE TO PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK, INCLUDING FIRE PROTECTION AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION. EACH CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO REVIEW ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ISSUED BID. CHANGE ORDERS WILL NOT BE APPROVED FOR FAILURE TO DO SO. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED OR OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE ` CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE SUBSTITUED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS PROJECT AS REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THE USE OF THE FACILITY AS PLANNED. 4 LEGAL DESCRIPTION SECTION 25. TOWNSHIP 19 SOUTH. RANGE 30 EAST. THE CITY OF SANFORD. SEMINOLE COUNTY. FLORIDA DESCRIPTION: (WRITTEN BY SURVEYOR) A PORTION OF LOT 1. SANFORD RIVERFRONT PROJECT. ACCORDING TO THE PLOT THEREOF AS RECORDED IN PLOT BOOK 14. PAGE 88 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF SEMINOLE COUNTY. FLORIDA. BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGIN AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 1. SANFORD RIVERFRONT PROJECT. ACCORDING TO THE PLOT THEREOF AS RECORDED IN PLOT BOOK 14.PAGE 88 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF SEMINOLE COUNTY. FLORIDA AND RUN N 00 00'00" E ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID LOT 1.113.98 FEET: THENCE LEAVING SAID EAST LINE RUN S 900 00'00" W.125.37 FEET: THENCE RUN S 00 0010011 E. 66.55 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 1. THENCE RUN S 69016'45" E ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE.134.04 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING: CONTAINING 11316.24 SQUARE FEET OR 0.2598 ACRES. 5 VICINITY MAP NTS LAKE MONROE r LNROE T PROJECT CI4Y HALL ;\ FULTON COMMERCE STREET Q � w EAST >st 5TREET 2ND STREET CLIENT: ARCHITECT: STRUCTURAL ENGINEER i Cuhaci & Peterson Architects, LLC FLORIDA CERTIFICATE #AAC000526 SUNCOR BOWEN INVESTMENTS, INC. ENGINEERING CORP. 160 INTERNATIONAL PKWY, SUITE 250 1220 ALDEN RD. 1528 VASSAR STREET HEATHROW, FL 32746 ORLANDO, FL. 32803 ORLANDO, FL. 32804 (407) 228-4220 (407) 423-7585 FAX (407) 228-4219 FAX (407) 423-4872 6 DRAWING INDEX: PERMIT DATE 11/03/2003 SHEET NO. TITLE REVISION 1 REVISION 2 ARCHITECTURAL A100 ARCHITECTURAL. SITE_ PLAN. - -- - ....- -- ------ --- - -- ------ ----- - ------ ---- ---- -- A101 LIFE_ SAFETY__P_LAN-& FLOOR_:PLAN _ _ _ _ _ ___ 2/12/04__ 5/3/04 _ A102 REFLECTED _CEILING_. -PLAN__& _DETAILS-.- 2/12/04 5/3/04 ........ ....... . _..._ - - ---- ------ ---- --- ---- ------ A103 ROOF _PLAN.._&._DETAILS-_-- _ — _2/12/04 _ 5/3/04 A104 AWNING-- -&- TRELLIS__. DETAILS -------- 2/12/04 - 5/3/04 A201 ELEVATIONS __ _ _ _ _- _ _ ——2/12/04 5/3/04 --- - -- - - - . - -- - - - - - -- T 5/ 04 A301 SECTIONS - 3/04 A401 BATHROOM DETAILS.- -- -- --- --- ---- -- --- - -- -- --- --- -- — T - -- - A501 DETAILS 5/3/04 A601 DOOR _AND WINDOW ---SCHEDULES AND_DETAILS \ -_ __ -J- 5/3/04 A701 WALL TYPES.-.& UL RETAILS - - -- ..._.. ----- ----- --- --- ----- A001-AO07 SPECIFICATIONS-- STRUCTURAL S100 STRUCTURAL- _NOTES_ S101 FOUNDATION FRAMING PLANS---- ------------ ---------- ---------- ----------------- _ _....___.--------------------------------- ---....----------------------- ........... _...- -- ------ -- - -- S201 FOUNDATIOI4_DETNLS- S202 FOUNDATIONS. _DETAILS . - - _-- - --- ----- --- ---- -- S301 ROOF _FRAMING._ DETAILS— - - - - ..- - -- -- --- ;- __-- -_-- _ S401 CANOPY SECTIONS - - - ---- --- --- - ---- --- -- -- - S402 CANOP-Y_SECTIONS___ -- PLUMBING ,t P101 PLUMBING PLAN, NOTES_&_DETAILS_ MECHANICAL M101 MECHANICAL_.PLAN &.__NOTES ------- ------------- - M501 MECHANICAL__ DETAILS_ _ ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS __...... . _.-:.------- -- -- ---- - ..._:_ .. ---- ........... ---- ...... ........_----....-.. --- ---- .... ;- . - E101 ELECTRICAL... PLAN, NOTES :_& .DETAILS___ --_ ---- _... .. 5/3/04 . E401 ELECTRICAL-PANELSCHEDULES_ _ 5/3/04 - E501 ELECTRICAL -NOTES--& DETILS- c6d-e R '4E I E`V. EWED r Sanford Fire �'revertion Dlv Date: 3 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: Cuhaci & Peterson Architects, LLC FLORIDA CERTIFICATE #AAC000526 .W000- CUHACI & PETERSON 1220 ALDEN RD. ORLANDO, FL. 32803 (407)228-4220 FAX (407) 228-4219 CIVIL LANDSCAPE ENGINEER ARCHITECT: LAND DESIGN INNOVATIONS, INC. 140 N. ORLANDO AVE., SUITE 295 WINTER PARK, FL ` 32789 (407) 975 - 1273 (407) 975 1278 CONTACT: MARC D. STEHLI, P.E. Cl l y OF SANFORD 3175 - 203175-A101.000 - 5/3104 325.01 PM 1 2 illl+�-------II�II---------I Illl +L — — — — I- ��— I I I I 1 I I I I O O LIFE SAFETY FLOOR PLAN SCALE: I/8" = 1'-0" O C� N I I 1 I I O LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ® EXIT LIGHT �i EMERGENCY LIGHTING WALL PACK — — 1 HR RATED WALLS — — MAXIMUM EGRESS PATH FIRE EXTINGUISHER, WALL MOUNTED (F.E,) XX" CLEARANCE PROVIDED MIN CLEARANCE REQ BY FBC XX" CODE INFORMATION JURISDICTION AUTHORITY FIRE RESISTANCE CITY OF SANFORD MATERIALS/CONSTRUCTION (FBC 704.3.1) 300 N. PARK AVE. SINGLE OCCUPANCY .BUILDINGS TENANTS SEPARATED BY 1-HOUR SANFORD, FL 32771 MINIMUM FIRE RESISTANCE, FBC TABLE 705.1.2 ADOPTED CODES WALLS OPENINGS FIRE WALLS 4 3 BUILDING: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 (W/ LOCAL ADOPTED AMENDMENTS) TENANT SPACE 1 .75 FIRE: FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE - 2001 HORIZONTAL EXIT 2 1.5 CHAPTER 36 - (NFPA 1& NFPA 101W/ STATE FIRE MARSHAL AMENDMENTS) PLUMBING: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, PLUMBING - 2001 CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE, FBC 709 MECHANICAL: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, MECHANICAL - 2001 CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS (MIN. 4 HOUR = 6.7" (SILICEOUS GRAVEL) ELECTRICAL: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 EQ. THICKNESS), FBC TABLE 709.3.1 CONCRETE OR APPROVED FILL MATERIAL CHAPTER 27 - (NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE) FUEL/GAS: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, FUEL/GAS - 2001 INTERIOR FINISHES, FBC 803 ACCESSIBILITY: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 CLASSIFICATION, FBC 803.2 A-FLAMESPREAD 0-25, SMOKE DEV, 0-450 CHAPTER 11 - (FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION). B-FLAMESPREAD 26-75, SMOKE DEV. 0-450 ENERGY: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 C-FLAMESPREAD 76-200, SMOKE DEV. 0-450 CHAPTER 13 - (FLORIDA ENERGY EFFICIENCY FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION), OCCUPANCY (ASSEMBLY, UNSPRINKLERED), EXITS - CLASS A TABLE 803.3 ACCESS - CLASS A BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION DATA OTHER SPACES - CLASS B - OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION (FBC 304) GROUP A - ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TYPE (FBC TABLE 600) TYPE IV, UNPROTECTED, FULLY UNSPRINKLERED MEANS OF EGRESS MAXIMUM HEIGHT AND AREA (FBC TABLE 500) AREA - 8,000 SQ. FT. HEIGHT - 55' FBC 1003 - 1005 ACTUAL HEIGHT AND AREA AREA - 2,910 SQ. FT. HEIGHT - 34'-0" OCCUPANT LOAD FBC TABLE 10031 ASSEMBLY (A-2) (WITHOUT FIXED SEATS) 1 PERSON / 15 SQ. FT. (NET) TRAVEL DISTANCE (UNSPRINKLERED) 150 FT. EGRESS WIDTH/PERSON SERVED 0.2"- LEVEL MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING DOORS 3211 ARRANGEMENT AND NUMBER, FBC 1004 1 PER ROOM WHEN EXIT TRAVEL < 75' PLUMBING, MINIMUM FACILITIES PFBC, PLUMBING, TABLE 403,1 2 PER ROOM WHEN EXIT TRAVEL > 75' OCCUPANCY -ASSEMBLY (A-2) MEN WOMEN MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS, FBC 1004.2.2 2 WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD 1-500 WATER CLOSETS 1 PER 75 1 PER 75 LAVATORIES 1 PER 200 1 PER 200 FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS FBC 1405.2 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1 PER 500 MINIMUM ACCESS REQUIREMENTS 32" X 48" HIGH MINIMUM EVERY 200' WATER CLOSETS LAVATORIES DRINKING FOUNTAINS TENANT SPACE AREA (S.F.) REQUIRED/PROVIDED REQUIRED/PROVIDED REQUIRED/PROVIDED 100-101 1180 (PUBLIC SPACE) 4/4/4 / 1216 (KITCHEN SPACE) If j4 i/1 2 FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = "1'-0" SOIL POISONING FOR TERMITE CONTROL 1. GENERAL 1.1 Scope: Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the application of soil poisoning for the termite control as specified herein. 1.2 Contractor's Qualifications: Applicator shall be licensed in the state where the project is located and shall be nationally known company. 1.3 Guarantee: a. Termite protection treatment shall be guaranteed for period of Jive years against termite infestation. Guarantee shall include any yearly renewal costs. Repairs for termite damage paid by termite company. b. At the Owner's option, at the termination of the guarantee, an extension renewal of inspection and service treatment shall be made available to the Owner. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 Soil poisons applied to the designated areas shall be water based emulsions containing toxicants in either of the two combinations listed below. Each toxicant shall be in the concentration (by weight). a. Chlordane (1.0X) and Dieldrin (0.5/.) b. Chlordane (1.0/.) and Heptachlor (0.10 3. EXECUTION 3.1 Restrictions: do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling and and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. to ensure. penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soil or during inclement weather. 3.2 Surface Preparation: Remove foreign matter which could decrease effectiveness of treatment on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. Toxicants may apply before placement of compacted fill under slabs, if acceptable to the Architect. 3.3 Application Rates: Apply soil treatment solution. as follow: Within building area, with or without slabs -on -grade, at the rate of 1.5 gal. per 10 sq. ft. Under foundations and footings, including horizontal and vertical surfaces of excavations, at the rate of 1 gal. per 10 sq. ft. Outside building perimeter in a strip at least 2' wide and under porches, areaway, aprons, walks, pads, stair landings, or paved extensions, at a rate of 1 gal. per 5 sq. ft. Allow not less than 12 hours for drying after application, before, beginning concrete placement or other''construction activities. 3.4 Post signs in the areas of application warning workers that soil poisoning has been applied. Remove signs when areas are covered by other construction. 3.5 Re -apply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation or other construction activities following application. FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORS BASE WALL CEILINGS A SEALED CONCR. 1 NONE A PAINTED GYP. BOARD 1 PAINTED GYP. BOARD B VCT TILE 2 CERAMIC B PAINT READY 2 ACT. LAY -IN C CERAMIC TILE 3 VINYL C CERAMIC TILE 3 NONE D STONE TILE 4 BASE D EPDXY PAINT CMU 4 PLASTER FINISH TENANT SPACE 105 1, 2 FLOOR CEILING BASE WALL PROVIDE WALL — BLOCKING SUPP( WHERE REQUIRE[ WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER (F.F.) FIN. FL 0 d- 3 FIRE EXTINGUISHER DETAIL SCALE 1�/2" = 1`0" RE: A101 REAR LEFT (PN RIGHT FRONT vI U �o 0 0 UU 3 oU 0 V o v g O 0 G r S 1"r Q� U 0 a 0 a o ten,; a 0 U 0 �CN N W C: F j n W z E QJ r` Z0 � 3 O LL Q OZ� w � [if0 UW� z H �oQ �^^ W vJ�2 U (o IQ- LO (V E O U 00 Q c( Q J u- N 6 .,T ❑ 00 N W O 0� lXi 0 � OC-q W N Z 0 W N Q N N = n_ p LL 0 z t. 70 s 00 W 7 U. W --I L.L UJ —O .�U_UJ W z �Z o U) — "' j ,� \JarM91E. Dowrtt d- O o r �y (14 NO O C:) o w Q a � o (n N O O J Z Z o 0 w a- � � J o L CD_ s F— r7 Q = 0 0 0 LLJ N — Z N Y m w # O a w i ft� N _ a U o v A101 SFE IEB-203115-203175-AI02.000-5131043:25.01 FM I - _1_ -J-._ i. WALLMOUNTEDMOUNTED EXTERIOR LIGHT i i I O 2 O REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: %a" = 1'-0" I I EXTERIOR LIGHT I i (3) O 5 O - LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 2'X 4'LAY IN SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT 0 EXTERIOR SECURITY LIGHT ® CEILING HUNG BATHROOM LIGHT �p x CEILING PADDLE FAN 1' X 4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT CHAIN HUNG @ 8'-0" A.F.F. ® HVAC SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER RECESSED INCANDESCENT DOWNLIGHTING HVAC RETURN AIR GRILLE ® EXIT LIGHT ® EXHAUST FAN EMERGENCY LIGHTING o FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD WALL PACK SURFACE MOUNTED Q WALL LIGHT _ _ 1HR RATED WALLS WALL MOUNTED ACCENT LIGHT EXTERIOR LIGHT NOTE: ALL CEILINGS TO BE 9'-011 ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3EFINISHED -UM. TRELLIS O SLOPE ROOF SYSTEM RE: ROOF PLANS I I I i I I I I I I I II I II I II I II II I II I I I I I I I I I I II I II I I i ---1---------- — - ---- --1-1- - — i — — 1 _ 21-511 �35/al 2 CEILING DETAIL SCALE: %q" 4 CEILING DETAIL SCALE: %4" -1'-0" METAL ROOF DECKING RE: STRUCTURAL STL ROOF FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL 3%" STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. TYP B 0 FRAMING 9--0-- A F.F. 2X4 RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE RE: ELECTRICAL 1l/211 rr� ROOF SYSTEM RE: ROOF PLANS METAL ROOF DECKING RE: STRUCTURAL STL ROOF FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL 3%" STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. TYP TEXTURED PLASTER BOARD B 0 FRAMING ri 91 -011 A.F.F. Y ?X4 RECESSED LIGHT FIXTi RE: ELECTRICAL 3 CEILING DETAIL SCALE: %q" = T-O" V! +�10 N LO �� N0 m U 0 o0 3 o Ci cc5 s �1 a o U METAL ROOF DECKING u U O rn RE: STRUCTURAL a STL ROOF FRAMING L- N RE: STRUCTURAL i -� 0 O a Na g(N STL BEAM > o o .>&W X 3%" STUD FRAMING 4 — u- @ 16" O.C. TYP N %" DENS GLASS GOLD e N o WITH%q" STUCCO SYSTEM w w W/ METAL LATH AND VAPOR N o N BARRIER SEE SPECS. TYP. E s4 ¢ C3 I B 0 FRAMING o 94-- A.F.F. N _ 3 t 3 ALUM.STOREFRONT SYSTEM RE: A601 O O 2X4 45 O 0 V 0 O N O T q rn c u c O� v 0 T METAL ROOF DECKING RE: STRUCTURAL STL ROOF FRAMING U 1- W 0 0 Z c RE STRUCTURAL 0 STL BEAM o 3%" STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. TYP DENS GLASS GOLD WITHYq" STUCCO SYSTEM W/ METAL LATH AND VAPOR BARRIER SEE SPECS. TYP B 0 FRAMING 94" A.F.F. 0 a ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM RE: A601 41 2 2X4IRY y o c 'RE FRONT E e o a <a CEILING DETAIL SCALE /y 1 0 5 o w Z Q n z —j W V 0 W F— W w LL W F- W W orf a � James _. Down, lie 0 U .j � y OI O v L Jo1 <f 0 CD v N r7 r7 N O CD O � W t) W I— r- Q p O O J Z Z � Z Z tz O O V) W W W W a- J _ � N r� r� r Ld O M CD CD c -j W LY] LLj N CDU (n W O -D Q. W N S G1 CD REAR LEFT ^ I RIGHT FRONT V Al STEVEB-203175-203175-Al 03,000 - 5/3104 325.01 PM GRAVEL STOP--"' ° RE' A501 M GRAVEL STOP V / LL>< C RE A501 z ii H LLJ CDw / / / a V) o V) cn - PRE Fk ALUM / / '\\ ' z 1 PARAPET\CAP / i REr:vfA501 /-FABRI AND FRAME 4 PLY BUILT UP ROOF BY A NINO CONTRACTOR- \ CRICKET (TYP FOR / SHOW DASHED RE:Al WITH MINERAL CAP \ / I SHEET TYP \ EACH RTU) 1/4" PER/ i FOOT MIN. SLOPE / EXHAUST FANS - - VTR THOUGH ROOF \ \ •• _ 0.* RE PLUMBING `/ I - F: �I PLANS \ \ �7 \\ \ E.F. �RE: PLUMBING- _ _ CRICKET (TYP FOR ,PLANS - �% , ,�L° EACH RTU) 1/4" PER f - _ �`L�' FOOT MIN. SLOPE E _ FULL LOUVER y P OT MIN. ACCESS I\FRESH AIRSDOOR INTAKE ��� �� 41 \ CONDENSING UNITS N I.Q o O.F.S. - PRE FIN ALUM IF PARAPET CAP RE: A501 ROOF PLAN SCALE: %e" = 1'-0" j 100 YEAR, 1 HR RAINFALL (INCHES) FOR PROJECT SITE /\\ (SEMINOLE COUNTY) IS 4.5 (ROUND UP TO 5"). TOTAL ROOF AREA SERVED BY 2 DOWNSPOUTS IS 3,863 SQ FT. LARGEST TRIBUTARY AREA SERVED = 2,304 SQ. FT. FROM TABLE 1106.2 OF 2001 PLUMBING CODE, MINIMUM DIAMETER OF LEADERS = 4" LEADER SIZE CALLED OUT ON PLANS = 4" Z_ \ 0 0 w a SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT MIN. GRAVEL STOP RE: A501 _ SLOPE 1/4 PER FOOT MIN. . A501 5 \ O.F.S. 51-011 X 61-011 PREFINISHED ALUM. AWNING TABLE 1106.2 - SIZE OF VERTICAL CONDUCTORS AND LEADERS DIAMETER HORIZONTAL PROJECTED ROOF AREA (SQUARE FEET) OF LEADER RAINFALL RATE (INCHES PER HOUR) (INCHES) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 2,880 1,440 960 720 575 480 410 360 320 290 260 240 3 8,880 4,400 2,930 2,200 1,760 1,470 1,260 1,100 980 880 800 730 4 18,400 9,200 6,130 4,600 3,680 3,070 2,630 2,300 2,045 1,840 1,675 1,530 5 34,600 17,300 11,530 8,650 6,920 5,765 4,945 4,325 3,845 3,460 3,145 2,880 6 54,000 27,000 17,995 13,500 10,800 9,000 7,715 6,750 6,000 5,400 4,910 4,500 8 116,000 58,000 38,660 29,000 23,200 19,315 16,570 14,500 12,890 11,600 10,545 1 9,660 4 ROOF DRAINAGE DATA (100 YR RAINFALL) SCALE: NTS .050 KYNAR ALUM. COPING CAP W/ CONT..063 MILL -FINISH ALUM. CLEAT 2 x P.T. WOOD BLOCKING PEEL & STICK UNDERLAYMENT FASTENER & NEOPRENE WASHER @ 12" O.C. Y/4" STUCCO CMU BLOCK MOD. BIT. FLASHING MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING MEMBRANES FIBER CANT STRIP x MINERAL CAP SHEET \ 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2.6" ISO METAL DECK _ 3:- 7 CMU PARAPET FLASHING DETAIL SCALE: NTS .050 KYNAR ALUM. COPING CAP W/ CONT..063 MILL -FINISH ALUM. CLEAT 2 x P.T. WOOD BLOCKING PEEL & STICK UNDERLAYMENT FASTENER &NEOPRENE WASHER @ 12" O.C. �\\ MTL. STUDS �\ MOD. BIT. FLASHING MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING MEMBRANE FIBER CANT STRIP \� - MINERAL CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2.6 ISO \ y METAL DECK \ / 'r PARAPET FLASHING DETAIL SCALE: NTS 31-31/4" 2 SKYLIGHT DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" SKYLIGHT 2 X TREATED WOOD NAILER 3 PLY BUILT UP ROOF SYSTEM W/ CAP SHEET TYP RE: ROOF PLANS METAL ROOF DECKING JOIST @ 5' O.C. 3%" STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. TYP LAP MIN, 2" INSIDE - VENT PIPE SOLDERED LAP SEAM o z METAL PITCH DAM M WEIGHT OF MATERIAL SAME AS FOR ROOF PENETRATIONS STRIPPING 4" METAL DECK AND FRAMING MIN RE: STRUCTURAL FASTEN FLANGE TO DECK -- \ VENT PIPE (DIAM. VARIES) �l CAP END II II�� FUTURE TENANT CONNECTION 5 VENT THROUGH ROOF DETAIL SCALE: NTS RE: ROOF PLANS 16 GA. MIN. FRAME 2" WOOD NAILER z 00 INSULATION SUPPLIED BY CURB MANUF, ALTERNATE FRAME - LOCATION FOR HEAVY UNITS 9 CURB DETAIL SCALE: NTS z= z = 0 SEAL STRIP COUNTERFLASHING FASTENED APPROX. 18" O.C.-SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SHEET MTL, CONTR. BASE FLASHING 'a� o\ FASTENERS APPROX. 8" O.C. \ 2" NOMINAL FIBER CANT STRIP SET IN BITUMEN WOOD BLOCKING FASTENED TO DECK 3 SKYLIGHT DETAIL SCALE: 3" = T-O" ROOF DRAIN TURN: Z100-8 OR EQUAL DECK CLAMP TAPER INSUL, 24" DOWN T( SKYLIGHT FASTENER 2 X TREATED WOOD CANT STRIP %" DENS GLASS GOLD WITH %4" STUCCO SYSTEM W/ METAL LATH AND VAPOR BARRIER SEE SPECS. TYP. 3%" STUD FRAMING STRAINER CLAMPING RING METAL FLASHING 6"0 P.V.C. RAINLEADER 6 INTERIOR ROOF DRAIN DETAIL SCALE: NTS RE: ROOF PLANS REAR LEFT (PN RIGHT FRONT U �C) 0 0 Uu Lo N0 co CD U U 00 M �? s o n T U cn O `I LL N VJ o �--� O �r o0 o Q� U Z N rr ll 0 Y . df 3 Q O N wn IT cc) `g L LJ .% N E a t Qi Q O CN //Iq� U N +� W a)=) -E cn aa�' J >ZcN O� �¢LL 0z� ui ()W0 Z Z= z oQ . ) T- v J U U) Q w z z Qu LL LL Lu 0 z •� O � O LU i Q F-� F- o U) a Lu E. Do d- C' 0 0 CAp 0 0 M Q O o Cn •-- N o 0 w z z � o 0 in v1 w ii N 0 WCIA Z Co w U U) N f U Al 03 /E8-203175- 2031-15-Al 04.000-5f3/V4325.01 PM i 6 0 ROOF PLAN SCALE: Ya" = 1'-0" 51 _ ^ 11 SECTION THRU TRELLIS SCALE: NTS 1w ri >SED END CAP SH TO MATCH :LLIS MEMBER -D SMOOTH WITH SHED CORNERS TYP. 3 SUN SHADE ROOF CONNECTION SCALE: 311 = 11-011 RE: A104 1Y2" ALUM. TUBE FRAME SYSTEM CLOSED END STEEL PIPE PTD. FINISH TYP. KNIFE PLATE CONNECTION SEALANT. METAL HAT STEEL SLEEVE SET BUILT UP ROOF viol W:1i0►� STEEL CONNECTION PLATE MTL DECK STEEL JOIST 4 SUN SHADE TOP ROOF CONNECTION SCALE: NTS RE: A104 0 >2„ 5 LOWER TRELLIS CONNECTION SCALE: 3 " = T-0" RE: A104 REAR LEFT A' RIGHT FRONT V 1 U C �o 0 0 U u Nt �-I N E It � a N .0 o�_ d t� W N V/ o O� � uu00 ON Z N c r a g w, N A O 1X LL O c� w N Z 00 QN o as ,. IT O N =^ L 3 J L [� I.L U - o N -1-� W c_ cU E ^ °" v J r�- �z� 0 J LL L Q 0 z w Uwe z �z� Iz moo¢ °_ � W U w c: �— c) Z Z_ �u- z W —o z �LLLLJ Lz o U) w Q w 0 �a.mes f. Dom' w C- CD N M \ 1v7 N O O O \ W I� W 1— \ Q p O O O J Z Z W Z Z E W Q:� > W a_ � i� � N M Z W O M Q = p p Lu w N N W Z Y o Q w coc _ a- N o A104 STEVEB-20115-20SiM-A201MO-M0d3' UI PM N CD 4- 6- 9- TOWER FRONT -0" A.F.F. I 2 3 4 TOWER BACK -3" A F,F. I I I �, A PTD. FINISH / PREFINISHED ALUM. ELECTRICAL /� AWNING FOR DRIVE HRU EQUIPMENT ' —M.C.J. M.C'J. _.. co _ y ,> All rI— _ _ — _ _ _ — — _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ — — — _ _ _ — — — _ _ _ _ — _ — — \� L EXTERIOR WALL MTD, LIGHTS FOR DRIVE THRU;, 3 SOUTH ELEVATION C1 ,; RE: ELECTRICAL SCALE: %8" = 1'-0" MATERIAL SCHEDULE MK MATERIAL FINISH MANUF. / REMARKS 0- STUCCO FINISH SYSTEM HEAVY TEXTURED PTD. - 2- ALUM.STOREFRONT SYSTEM - RE:A601 3- STUCCO MEDIUM TEXTURED PTD. - 4- METAL TUBING 2 1/2" O.D. PAINTED STEEL - 5- PREFINISHED ALUM. - - 6- PREFINISHED METAL COPING CAP FACTORY PTD. FINISH W.P. HICKMAN CO., INC 7- CANVAS AWNING & WIRE SYSTEM - - 8- TENSION WIRES 9- STONE VENEER NATURAL - 1 I INDICATES COLOR INDICATES MATERIAL NOTE: ALL PRE -FORMED RADIUS COPING SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER. COLOR SCHEDULE MK COLOR NAME COLOR NUMBER -A NATURAL FINISH - -B _C -E WHITE (TRIM) - A 1�/2" DIA. STEEL PTD. RAILING 2 EAST ELEVATION 0 SCALE: %8" = 1'-0" L/\ I LI\I V I \ rr flLL IVI I V. 1 LIGHTS FOR DRIVE THRU 4 WEST ELEVATION RE: ELECTRICAL SCALE: �/8" = 1'-0" U 0 U � � Lo N o M U O Q M Q U SS O N O Q) U zip N a r l V �w� �0 a Q X a Q a Q O kzi Q N w O ° W N � N n � OIt y j N 2 3 j p I L E E U O C(N N -f_j w E cn a) J z co _OJ � U- �¢ O z vw z Z= z CDQ w �(c) w= U { C. C- 0 0 ro NO O O rn W F Q V) N 7a O O J Z Z � Z Z � O O CO V) cn LLJ aw � w � V-)o J L o M CD N Lj 3 LJ0 N (w W O :D Q w cr_ co � _ N o c- REAR LEFT (PN RIGHT FRONT A201 i STEVEB - 203175 - 203175-A301.000 - WIN 325.01 PM SL T 0 TOWER 344" A.F.F. T 0 PARAPET 134" A.F.F. Adk T 0 FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" A.F.F. BUILDING SECTION SCALE: %B" = 14" T 0 MASONRY 19'-4" A.F.F. LINTEL BLOCK RE:STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS STL EMBED PLATES RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS LINTEL BLOCK RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ETCHED GRANITE DISPLAY PIECE EXTRUDED ANNODIZED ALUM.FRAME SYSTEM FRY REGLET CORNER MOLDING Y4" STONE VENEER THINSET TO 12" CMU WALL RE: STRUCTURAL SLOPE /8"/FT CONCR. CURB RE: CIVIL REINFORCED CONCR. IFOOTING RE: STRUCTURAL 3 COLUMN SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " = 1'-0" 3 PLY BUILT UP ROOF SYSTEM W/ MINERAL CAP SHEET TYP SLOPED 1/4" PER FT. TO DRAIN MIN. ROOF DRAIN. RE: A103-6 CONT. PREFIN. ALUM \ CAP FLASHING RE: A103-7 T 0 MASONRY -A — 12'-B" A.F.F. SLOPE .,SLOPE JOIST BEARING- 11'-4" A.F.F. ROOF FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL PLANS E I II B 0 CEILING 94" A.F.F. X -1 - - IF Al 3%GYP BOARD OVER " MTL STUD FRAMING - 16" O.C. MAX. I► RAINLEADER HIDDEN---' INSIDE OF GYP BOARD - BUILDOUT BEYOND 5 " GYP BOARD OVER or 1B2" Z FURRING CHANNELS WITH RIGID INSULATION 5/B" STUCCO 8" CMU WALL REINFORCED CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE \ RE: STRUCTURAL RAIN LEADER SPILL —� TO PVMT. AT CURB T 0 FIN. FLR. SLOPE 1/8"/FT 0'-6" A.F.F. CONCR.CURB-Z':::�L - ----_/__------- -- RE:CIVIL— — — — — — - REINFORCED CONCR. CONDENSATE DRAIN TIE INTO STC FOOTING WATER SYSTEM RE: CIVIL FOR RE: STRUCTURAL CONTINUATION. TO COMPLY WITH FBC MECH. CODE SECTION 307.2. 4 REAR WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " = T-O" 0 COLUMN ELEMENT 194" A.F.F. T 0 R00 12'-9" A.F.F. ak T 0 TOWER 344" A.F.F. A301-4 T 0 PARAPET 134" A.F.F. l T 0 FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" A.F.F. 2 BUILDING SECTION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" - - - 3- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - I I ----------- --- -5 --1 TYPICAL FRONT WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " = T-0" P. -UMN ELEMENT 19'-4" A.F.F. T 0 ROOF 124" A.F.F. T 0 MASONRY 19'-4" A.F.F. —ROOF FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS —3%" MTL STUD FRAMING %4" STUCCO OVER METAL LATH OVER %" DENS GLASS GOLD W/ VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE: SPECS RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE RE: ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS — ALUM.STOREFRONT > SYSTEM RE: A601 STUCCO OVER 8" MASONRY KNEE WALL GYP BOARD OVER 1�/Bp" Z FURRING CHANNELS WITH RIGID INSULATION SLOPE �/8"/FT CURB I RE: CIVIL _ - _ _ _ — — — — — — — — — REINFORCED CONCR. ,. ' FOOTING RE: STRUCTURAL - — — — — — — — — — — — —6 FRONT WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " = 14" STEEL SUPPORT BAR PTD. FINISH C!� U o • U U � � �5...� N E it o M U 00 d N o 2 ., a U o O N v � 0 1 c 00 z N Z N a VJ a w. � o� < �o p X LL a Q O E s w o0 N m 0 a Q N = r 0 L 3 0 E ii V 5 0 c 0 U 0 v 0 CT Q O ;u T 0 0 Iu 2 49 3 0 F E 0 u 0 c .o v 0 L N df U 0 0 n E v ar u •� o y v O a "' W -o U W VLL z Lu LU O h C¢ w cn M Q c y a i 1'i f D G +lil S 0 E b N d- 0 L0 M o w r Q - o N N Q O J z I- o a w J LJ N o r- w (D cil � a-Y , j N Z V) W O = Q W ck� V) _ A301 D co STUCCO SEE NOTE BELOW < ' 8" CMU WALL RE: STRUCTURAL , \— 5/E GYP. BOARD OVER 1l/z Z-FURRING W/ x ; ` RIGID INSULATION 12" CMU COLUMN 77/777 RE: STRUCTURAL .:. ;:: �� STONE VENEER 8" CMU WALL RE: STRUCTURAL X u X STUCCO SYSTEM OVER CMU WALL W/ MTL LATH AND —V - VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE: SPECS 1 COLUMN PLAN DETAIL SCALE: Y/4" = 1'-0" RE: FLOOR PLAN . %" STUCCO CMU PARAPET CONT. SEALANT .032 KYNAR ALUM.FACE PLATE 6" x 16" .032 KYNAR ALUM. THRU WALL SCUPPER MOD. BIT. CAP FLASHING FIBER CANT STRIP ---------- FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 1.5" ISO METAL DECK TYP. OVERFLOW THRU-WALL SCUPPER DETAIL SCAI F: 114" - T-0" 3%" MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C. MAX /," ZPFU RN 11G RIGID INSULATION 2 COLUMN PLAN DETAIL SCALE: %4" = 1'-0" RE: FLOOR PLAN 01 ETCHED GRANITE DISPLAY PIECE ALUMINUM FRAME SYSTEM 12" CMU COLUMN RE: STRUCTURAL 9110►L�10L41:a ALUM. STOREFRONT SYTEM RE: A601 BUILDING PAPER WALL FINISH RE: PLAN s SHEET METAL REGLET CLIABEDDED DDING BEHIND WALL FASTENERS 24" O.C. — _ — 3" 176mm] LAP (MIN.) W/ BEAD OF SEALANT 24 GAUGE SHEET COUNTERFLASHING METAL 3" MIN LAP AT JOINTS OPTIONAL: 2" WIDE CLIP 30" O.C. MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING NAILER EMBEDDED REGLET AND TERMINATION i- OF WALL COUNT ERFLASHINGS 6 FLASHING DETAIL NTS RE: A102 Eo STEEL EMBED PL TE RE: STRUCTURAL Q� PAINTED FINISH - PIPER RAIL 12" CMU COLUMN RE: STRUCTURAL STONE VENEER - RE: SPECS O MOUNTING HEIGHT 144" A.F.F. COUNTER SUPPORT DETAIL PIPE RAIL SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: 3 = 1-0 SCALE: 1/2 1-0 RE: WALL SECTIONS RE: ELEVATIONS FACE OF MASONRY TO CENTER OF STOREFRONT AN L ONT %601 3 -COLUMN PLAN DETAIL SCALE: %4" = T-0" RE: FLOOR PLAN 3" 11. /2" ZPFURRING OVER BOARD RIGID INSULATION Qo CIA 'uuuu 1uu'uuu� , STUCCO SYSTEM OVER CMU WALL W/ MTL LATH AND VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE: SPECS C-4 CHANNEL CONT. WELD TO PIPE SUPPORTS 3" DIA. STEEL PIPE SUPPORTS @ EACH TRUSS, TYP. 4 PER UNIT SEALANT METAL HAT STEEL SLEEVE SET BUILT UP ROOF INSULATION STEEL CONNECTION PLATE MTL DECK STEEL JOIST 81' 811 11-`1' 11 ( CJ 1 O 1 4 COLUMN PLAN DETAIL SCALE: Y4" = 14" RE: FLOOR PLAN 2%2" x 2%2" ANGLE TRUSS BRACING AT SUPPORTS TYPICAL COORDINATE LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL PLANS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT GRAVEL -STOP DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3" 1'-0" RE: -A104 RE: A104 %4" STUCCO OVER METAL r LATH OVER %" DENS GLASS I GOLD W/ VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE: SPECS I I I I I I �ALUM TRELLIS BY OTHERS I I II BRACKET & THROUGH II BOLT CONNECTION I BY TRELLIS II MANUFACTURER If I II L----------� CONT. 2X8 P.T. WOOD BLOCKING \� MTL STUD FRAMING J 1 I @ 16" O.C. MAX 12TRELLIS ATTACHMENT DETAIL' SCALE 3 1 0 RE: SECTIONS � 1 U �o 0 0 Uu N E oO W N n U m o ,T U �-+ LL o N o �0 Q� V Z N o 0 `t ox a LL oN o Q o V Lu °° o Q N E a ¢ f� o IT y U N 3 L ALUMINUM "GRAVEL -STOP" SET IN ROOF CEMENT: PRIME FLANGE BEFORE STRIPPING v m CANT STRIP TYP N FELT ENVELOPE o FASTENERS AT 3" O.C., STAGGERED MULTIPLE -PLY MEMBRANE STRIPPING 3 0 _ E 0 MULTIPLE -PLY BUILT-UP u a i ROOF MEMBRANE - \ COVERBOARD INSULATION N V V 0 0 THERMAL INSULATION ROOF DECK E 70 EXTEND ONE PLY OR A SEPARATE •� MEMBRANE SHEET TO BELOW BLOCKING a N CONTINUOUS CLEAT (FASTENED PER TABLE 1) v _ (n N (u �. N O (,W7 L �` tea. V 0 v W z (Ci LL � D.1 �0 = o LQ -a ar 0 V a v a - v V H 0 q 0 0 `" o � W Q o N N J Zo z f- o W a CL � Ld — — — — — — — — LLJ o Ln to z r- Ld o r a U o W co N N � W U U-) CK _ CL N W U A501 DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULE DOORS FRAME DETAILS GLASS LOUVER DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY UL LABEL HARD- WARE SET REMARKS MARK TYPE WIDTH HT. THICK NESS MATERIAL TYPE MATERIAL HEAD JAMB SILL SIZE TYPE THICK NESS SIZE TYPE 7'-0" 1/q" ALUMINUM FR-1 ALUMINUM H-1 J-1 S-1 FULL TEMP �/q _ _ _ 1 KAWNEER 350 NARROW STYLE DT 2 31 Oil 71 Oil WOOD FIR 2 WOOD I I ILI j 2 S 2 1 aLow eE)RE PRE' llulN6 D'HIR PAINT 6RADE O DT-3 34" 74" 1%4" HM FR-3 HM H-4 J-4 S-3 _ _ _ _ _ _ 3 H.M. DOOR PAINT FINISH LATEX GLOSS ENAMEL O DT-4 4'-0 7'-0" 1y/q" HM FR-3 HM H-4 J-4 2 DOOR -FULLY LOUVERED O-E DT-5 44 7'-0" *q" WOOD FR-2 WOOD H-2 J-2 S-2 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 FOLDING DOORS LOCKSETS AND KEYING ---A FINAL CORE PROCESS FOR LOCKSETS & KEYING L DOOR NUMBER 1. THE SUBCONTRACTORS WILL INSTALL ALL DOORS, FRAMES, RETAIL NUMBER HARDWARE AND LOCKSETS AND ENTRANCE DOORS. NOT USED REQ SCHEDULE I i SCHEDULE I SCHEDULE Ld w / w // o = / ::Dwn ' E w / c:�j nw c z w cy- V)i Q:� V) � \ coo \\ \\ o a DT-1 DT-2 DT-3 DT-42 DOOR TYPES SCALE: /q" T-0" RE: A102 RE: _ 3Y8'',. RE: (3�/8" 2 RE: " 2" RE: SCHEDULE �� � r_S_C�d L?lSCHEDULE�(I �(� SCHEDULE ?l J J w ZD :mD FR-1 FR-2 4FRAME TYPES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-O" RE: A102 1 — ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM ALUM. JAMB BEYOND i ALUM. DOOR RE: DOOR SCHEDULE H-1 STOP TYP. .D BELOW nwm. uwR RE: DOOR SCHEDULE J-1 ALUM. JAMB BEYOND o APPLIED SWEEP ALUM. THRESHOLD w BY STOREFRONT INSTALLER FINISH FLOOR loo�/ SLOPE RE:FLOOR PLAN EXTERIOR WALK %'I PREFORMED ISOLATION JOINT S-1 7HEAD / JAMB / SILL DETAILS SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" RE: A601 FR-3 :a ►5 w o ~' w FR-4 7114" RE SCHEDULE DT-5 ACOUSTICAL BATTS %" GYP. BD, EACH SIDE OF 6" MTL STUDS RE: WALL TYPE SOLID WOOD DOOR FRAME, PAINT FINISH RE:DOOR SCHEDULE FLUSH HOLLOW CORE WOOD DOOR 8y4" RE: DOOR SCHEDULE H-2/J-2 $3/g11 SOLID WOOD DOOR FRAME (BEYOND) ( OR RE•I FL ORSH O PLAN S-2 3 STOREFRONT TYPES SCALE: /q" = 1'-0" >1 INDICATES TEMPERED GLAZING RE: A102 REINFORCED OR PRECAST LINTEL RE: STRUCTURAL STUCCO FULL DOOR — WEATHER STRIP GROUT SOLID TY 1%2" Z-FURRING CHANNELS WITH RIGID INSULATION W/ 5/8" GYP BOARD 18 GA. X (CONT.) CLOSURE PLATE MASONRY JAMB ANCHOR AS REQ. REINFORCED CMU RE: STRUCTURAL 0 HARDWARE NOTES 1. ADJUST ALL CLOSERS TO A 5 LB. MAX. OPENING FORCE. 2. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TYPE WRITTEN SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE SPECIFIED. PREPARED BY A LICENSED AND CERTIFIED CONSULTANT. 3. ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW CORE METAL DOORS ARE TO BE INSULATED, DOOR AND FRAME TO BE SHOP PRIMED AND PAINTED, 4. ALL LOCK AND PASSAGE SETS TO BE SCHLAGE GRADE OR BETTER. SUBMIT OTHERS FOR APPROVAL. LOCKS NEED TO BE REKEYABLE. SOT USED 5. SUBMIT DETAILED HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL, 6. ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH N.F.P.A. 101-5-2.1.5, 7. ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH THE FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE AND THE A.D.A. FEDERAL REGULATION CODES, UTILIZING A LEVER LATCH OR LOCKSET. 8. ALL STORE FRONT SYSTEM DOOR KEYING SHALL BE INDIVIDUAL AND MASTER KEYED. PROVIDE 2 SETS OF KEYS FOR EACH TENANT SPACE AND THREE MASTER KEYS TO THE OWNER, REAR EXIT DOORS SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY KEYED AND PROVIDE 2 SETS TO THE OWNER. x 3 WM-1 r-- o` N DRIVE-THRU WINDOW CURB i—Wll�/RIGUDR INSULATIONELS WWI/ /8" GYP BOARD /--ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM ALUM STOREFRONT DOOR STUCCO H.M. DOOR FRAME (BEYOND) ALUM.THRESHOLD SET IN MASTIC (TYP.) FINISH FLOOR RE: FLOOR PLAN REINFORCED OR PRECAST LINTEL RE: STRUCTURAL STUCCO SYSTEM GROUT SOLID TYP. PAINT FINISH — RE: PLANS AND ELEVATIONS MASONRY JAMB ANCHOR AS REQ. REINFORCED CMU RE: STRUCTURAL S-3 S-4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE HARDWARE SET *1:(KAWNEER SINGLE ENTRANCE DOOR) HARDWARE SET *2:(RESTROOM DOORS & JANITOR ROOM) 1 SET SINGLE ACTING OFFSET PIVOT HINGES BY KAWNEER HAGER - 1�/2FAIR 4�/2" x 4%2" BUTT FULL MORTISE DOOR CLOSER - NORTON 1605 SURFACE CLOSER HINGES NO. 1191 FINISH 26 D, 4" EXTRUDED - MILL FINISH ALUMINUM THRESHOLD (FOR 3 EACH SILENCERS OFFSET PIVOT AND OVERHEAD CLOSER) 1 EACH LOCKSET SCHLAGE AL SERIES "SATURN" FINISH 1 ADAMS RITE MS+1890 DEADLOCK / LATCH COMBINATION AND 2 EACH HAGER 4" x 16" SQUARE CORNER - BEVELED 1ADAMS RITE 4590 LATCH PADDLE DEVICE PUSH / PULL PLATE NO.A305, 1 ADAMS RITE STANDARD LATCH STRIKE AS REQUIRED FOR DOOR FRAME. FINISH 26; 1 CYLINDER - SCHLAGE (7PIN) MORTISE FINISH TO MATCH DOOR 1 EACH CLOSER - LCN NO. 4040 FINISH US26D MOUNTED 1 CP II DOOR PUSH AND CO-9 PULL #14 CLEAR ANODIZE FINISH INSIDE OF ROOM (NOTE: "DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING STORE OPERATION") 1 EACH WALL STOP 1SEALAIR WEATHERING SYSTEM AND EPDM BLADE SUFACE ATTACHED SWEEP STRIP. WALK-UP WINDOW 13'-0" PAINT FINISH RE PLANS A GROUT SOLID STUCCO H.M. DOOR H.M. DOOR FRAME (BEYOND) FINISH FLOOR RE: FLOOR PLAN SEAL FLASHING BY STOREFRONT SYSTEM MFG. FINISH FLOOR RE: FLOOR PLAN %" PREFORMED ISOLATION JOINT WS-1 8 WINDOW DETAILS SCALE: 3" = 14" RE: A601 13'-0" 0 w I— X w SLOPE :XTERIOR REAR LEFT (PN RIGHT FRONT U o 0 0 U u Lo N ` o pOD ci 0 U� 03 o i o o p U 0 N Z a a N o > �V o X a U- s o E O c� N o w co 04 N 0 i E ¢ O~ a 4 O N = 3 o - -------- a � o C~.> CD Q \ J w m N Z _D � w Q W z a V) A601 _ STEVE6-203175-203175-A601.000-01043:26.01 PM - REDUCE HARDWARE NOTES HARDWARE SCHEDULE -� DOOR & FRAMESC 1. ADJUST ALL CLOSERS TO A 5 LB. MAX. OPENING FORCE. HARDWARE SET •1: (KAWNEER SINGLE ENTRANCE DOOR) HARDWARE SET #2: (RESTROOM DOORS & JANITOR ROOM) 2. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TYPE WRITTEN SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT 1 SET SINGLE ACTING OFFSET PIVOT HINGES BY KAWNEER HAGER - i%20AIR 4%2" x 4�/2" BUTT FULL MORTISE Irl DOOR & LITERATURE FOR ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE SPECIFIED. PREPARED BY A DOOR CLOSER NORTON 1605 SURFACE CLOSER HINGES NO. 1191 FINISH 26 D, o DOORS FRAME DETAILS GLASS LOUVER HARD- REMARKS LICENSED AND CERTIFIED CQNSULTANT. 4" EXTRUDED -MILL FINISH ALUMINUM THRESHOLD (FOR 3 EACH SILENCERS C) (o FRAME WARE OFFSET PIVOT AND OVERHEAD CLOSER) 1 EACH LOCKSET SCHLAGE AL SERIES "SATURN" FINISH U LO ASSEMBLY 3. ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW CORE METAL DOORS ARE TO BE INSULATED. 1 ADAMS RITE MS+1890 DEADLOCK / LATCH COMBINATION AND 2 EACH HAGER 4" x 16" SQUARE CORNER -BEVELED THICK THICK SET � M MARK TYPE WIDTH HT. MATERIAL TYPE MATERIAL HEAD JAMB SILL SIZE TYPE SIZE TYPE UL LABEL DOOR AND FRAME TO BE SHOP PRIMED AND PAINTED. 1 ADAMS RITE 4590 LATCH PADDLE DEVICE PUSH / PULL PLATE NO. A305, o NESS NESS 1 ADAMS RITE STANDARD LATCH STRIKE AS REQUIRED FOR DOOR FRAME. FINISH 26. °� °D ,_ „ i 4. ALL LOCK AND PASSAGE SETS TO BE SCHLAGE GRADE OR BETTER. 1 CYLINDER - SCHLAGE (7PIN) MORTISE FINISH TO MATCH DOOR 1 EACH CLOSER - LCN NO. 4040 FINISH US26D MOUNTED V\ o M �? OA DT-1 3 0 7 0 1�/q ALUMINUM FR-1 ALUMINUM H-1 J-1 S-1 FULL TEMP /q - 1 KAWNEER 350 NARROW STYLE # INSIDE OF ROOM -�+ Q - - SUBMIT OTHERS FOR APPROVAL. LOCKS NEED TO BE REKEYABLE. 1 CP II DOOR PUSH AND CO-9 PULL 14 CLEAR ANODIZE FINISH y O ' ❑ (NOTE: "DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING STORE OPERATION") 1 EACH WALL STOP a, - _ - NOT USED 5. SUBMIT DETAILED HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. 1 SEALAIR WEATHERING SYSTEM AND EPDM BLADE SUFACE ATTACHED C,) : 0- SWEEP STRIP. _ LL O DT-3 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 " HM FR-3 HM H-4 J-4 S-3 _ _ _ _ _ 3 H.M. DOOR PAINT FINISH LATEX GLOSS ENAMEL `�' %q - 6, ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH N.F.P.A. 101-5-2.1.5. � O ob CDDT-4 4'-0 7'-0" t�q" HM FR-3 HM H-4 J-4 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 DOOR - FULLY LOUVERED 7, ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH THE FLORIDA a Q� U z N ACCESSIBILITY CODE AND THE A.D.A. FEDERAL REGULATION CODES, o w _ o OE DT-5 4'-0 7'-0" 1�/q" WOOD FR-2 WOOD H-2 J-2 S-2 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 FOLDING DOORS UTILIZING A LEVER LATCH OR LOCKSET. p 8. ALL STORE FRONT SYSTEM DOOR KEYING SHALL BE INDIVIDUAL AND a o MASTER KEYED. PROVIDE 2 SETS OF KEYS FOR EACH TENANT SPACE a, ¢O o �+ �-+ AND THREE MASTER KEYS TO THE OWNER. REAR EXIT DOORS SHALL LOCKSETS AND KEYING ---A BE INDIVIDUALLY KEYED AND PROVIDE SETS THE OWNER. cA W CO s ❑ N FINAL CORE PROCESS FOR LOCKSETS & KEYING: - DOOR NUMBER - - Ti -° Q o 10 6 10 5/2 VARIES RADIUS FIELD VERIFY 13 0 13 0 c ; < N 1. THE SUBCONTRACTORS WILL INSTALL ALL DOORS, FRAMES, RETAIL NUMBER N _ 3 HARDWARE AND LOCKSETS AND ENTRANCE DOORS. CL 5'-O3'-4�43'-4�g3'-OEQ. EQ. EQ. 4'-14'-24'-14'-8" �3'-0" �4'-8" 5'-0" ; NOT USED - --- E RE: u RE` �, y RE` SCHEDULE / RE / _ N SCHEDULE I SCHEDULE I SCHEDULE WM-1 p o _ J 1 I I // w I/ �/ I W / a o / o — CD \ o xa \ - �' \ v D) - - �.A � L1J DT-1 DT-2 DT-3 DT-4 DT-5 O1 _ 4 8'-0" O o- 10 -6 / 2 -8 Q� J �• 0 1-0,/2 -8 1-05 -0 EQ. EQ. /, EQ. ° c Zcc) o � Z STOREFRONT TYPES „ Z 0 DOOR TYPES 3 4 = N . p <( SCALE /q" = 1'-0" 3SCALE: 1/q" = 1'-0" >' INDICATES TEMPERED GLAZING '� '� o V W RE: A102 RE A102 - ,' ° z � I- _ (� °° c ? I— uj u 7 u u u " n — fr Ll o W_ r (O W 211, RE: �" 3 RE 3 /a 2 ; RE 2 RE l _ _ �� SCHEDU E (I /a��I SCHEDULE I'� � �I SCHEDULE �l = f� SCHEDULE y� = - "' DRIVE-THRU WINDOW a` v CURB "' WALK-UP WINDOW " E W d E W W W W \, J J J J 0 C] 0 C] w w w w 1 w= wU w� �� u Q� ctf VXV i 1% " Z-FURRING CHANNELS PAINT FINISH j REINFORCED OR WI2TFW RIGID INSULATION REINFORCED OR �� RE: PLANS 1D ELEVATIONS W/ /8 GYP BOARD PRECAST LINTEL Q O PRECAST LINTEL Q" O , RE: STRUCTURAL ALUM. STOREFRONT RE: STRUCTURAL GROUT SOLID Th. P. �} / - I - R19 BATT INSULATION O SYSTEM / �� FR-1 FR-2 FR-3 FR-4 �- %q" STUCCO SYSTEM a OVER V SHEATHING " � \ % _ _�� _ _ SEE SPECS., • — _.. FRAME TYPES ---— - _ 4-� \ SHIM AS REQUIRED SCALE /q 1-0 - — 1 4RE: A102 ,I ��/ / ` > ' = i - \ CONT. PREFINISHED ALUM. 5 " STUCCO 5 " STUCCO �' . - - - - - - - I_ /� o 7�/q° /a SYSTEM � � -J FLASHING, COLOR SELECTED �1 —ALUM. STOREFRONT 1 BY ARCHITECT E z SYSTEM ACOUSTICAL BATTS 31/4 7 " - CONT. PERIMETER N SEALANT TYP. u- �y 5/a" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE FULL DOOR � OF 6" MTL STUDS. WEATHER STRIP �� � ALUM. STORE- ALUM. JAMB BEYOND �� I I RE: WALL TYPE FRONT SYSTEM O 2 21/415/a� �� 5/a" Lu DRYWALL z U- O t- ALUM. DOOR t� l �! - WH'1�WJ-1 v a ccn RE: DOOR SCHEDULE a SOLID WOOD DOOR H-3 H-4 t r Y-:lM E. Do �s / FRAME, PAINT FINISH s 4i RE: DOOR SCHEDULE /2 GROUT SOLID TYP.— GROUT SOLID TYP. v ' H-1 FLUSH HOLLOW CORE �� WOOD DOOR - PAINT FINISH ALUM. JAMB W/ STOP TYP. 8�q� RE DOOR SCHEDULE RE PLANS AND \' 2115a - ,% ELEVATIONS ALUM.THRESHOLD BELOW 1�/2" Z-FURRING E H-2/J-2 RIGCHANNELS D NNSULATION W/ W, GYP \ /' BOARD O, 18 GA. X (CONT.)----" CLOSURE PLATE �// '-I,- N v ALUM STOREFRONT - ALUM. DOOR MASONRY JAMB � DOOR MASONRY JAMB RE DOOR SCHEDULE ANCHOR AS REQ. ix 5/e" STUCCO ANCHOR AS REQ. CD \\ N N J_1 REINFORCED CMU REINFORCED CMU RE: STRUCTURAL J-3 RE: STRUCTURAL 4 r Q o ALUM. JAMB BEYOND 8�q° %" STUCCO E n z 0 I -< TAT V H.M. DOOR 4/2 `'' - - - - - - - - u J o APPLIED SWEEP SOLID WOOD DOOR FRAME / o N / / (BEYOND) FRAME H o (BEYOND) / (BEYOND) FRAME 1 m ALUM. THRESHOLD x / SEAL FLASHING a w w / ALUM. THRESHOLD w „ BY STOREFRONT j BY STOREFRONT 1- _ ow / SET IN MASTIC (TYP.) x a o L M INSTALLER I / �, L, o ►-� j SYSTEM MFG. z � � m FINISH FLOOR �o FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR / FINISH FLOOR _ N o � o m UU ( / - / \ cw Z C7 Y (/7 RE FLOOR PLAN .� ( RE: FLOOR PLAN / RE: FLOOR PLAN RE: FLOOR PLAN 1r - W C, SLOPE r _ FINISH FLOOR SLOPE g � N � _ RE: FLOOR PLAN EXTERIOR WALK Y PREFORMED 3/a" PREFORMED EXTERIOR REAR ISOLATION JOINT ISOLATION JOINT S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 WS-1 LEFT RIGHT A601 WINDOW DETAILS N HEAD /JAMB /SILL DETAILS FRONT 7 SCALE: 3" = 14" SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" RE: A601 RE: A601 STEV E B - 203175 - 203175-E 1 O 1.000 - 5f3104 2;1128 PM i - — - — LOCATED ON -33:35:37 ROOF B-38:40:42 WP/GFI �. HP-1U* 2 CU-3 CU- "-,-LOCATED ON ROC (TYP.) A-38:40I42 i POWER RISER 1 " [ WIT[ FOR TELEPHONE i **SEE MECHANICAL SERVICE, DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CU UNITS ON ROOF. O O POWER PLAN SCALE: %8" = 1'-O° i O REAR LEFT (PN RIGHT FRONT 9 LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: %e" 1'-0° REAR LEFT RIGHT FRONT TV HP-7 i LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: 1. ALL EMERGENCY, EXIT SIGNS, AND NIGHT LIGHTS SHALL BE WIRED VIA CIRCUIT #1 ON i TENANTS CORRESPONDING PANEL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4 O 101 0 U `-j N O O Uu Lo N E p U N t� v v 00 ci co �+ rn O T U 555 O t•+ O N 0,06 Q� U Z N 0 � l a 0 �m O ON w 04 W00 o � N J � a s' c O0 N = L; U _o C 4 -F-� W VD i �U) � � 1 J Z M 0 —j f-- LL �. Z � Lu Q F- Z Z Q= a Lu J (oW rn �//_ U 0) 70 .5 co 7 (u J W LL w Z • -- o tC3 LL w o �- Q I— U) 0 N 1') O O cn N O J z W Z O w > w °- cl� J _ .- cV O Lo M Q f cn CD W W N .-- Z Y Z � W O Q W Qf (n _ W N O U E101 9 S T EVE B - 20317.5 - 203175-E401.000 - 513104 2:1 1.28 PH uLO S TZ MANUFACTURER: - -SQUARE-D NQOD - NAME: - PANEL A - - - MANUFACTURER: SQUARE-D NQOD - - - - NAME: - PANEL B - - MAIN BREAKER: _ N/A..... _........ 3 PHASE ....._ _.._.. -..... MAIN BREAKER: N/A 3 PHASE - - MAIN LUGS. 200 AMPS - 4 WIRE -PROJECT NAME: TRAILHEAD BUILDING MAIN LUGS: 200 AMPS 4 WIRE PROJECT NAME: TRAILHEAD BUILDING - K.A.LC.: 10 t20/208 VOLTS PROJECT NUMBER: 203175 K.A.LC.: 10 120/208 VOLTS PROJECT NUMBER. 203175 _ MOUNTED: SURFACE FED FROM: UTILITY XTMER MOUNTED: SURFACE FED FROM: UTILITY XFMER10 2.8 6.5 5.5 5.1 9.7 -9.3 - 1.4 6.8 6.6 3.9 3.1 2.7 TOTAL KVA PHASE A: 7.83 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA: 38.94 TOTAL KVA PHASE A: 5.26 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA: 24.48 TOTAL KVA PHASE B: 16.26 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 408.10 TOTAL KVA PHASE B: 9.91 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 67.94 TOTAL KVA PHASE C: 14.86 - - TOTAL DEMAND KVA: 40.29 TOTAL KVA PHASE C: 9.31 - TOTAL DEMAND KVA: 28.33 - - - - TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 11 L85 - TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 78.63 LIGHTING (L) SQUARE FOOT: 1200 LIGHTING (L) SQUARE FOOT: 1020 . RECEPTACLES (R) RECEPTACLES (R) A/C HEATING IH) LIGHTING DEMAND LOAD IS BASED ON THE LARGER OF THE TWO A/C HEATING (H) LIGHTING DEMAND LOAD IS BASED ON THE LARGER OF THE TWO A/CCOOLING (C) (CONNECTED VS. TABLE 220.39, NEC 1999.) A/C COOLING (C) (CONNECTED VS. TABLE 220.39, NEC 1999.) KITCHEN EQUIPENT (K) KITCHEN EQUIPENT (K) - - - _ LARGEST MOTOR (M) -LARGER A/C LOAD: 16,45 KVA LARGEST MOTOR (M) "LARGER A/C LOAD: - 10.89 KVA - OTHER (0) OTHER (0) NOTES: 1. LOCKED BREAKER.I. HVAC BREAKER. NOTES: I. LOCKED BREAKER. I. HVAC BREAKER. 2. VIA TIME CLOCK. 2. VIA TIME CLOCK. SPACE ONLY ONLY N Q ENO S CKT IDENTIFICATION WIRE/COND C O LOAD/PHASE (KVA) D E CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD/PHASE (KVA) C O D E WIRE/COND ,IDENTIFICATION CKT NO N Q E S A B C TRIP P P TRIP A B C 1 1 EM LIGHTING 2#12, 1#12G, i/2"C L 0.20`tu r au 20 - 1 1 20 1.20 R 2#12, 1#12G; 1/2"C DISPLAY RECEPT. 2 LIGHTING 2#i2 1#12G 1/2"C 1.20 20 1 1 20 -. s 1.20 2#12 1#12G 1/2"C DISPLAY RECEPT. 5 LIGHTING 2#12, 1#12G, 1/2 C L_�#; 1 0 2 2 0 1 1 2 0 u 0.80 2#12 1#12G 1/2"C RECEPTACLES 6 2 7 TEN ANT SIGN 2#12 1#12G 1/2"C _ L 1.20 -20 1 1 20 0.80 zY �s u. a R 2#12 1#12G 1/2"C RECEPTACLES 8 TIME CLOCK 2#12 1#12G 1/2 C 0.20 h 2 D 1 1 2 0 a > . SPACE ONLY 11 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 12 13 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 14 15 � 20 1 1 20 Fa T SPACE ONLY 1 7 2 0 1 1 2 0 u � SPACE ONLY 18 ig 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 20 21 �,,�.4 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 22 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 24 25 20 1 1 20 � z ,.. SPACE ONLY 26 27 s,. 2 0 i 1 2 0 � SPACE ONLY 28 29 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 30 31 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 32 33 20 1 1 20 `� SPACE ONLY 34 35 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 36 37 s- 20 1 3 2 20 1.86 �.�t '� C 1#10G, 1"C CU-1 38 3 3 39 AHU-1 2#6, 1#8G, 1 1/4 C H 5.45 � 60 +� �4 1 863#10, • y ' ' qp 41 H MEMO 5.45 � � 1:86 C 42 - CONK. LOAD(KVA) ADJUST FACTOR DEMAND FACTOR DEEPM N(J LOAD (KVAI 3.8 1.25 1.00 4.75 4.2 -- NEC 7.10 10.894 ' 1.00 1.00 10.894. 5.583 1A0 1.00 5.583 0 NEC 0 '0 1.25 1.00 - 0 0 1.00 1.00 0 N O ENO S CKT IDENTIFICATION WIRE/COND C O D E LOAD/PHASE (KVA) CIRCUIT BREAKER - - LOAD/PHASE (KVA) C 0 D WIREICOND E IDENTIFICATION CKT NO N O E S A B C TRIP P P TRIP A 6 C t 1 EM LIGHTING 2#12,1#iZG, 1/2"C � 0.20 20 1 1 20 1 20 R 2#12, 1#12G,-1/2"C DISPLAY RECEPT. -2 3 LIGHTING 2#12; 1#12G, 1/2"C L 1.20 20 1 J 20 1� 1 20 2#12, 1#12G, i/2"G DISPLAY RECEPT. 4 5 LIGHTING 2#12 1#12G 112"C L Rpm 1 20 20 1 1 20 � 1 20 R 2#12 1#12G i/2"C LA DISPLAY RECEPT. 6 7 LIGHTING 2#12, 1#12G, 1/2"C L 1.20 20 1 1 20 1.20 2#12, 1#12G, 1(2"C DISPLAY RECEPT. 8 2 9 TENANT SIGN 2#12 1#12G 1/2"C R 1 20 � 20 1 1 2 D 1 .20 3 au 2#2 1#t2G 1/2"C R 1 DSPL YRECEPT. I A :10 11 TIME CLOCK 2#12,-1#12G, 1/2"C 0.20 20 l J 20 ^` , � 0 80 R 2#12, 1#12G, 1/2"C RECEPTACLES t2 - 13 SPACE ONLY 20 1 1 20 0.80 R 2#12, i#12G, 1l2"C RECEPTACLES t4 -15 SPACE ONLY 20 1 1 20SPACE ONLY -16 17 SPACE ONLY s 2 9 1 2 0 - SPACE ONLY Y 18 ig SPACE ONLY 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 2p 21 SPACE ONLY.,n�,'s'�" - 20 1 1 20SPACE ONLY 22 - 23 SPACE ONLY 20 1 1 20 CONN. LOAD(KVA) ADJUST FACTOR DEM1tAND PAC"fOR DEMAND LOAD (KVA) 3.8. 1.25 1:00 4.75 8.8 -- NEC 9.40 16.454 �9.69 1.00 1.00 16.454 1:00 1.00 - 9.69 -0 -- NEC -.0 - 0 1.25 1.00 0 0 1.00 -1.00 -. 0 MANUFACTURER: SQUARE-D NQOD NEMA 3R NAME: PANEL HP MAIN BREAKER: 100 AMPS 3 PHASE MAIN LUGS: NIA 4 WIRE PROJECT.NAME:_ TRAILHEAD BUILDING K.AJ.C.: 10 120/208 VOLTS PROJECT NUMBER: 203175 MOUNTED: SURFACE FED FROM: UTILITY XFMERfflgt � C 0 � C O CKT IDENTIFICATION WIRE/COND LOAD/PHASE (KVA) CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD/PHASE (KVA). 0 WIREICOND IDENTIFICATION CKT ENO D D NO E S E E S - - - A -. B C TRIP P P TRIP Fl B- 1 1 LIGHTING 2#121#12G 1l2"C L 1.20 20 i i 20 0.20 T.� R 2#12.1#12G tit"C GEN. GFIRECEPT. 2 1 SPARE >; : 0.00 20 1 t 20 1:00 � � .m 2#12 1#I2G 1/2"C .EXTERIOR LIGHTING 1 1 5 LIGHTING 2#12 1 .20 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 2 7 EM I H N G TI G 2#12 12G 1/2 „ i# C L 0.20 Y 'A 2 0 1 1 20 t:.kWSL'+�v' un k �- , SPACE ONLY 8 g TIME CLOCK 2#12;)#12G, 1/2"C R 0.20 ?'a 20 1 1 20 U"� „IC£ SPACE ONLY 10 1 � SPACE ONLY ;� MOP 20 1 1 20 ? T s `� �? SPACE ONLY 12 13 SPACE -0NL Y � IS t 2 I 20 r � SPACE ONLY 15 SPACE ONLY a- 20 1 1 20 1.50 r r R 2#12, 1#12G; 1/2'C GFVNP RECEPT. 16 III 17 SPACE ONLY 20 1 1 SPACE ONLY 18 19 .SPACE ONLY 20 1 1 .20 SPACE ONLY 20 21 SPACE ONLY 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 22 23 SPACE ONLY 20 1 SPACE 0NL'( 24 P CE ONLY S A "� 1 i 2 0 a SPACE ONLY 27 SPACE ONLY�,w)?' 2g 29 SPACE ONLY 20 I 1 20 SPACE:ONLY 30 JU I 1.4 I. .U.G I I.L 'I I U,L I L:J I U.0 -.I - _ . TOTAL KVA PHASE A: 1.60 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA: 5.50 TOTAL KVA PHASE 6 2.70 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 15.27 . - TOTAL KVA PHASE C. 1:20 TOTAL DEMAND KVA: 10.45 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 29.01 LIGHTING (L) RECEPTACLES (R) A/C HEATING,(H) A/ccoourlG (c) KITCHEN EQUIPENT (K) LARGEST MOTOR (M) .OTHER 0 CONN. LOAD(KVA) ADJUST FACTOR DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND LOAD (KVA) 3.6 1.25 1.00 4.50 1.9 -- NEC 5.95 -0 L00 1.00 0 0 1.00 a00 0 0 -- NEC 0 0 L25 .0 1.00 1.00 G NOTES: i. PHOTOCELL "ON", TIME CLOCK ".OFF" 2. LOCKED BREAKER. V 1 � � O O O U 70 U -F-j w /V/�i�a � VJ J II >ZM II _ � � � a o Z W � [�0 Uwe Z �Z= z �o70* IULL J ^� W � w --- o U W O � Z ^t � � EL 0 M M � O O � W t� F \ Q p � N q O J Z W H O w � > w N i 1 M � W z W N •- Z Y D W O = Q W CL V) o v E401 I -- .. .... A/C AIR CONDITION Fft FLASH HNIZ)HLU MWIN LINC FLASHING rl P.T. F vil I I PRESSURE 'TREATED I L. rvl4u UVILL11111v 131 Ulv_L %ovml I- I "I I I I I 1 11- 1 r%1% I lv%."jlllv rw 1 _mw p__ ACOUS. ACOUSTICAL ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT FR FRAME P.T.D. PAPER TOWEL'DISHNSER THE WRITTEN DIMENSIONS PREVAIL ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, DO NO SCALE THESE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR TO. ADJ. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR (SLAB) FTG 'FOOTING PVC POLY VINYL CLORIDE VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. IF ANY DISCREPANCY OCCURS, THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED To AFF ACCESS HATCH FURR FURRING NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH MY WORK AFFECTED BY THE DISCREPANCY. A.H. AHU AIR HANDLER UNIT FUT F.W. FUTURE FLUSH WOOD Q Q.T. QUARRY TILE CONTRACTORS TO SECURE ALL PERMITS AND REQUIRED INSPECTIONS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN AL ALT ALALTERNAUMINUM TE R R RADIUS, RISER A CERIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. MOD. ANODIZED G GA GAL GUAGE GALLON RCP RD REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE ROOF DRAIN CONTRACTORS ARE TO PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK, A.P. APPROX ACCESS PANEL APPROXIMATE GALV GALVANIZED RECP RECEPTACLE INCLUDING FIRE PROTECTION AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION. ARCH ARCHITECT G.B. GRAB BAR REF REFERENCE AUTO AUTOMATIC G.M. GALVANIZED METAL REFIR REFKlUtKAlUK EACH UUNIM;IUK AND SUBCONTRACTOR 13 LAPLUILU lUL.nLVlLTV ALL WNIRMI DOCUMENTS AND SITE COND11101,11a PRIOR GND GROUND REG REGLET TO ISSUED BID. CHANGE ORDERS WILL NOT BE APPROVED FOR FAILURE TO DO SO. EMENT B B.G. BUMPER GUARD GYP GYPSUM REINF REINFORC BLK BLOCK REQ REQUIRED PRODUCTS SPECIFIED OR OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE SUBSTITUED WITHOUT PRIOR B 0 BOTTOM OF H HB HOSE BIBB �REV REVISION WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. BLDG BUILDING H.C. HOLLOW CORE RM "ROOM BM BEAM HDW. HARDWARE RO ROUGH OPENING THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS PROJECT AS REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THE BOT. BOTTOM HDWD. HARDWOOD S USE OF THE FACILITY AS PLANNED. 4 B.U.R. BUILT UP ROOF HT. HEIGHT SC SOLID CORE HM HOLLOW METAL SCHED -SCHEDULE C CAS.D. SOAP `DISPENSERB, CABINET HORIZ HORIZONTAL SEALANT C.B. CATCH BASIN H.PT. HIGH POINT SEAL CER. CERAMIC HTG. HEATING SECT SECTION HEATINGNENTILATING, SF -SQUARE FEET C.G. CORNER GUARD HVAC .,:DATE 11/03/2003 C.I. CAST IRON & AIR CONDITIONING -SQUARE FEET DRAWING INDEX: PERMIT C.J. CONTROL JOINT SHT SHEET CL CENTER LINE I ID INSIDE DIAMETER Sim SIMILAR CEILING INCL INCLUDING S.M. SHEET METAL CLO. CLOSET INSUL INSULATION CLG. SPEC 'SPECIFICA , TION LEGAL DESCRIPTION CLR. CLEAR INT INTERIOR SPF SOUNDPROOF SHEET NO, TITLE REVISION 1 REVISION 2 Ss STAINLESS STEEL INV INVERT cmu CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 4 STANDARD ARCHITECTURAL COL COLUMN STD STMSECTION 25. TOWNSHIP 19 SOUTH. RANGE 30 EAST. THE CITY OF SANFORD. SEMINOLE COUNTY. FLORIDA CONC. CONCRETE i im JANITOR STL STEEL CONST. CONSTRUCTION JT JOINT STOR STORAGE A100 ARCHITECTURAL- SITE PLAN. -------- -- ------------ - - --- ----- ---- ------ - ---- ------------ ------------ ----- ------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- ------ ------------ ------------ ------ DESCRIPTION: (WRITTEN BY SURVEYOR) CONT. CONTINUOUS STRL STRUCTURAL A101 LIFE- SAF.ETY-PLM-& FLOORPLAN SUSP SUSPENDED CONTR. CONTRACTOR L L LENGTH A102 REFLECTED --CEILING PLM---& --DETAILS ------ - --- ------------ ------------ ------------ ---- ------- ------------ ------------ ----------- -------- -- ---- - -- ----------- ------- --- ------ ----- ------------ ------------ ROJECT. ACCORDING TO THE PLOT THEREOF AS RECORDED IN ------------ ------------ S.Y. SQUARE YARD A PORTION OF LOT 1. SANFORD RIVERFRONT P CORR. CORRIDOR LAM LAMINATE PLOT BOOK 14. PAGE 88 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF SEMINOLE COUNTY. FLORIDA. BEING MORE PARTICULARLY CT CERAMIC TILE LF LINEAR FEET T TLT TOILET k A-% TBL TABLE A103 ROOF -PLM-& DETIALS Co CLEAN OUT LAV LAVATORY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: El -_ - 7_ A104 AWNING TRELLIS DETAILS ------------ ----- : ----- ------------ ------------ ..... ............ ------------ ------------- CTR COUNTER,CENTER LKR LOCKER A201 ELEVATION BEGIN AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 1. SANFORD RIVERFRONT PROJECT. ACCORDING TO THE PLOT CW COLD WATER LT.WT. LIGHT WEIGHT TEL TELEPHONE THEREOF AS RECORDED IN PLOT BOOK 14. PACE 88 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF SEMINOLE COUNTY. LBL LABEL TEMP TEMPERED, . .,;, . . . A301 SECTIONS -- ------------ ------------- ------------ - ---------- ------------ ------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ----------- . ....... ....... .... ----------- ---------- ------- ------------ ------ - ------- CU CONDENSING UNIT A : , - n `:` moll BATHROOM DETAILS�__ THK THICK FLORIDA AND RUN N 0* 00'00" E ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID LOT 1. 113.98 FEET. THENCE LEAVING SAID TPD TOILET PAPER DISPENSER EAST LINE RUN S 900 00'00" W. 125.37 FEET: THENCE RUN S 00 0010011 E. 66.55 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE, D DBL DOUBLE M MAS MASONRY BEGINNINGS - -------- - ------- -- - - - - - ----- ------ ----------- ------------ ---------- - ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ---- ------ ------------ ------------ MAX MAXIMUM TV TELEVISION OF SAID LOT 1. THENCE RUNS 69016'45" E ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE. 134.04 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNI A501 DETAILS DEPT DEPARTMENT TYP TYPICAL CONTAINING 11316.24 SQUARE FEET OR 0.2598 ACRES. A601 DOOR AND WINDOW -SCHEDULES- AND_DETAILS�_ DET DETAIL MIN MINIMUM DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN MECH MECHANICAL A701 WALL TYPES .& UL--DETALS ------------ ------ ----- -------- ---- "i - � ! T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---------- S DIAMETER AOOI-AO07 SPECIFICATION MTL METAL U UC UNDER COUNTER Mw DIA -UlLO, NOTED OTHERWISE -- ------ -------- --- ----------- ----------- - ------ Offii; DIM DIMENSION MFG MANUFACTURER UNO UNLESS N SE DISP DISPENSER M.H. MANHOLE UTL UTILITY DN DOWN MISC MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MLDG MOLDING -V VB VINYL BASE S D.R. DRESSING ROOM S100 DWG DRAWING M.O. MASONRY OPENING VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE STRUCTURAL-NOTIE, M.R. MOISTURE RESISTANT VERT VERTICAL S101 FOUNDATION -A FRAMING PLANS ---- ------------ ------------ --------- ------- --- - ----------- - ------ ----------- ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ---- - ----- ------ ---- ------ ------- E EA EACH ms METAL STUD VEST VESTIBULE S201 FOUNDATION_ DETAILS_ PLAK RVI, EXPANSION BOLT MTD MOUNTED VIF VERIFY IN FIELD _,�, -rY MAP FW D E.B. VI S202 FOUNDATIONS DETAILS ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ---- - -- -- ------------ ------ ----- - - ------------- ------- -- - --- ---------- I I MUL MULLION VWC VINYL WALL COVERING ----------- ------------ EJ EXPANSION JOINT NTS S301 ROOF -FRMING-DETAILS- C [T -Y ELEC ELECTRICAL W W/ WITH ELEVELEVATION N N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT 5 S401 CANOPY SECTIONS -------- -------- ---- -------- 4 - ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------ --- - ---------- ------------ ------- NO NUMBER W.B. WALL BUMPER ESC EMER ESCALATOR EMERGENCY NOM. NOMINAL WC .'ATER CLOSET E.P. ELECTRICAL PANEL N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE W/C WHEELCHAIR EQ EQUIP EUIP EQQUALUIPMENT 0 OC ON CENTER WD WH �_WOOD WATER HEATER EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER W.I. WRINUGHT IRON EXP EXIST EXPANSION EXISTING OPG OS. OPENING OVERFLOW SCUPPER W/01 W.O. WITHOUT n?,,RE OCCURS EXT EXTERIOR P PREFAB PREFABRICATED wp: WT W.1j'(ERPROOF ;­Nr GHT F F.A. FIRE ALARM PL PLASTIC LAMINATE Wvl'ir- WELDED WIRE FABRIC FD FLOOR DRAN PLAS PLASTER wwM _-'WEi.r)ED WIRE METAL FDN FIN FOUNDATIOill FINISHED PLBG PLWD PLUMBING PLYWOOD Y YD YARD LEGEND GRID DESIGNATION BUILDING SECTION A301-2 A301-2 SECTION NUMBER F1021 ROOM NUMBER -SHEET NUMBER DOOR NUMBER WALL SECTION A302-3 O2 WINDOW TYPE SECTION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER S402 CMOPY_SECTIONS_ PLUMBING P101 PLUMBING- PLAN, NOTES-- DETAILS — MECHANICAL M101MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES - -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ........ ------------ ------------- ------------ M501 MECHMIC&_DETAILS_, ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL:_SPECIFICATIONS `' ------ ----- ------ - - ------ ----- ------ ------------ ---- --- -- ------------ ---- ----- ----------- ------------ ------------ ----- ------ ------ E101 ELECTRICAL PLAN, NOTES & DETALS_ ---- -- --------- ------------- -- --------- - - -------- - ------------ ---------- - -------- -- - ------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ---- ---- ------------ ----------- ------ E401 ELECTRICAL-PANEL-SCHEDULES- E501 ELECTRICAL-NOTESA DE_TIAL8__ (D STOREFRONT TYPE r-31— WALL, TYPE A501-6 SECTION DETAIL RE "rEW ju -DETAIL NUMBER By: O KEY NOTE SHEET NUMBER enti n Sanford ire Pre Date: REVISION NUMBER A888-88 .'DETAIL REFERENCE DETAIL NUMBER T 0 SOMETHING SHEET NUMBER X.-X.' A.F.F. ELEVATIONS TAGS MECHANICAL & T 0 SOMETHING Ak CLIENT: ARCHITECT: X'-X" A.F.F. 'Y MARKERS STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL CIVIL LANDSCAPE t? EXTERIOR ELEVATION A201-2 ENGINEER -ENGINEER: ENGINEER ARCHITECT: ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER Cuhaci & Peterson Cuhaci & Peterson SPOT ELEVATION TAG Architects, LLC Architects, LLC FLORIDA CERTIFICATE #AAC000526 FLORIDA CERTIFICATE #AAC000526 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4 M01 2 MARKERS RE SUNCOR BOWEN LAND DESIGN . C 11 3 INVESTMENTS, INC ENGINEERING CORP. CUHACI & PETERSON INNOVATIONS INC. v ilt=l 03 SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER 166' INTERNATIONAL PKWY, SUITE 250 < '1220 ALDEN RD. 1528 VASSAR STREET 1220 ALDEN RD. 140 N. ORLANDO AVE., SUITE 295 HEATHROW, FL 32746 ".ORLANDO, ,FL. 32803 ORLANDO, FL. 32804 ORLANDO, FL. 32803 WINTER PARK, FL 32789 (407) 228-4220 (407) 423-7585 (407) 228-4220 (407) 975 - 1273 FAX '(407) 228-4219 FAX (407) 423-4872 FAX (407) 228-4219 (407) 975 -1278 CONTACT: MARC D. STEHLI, P.E. t t I{ v r PROPOSED LOCATION FOR TRANSFORMER COORDINATION WITH LOCAL POWER UTILITY DUMPSTER SITE PLAN SCALE: %a" - P-0° r REAR LEFT N RIGHT FRONT o Q = o co-, W N z N Y W o ¢ w 4 a , a 1 1 i 1 � I 0 - I SLIDING A201-1 g cfl SERVICE I t, I o V U o I :. 1 �l __ ___[_f fr [lr1 pI� 1 WINDOW II �I��I� `N E —-----------——— — — — — —— - —�-- M �� --__-= I I=-== ---=----------- -------- - _- -_____ =1-I=====_==1=1=--- ---- Fedo 0 L=- =1L II ====� 1------___- IL====___ _� �__ ��-_____= - 11== - -= I__==_ ==-_IL IL=-==--_ LI L - N Q (� II III II II (r Il- 1L II D C +-------- I II-- I'll 1-- -� IL- 1L 1L !� D L-------------- - - - - -- -lL IL- _'� \ a 4 -------=111---------II1-===_� I�---- -� -___� //-- ----111----=II--==- =-(r I> -_ iT II = _\ •� IL -IL - - - - - ___==---I _==___-= 11-1_== = =-- =--AIL =_____- -�1� �� \�Oi���------ -I II II III N --------I�ii_ I''I�III- (�I� 1Ti>- 0 �\ o// A501-1 Ir `- - -1�11= A501-2 '1�11----------f-IF A501-3 l�il 11 // ;o cam' �°' ------=== .f'1IL-====_ _ _ _ _ �� II \ /\_�l`/ _-� %/ / \ T„¢ `u 1-1 .6, . � (rn lit oco 0 0 v Z N I I I I i� °� „ o , _�l y I� '� ` o 0 II II\\� \ \ I 11 ( I I I I 111// o W11. go E -------------- - - - -- - -_ — -- - --- -- - - �� !�v-I- rX I 1 :.. ool o� PROPOSED I I I o II e91,o v v o o FUTURE 2 I 2 I w�� Z \ II 0 o I COUNTER w N 32 OPEN AIR ENTRY \ D o N II L_) -SKYLIGHTS r �� / \\ \ \ \ I0 \ F.D. RE: ROOF PLANS o �O3 0 \ o� (" J¢ o - i EGRESS A I I ® / ► �— 10. O qq' �3p.DISTANCE100A y 1 Nz — --..,- I I I I I I I I I O O LIFE SAFETY FLOOR PLAN SCALE: I/8" = 14" I I I 0 CODE INFORMATION A 1 A 4 \\ \ I 101 \� "' r , 6 L A 1 A 4 r'- 1 �I Ile, 102C OC 103C I -� -- �_ �/� \,I�O11 II II III/ 11 III I I ii l I i \ II \ 11 II // II II I I 104C ( iDO \ \\ I> II II / \ II II 3 /' o II \1 p II II II I � I - 0 0 ( I / . / F.D. \ \ III �\11 .III � II II II ICI -------\— ----- — =—�0-1 F—I = F.D. ITV I F.D�I I �t,/ PROPosED I I -Ir -ir 1r =1 i = B B toe I I I ,- --- � �� = g 1, \\ 6 - 103 [ 6 I�WP — - — - I PROPOSED / -lf C =1r =1r -11= COUNTER \ // II II II II II I A 1 D 4 5 104 5 I AID 4 I r I I FUTURE ACCESS 1 34 \\\ // II II II II II I A 1 D 3 ( I COUNTER \\ I 1) I I \0// II II II II II II sa I I // II II II II II II o I I �!/ II II II II II II ® �♦ Ij II II II II II II A401-1 --- 101E II EGRESS _ A Ot-1 o I/ II II II II II II II II II 7 100E 7 I I _ II II II II II ( - -DISTANCE = 50' - - I � I - � i \�\ II II II II 11 II OP � V� � >// � o ISIM I; P.P.1 R.D.L. []FUTURE 2 R.D.L. o \`�;�� 11==_ I = I o, P.P.2 11T'�II II II II A A — _._ -. s.. i o / -ff_ L=TT o I o 16 1 7— <D y, ' METER FUTURE - A501-4 L--- -I I ELE TRICAL SERVICE TENANT IP o I o I o I WALL I , , L - - I I �I 6� '-8" � I 54'-81; I I 3�f 17'-2" 24'-0" i 14'-8" 14'-0" 34'-10" O 5 1 2 3 .���� 4 o A201-3 0 00 0_ (5) LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ® EXIT LIGHT EMERGENCY LIGHTING WALL PACK — • — 1 HR RATED WALLS MAXIMUM EGRESS PATH FIRE EXTINGUISHER, WALL MOUNTED (F.E.) XX" CLEARANCE PROVIDED MIN CLEARANCE REQ BY FBC XX" JURISDICTION AUTHORITY FIRE RESISTANCE CITY OF SANFORD MATERIALS/CONSTRUCTION (FBC 704.3.1) 300 N. PARK AVE. SINGLE OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS TENANTS SEPARATED BY 1-HOUR SANFORD, FL 32771 MINIMUM FIRE RESISTANCE, FBC TABLE 705.1.2 ADOPTED CODES l WA4LLS OPENINGS FIRE WALLS BUILDING: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001(W/ LOCAL ADOPTED AMENDMENTS) TENANT SPACE 1 .75 FIRE: FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE - 2001 HORIZONTAL EXIT 2 1.5 CHAPTER 36 - (NFPA 1 & NFPA 101 W/ STATE FIRE MARSHAL AMENDMENTS) PLUMBING: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, PLUMBING - 2001 CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE, FBC 709 MECHANICAL: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, MECHANICAL - 2001 CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS (MIN. 4 HOUR = 6.7" (SILICEOUS GRAVEL) ELECTRICAL: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 EQ. THICKNESS), FBC TABLE 709.3.1 CONCRETE OR APPROVED FILL MATERIAL CHAPTER 27 - (NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE) FUEL/GAS: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, FUEL/GAS - 2001 INTERIOR FINISHES, FBC 803 ACCESSIBILITY: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 CLASSIFICATION, FBC 803.2 A-FLAMESPREAD 0-25, SMOKE DEV. 0-450 CHAPTER 11 - (FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION). B-FLAMESPREAD 26-75, SMOKE DEV. 0-450 ENERGY FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 C-FLAMESPREAD 76-200, SMOKE DEV. 0-450 CHAPTER 13 - (FLORIDA ENERGY EFFICIENCY FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION). OCCUPANCY (ASSEMBLY, UNSPRINKLERED), EXITS - CLASS A TABLE 803.3 ACCESS -CLASS A BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION DATA OTHER SPACES - CLASS B OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION (FBC 304) GROUP A - ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TYPE (FBC TABLE 600) TYPE IV, UNPROTECTED, FULLY UNSPRINKLERED MEANS OF EGRESS MAXIMUM HEIGHT AND AREA (FBC TABLE 500) AREA - 8,000 SQ. FT. HEIGHT - 55' FBC 1003 - 1005 ACTUAL HEIGHT AND AREA AREA - 2,910 SQ. FT. HEIGHT - 34'-0" OCCUPANT LOAD, FBC TABLE 1003.1 ASSEMBLY (A-2) (WITHOUT FIXED SEATS) 1 PERSON / 15 SQ. FT. (NET) TRAVEL DISTANCE (UNSPRINKLERED) 150 FT. EGRESS WIDTH/PERSON SERVED 0.2"- LEVEL MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING DOORS 32" ARRANGEMENT AND NUMBER, FBC 1004 1 PER ROOM WHEN EXIT TRAVEL < 75' PLUMBING, MINIMUM FACILITIES PFBC, PLUMBING, TABLE 403.1 2 PER ROOM WHEN EXIT TRAVEL > 75' MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS, FBC 1004.2.2 2 WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD 1-500 OCCUPANCY -ASSEMBLY (A-2) MEN WOMEN WATER CLOSETS 1 PER 75 1 PER 75 LAVATORIES 1 PER 200 1 PER 200 FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS FBC 1405.2 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1 PER 500 MINIMUM ACCESS REQUIREMENTS 32" X 48" HIGH MINIMUM EVERY 200' WATER CLOSETS LAVATORIES DRINKING FOUNTAINS TENANT SPACE AREA (S.F.) REQUIRED/PROVIDED REQUIRED/PROVIDED REQUIRED/PROVIDED 100-101 1180 (PUBLIC SPACE) 4/4 / 1216 (KITCHEN SPACE) 1/q -2 FLOOR PLAN SCALE:I/8" T-13" SOILPOISONING FOR TERMITE CONTROL 1. GENERAL 1.1 Scope: Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the application of soil poisoning for the termite control as specified herein. 1.2 Contractor's Qualifications: Applicator shall be licensed in the state where the project is located and shall be nationally known company. 1.3 Guarantee a. Termite protection treatment shall be guaranteed for period of five years against termite infestation. Guarantee shall include any yearly renewal costs. Repairs for termite damage paid by termite company. b. At the Owner's option, at the termination of the guarantee, an extension renewal of inspection and service treatment shall be made available to the Owner. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 Soil poisons applied to the designated areas shall be water based emulsions containing toxicants in either of the two combinations listed below. Each toxicant shall be in the concentration (by weight). a. Chlordane (1.0%) and Dieldrin (0.5/.) b. Chlordane (1.0%) and Heptachlor (0.10 3. EXECUTION 3.1 Restrictions: do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling and and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. to ensure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soil or during inclement weather, 3.2 Surface Preparation: Remove foreign matter which could decrease effectiveness of treatment on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. Toxicants may apply before placement of compacted fill under slabs, if acceptable to the Architect. 3.3 Application Rates Apply soil treatment solution as follow: Within building area, with or without slabs -on -grade, at the rate of 1.5 gal. per 10 sq. ft. Under foundations and footings, including horizontal and vertical surfaces of excavations, at the rate of 1 gal. per 10 sq. ft. Outside building perimeter in a strip at least 2' wide .'and under porches, areaway, aprons, walks, pads, stair landings, or paved extensions, at a rate 'of 1 gal. per 5 sq. ft, Allow not less than 12 hours for drying after application, before beginning concrete placement or other construction activities, 3.4 Post signs in the areas of application warning workers that soil poisoning has been applied. Remove signs when areas are covered by other construction. 3.5 Re -apply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation or other construction activities following application. FINISH 'SCHEDULE FLOORS BASE WALL CEILINGS A SEALED CONCR. 1 NONE A PAINTED GYP. BOARD 1 PAINTED GYP. BOARD B VCT TILE 2 CERAMIC B PAINT READY 2 ACT. LAY -IN C CERAMIC TILE 3 VINYL C CERAMIC TILE 3 NONE D I STONE TILE 4 BASE D EPDXY PAINT CMU 4 PLASTER FINISH TENANT SPACE 105 A1e2 FLO)11'. o - � CEILING BASE WALL PROVIDE WALL --/ BLOCKING SUPPORT WHERE REQUIRED WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER (F.F.) FIN. FL U 0 N -�--� W E- J cZ00 BOLL Z O � 0 LLJ Z �Z= z � C) _l U/ U O LL z Z Q � i1.L W LL. J (U `` U) .� W LLJLL F-¢ = J. J es E. mown a a V Fire Dept., Final Insp... E Date 01 'o ` V O o v � c q v 0 s M 0 Lo �I. E LLJ o N u J LLJ c=a a F o U IRE EXTINGUISHER DETAIL SCALE 11/2" = T_O"REAR RE: A101 LEFT A I RIGHT FRONT V z o M Q _ O. � LLJ �) Z N CO UJ UD a_ (n CD U Al 01 �1 19=1 �m �m ME moo Enrol cm I I 1 i I I I I I 1 I I II I II I II I II I II I II I I I I I i 1 I 1 1 I II I II I I �35�8 2'-5") X�f O E.L. _ �Ll r DROP SOFFIT A102-2 RE: DETAILS SIM I �F 1-1 PLASTER FINI 3H \ �Z'TEXTURED SKYLIGHT a DROP SOFFIT �� Q \ RE: DETAILS � 0 PREFINISHED � A102-4 1 ALUM. TRELLIS E L I PLASTER FINISH / WALL MOUNTED I TEXTURED 7777 1 1 �--METAL ROOF DECKING 1 RE: STRUCTURAL o � STL ROOF FRAMING 0,� N O METAL ROOF DECKING RE: STRUCTURAL RE: STRUCTURAL a U oob z N 1 STL BEAM o w g o~ 1 � I I I I I I I I g� � STL ROOF FRAMING 3%" STUD FRAMING a `` u- R5: STRUCTURAL ''I /— @ 1611 O.C. TYP ¢O N 3/8 STUD FRAMING 16" O.C. TYP 1 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD ��WITH%y" o € r �_� �'. w uu STUCCO SYSTEM N W/ METAL LATH AND VAPOR B 0 FRAM BARRIER SEE SPECS. TYP. TING 9'-0" A.F.F. B 0 FRAMING v CN �--2X4 (, 1 9'-0" A.F.F. . i r- a ,\ t I I ° ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE — — — — RE: A601 EXTERIOR LIGHT E L RE ELECTRICAL \� 2X4 % L — i / / 1/2 %211 RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE o j 1�2" J RE� ELECTRICAL O N Lj Q CEILING DETAIL CEILING DETAIL SCALE: %q" 1'-0" SCALE: Ya" = 1'-0" o 41 ---- �-------- ---- _ - - g Fn n V77r 11 IL--jI Jill --j1 I J1 I I 1�� 1�1 I � W I' i O REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: %e" - 1'-O" I I EXTERIOR LIGHT I O O T LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 2'X 4'LAY IN FLUORESCENT LIGHT SURFACE MOUNTED EXTERIOR SECURITY LIGHT ® CEILING HUNG BATHROOM LIGHT ��.pp x CEILING PADDLE FAN ® 1' X 4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT CHAN HUNG @ 8'-0" A.F.F. ® HVAC SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER RECESSED INCANDESCENT DOWNLIGHTING HVAC RETURN AIR GRILLE ® EXIT LIGHT ® EXHAUST FAN EMERGENCY LIGHTING WALL PACK o FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD Q SURFACE MOUNTED WALL LIGHT — . — 1HR RATED WALLS WALL MOUNTED EXTERIOR LIGHT ACCENT LIGHT NOTE: ALL CEILINGS TO BE 9'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CEILING DETAIL SCALE: %a" - 1'-0" S v F SYSTEM ROOF PLANS v O a c 0 0 0 AL ROOF DECKING o STRUCTURAL 3 STL ROOF FRAMING a RE STRUCTURAL o z 3%" STUD FRAMING o a Q j @ 16" O.C. TYP L J TEXTURED PLASTER a BOARD �J B 0 FRAMING Z 94" A.F.F. " o , Y J 2X4 L c w .' .a E v � RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE RE: ELECTRICAL v Q % O E J v o (Du- W a Lu p LU w � < 1— c " v a ° V) - Lu Cleo _ r a a ° u Ja e- E. DO ns i v % ° E % 0 v ` E u O v `v 0 a O % m O C 0 V a v % O V E 0 V % C O V v N CL F— LLJ Q IL LL) J W ' '— C O o a L M o 0 2 LLu N O z CD Y m C) => ¢ LLB o0 U -REAR LEFT RIGHT N Al 02 FRONT MEN s 1 5'-011 X 6'-011- PREFINISHED ALUM. AWNING JJV - •• ^ O W l � Q \ C <� Lo ^U CV o0 co SKYLIGHT / SKYLIGHT � FASTENER 2 X TREATED .21 L -�+ ❑ WOOD NAILER 2 X TREATED WOOD o 3 PLY BUILT UP ROOF N SYSTEM W/ CAP - o XLL CANT STRIP _ s 'SHEET TYP -�-, � RE ROOF PLANS o U ❑ , DENS GLASS GOLD o w g o GRAVEL STOP f -I - - - it METAL "ROOF DECKING / WITH Yq" STUCCO SYSTEM. RE A501 // \ / _ _ - - = W/ METAL LATH AND VAPOR N &� ,. O x ri \I I I BARRIER SEE SPECS. TYP. - ❑ a \ I I N VVI\VLI\VII\V VI\IIJ ROOF PLAN SCALE %8" = 1'-0" 100 YEAR,1 HR RAINFALL (INCHES) FOR PROJECT SITE (SEMINOLE COUNTY) IS 4.5" (ROUND UP TO 5"). TOTAL ROOF AREA SERVED BY 2 DOWNSPOUTS IS 3,556 SQ FT. LARGEST TRIBUTARY AREA SERVED - 2,256 SQ. FT. FROM TABLE 1106.2 OF 2001 PLUMBING CODE, MINIMUM DIAMETER OF LEADERS = 4" LEADER SIZE CALLED OUT ON PLANS = 4" I\C* "%.)U D.F.S. 5'-0" X 6'-011 PREFINISHED ALUM. AWNING TABLE 11 062 SIZE OF VERTICAL CONDUCTORS AND LEADERS HORIZONTAL PROJECTED ROOF AREA (SQUARE FEET) DIAMETER OF LEADER RAINFALL RATE (INCHES PER HOUR) (INCHES) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 2,880 1,440 960 720 575 480 410 360 320 290 260 240 3 8,880 4,400 2,930 2,200 1,760 1,470 1,260 1,100 980 880 800 730 4 18,400 9,200 6,130 4,600 3,680 3,070 2,630 2,300 2,045 1,840 1,675 1,530 5 34,600 17,300 11,530 8,650 6,920 1 5,765 4,945 4,325 3,845 3,460 3,145 2,880 6 54,000 27,000 17,995 13,500 10,800 9,000 71715 6,750 6,000 5,400 4,910 4,500 8 116,000 58,000 38,660 29,000 _ 23,200 19,315 1 16,570 14,500 12,890 11,600 10,5 4 ROOF DRAINAGE DATA (100 YR RAINFALL) SCALE: NTS ,050 KYNAR ALUM. COPING CAP W/ CONT..063 MILL -FINISH ALUM. CLEAT 2 x P.T. WOOD BLOCKING PEEL & STICK UNDERLAYMENT FASTENER & NEOPRENE WASHER @ 12" O.C. Yq" STUCCO CMU BLOCK \ MOD. BIT. FLASHING MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING MEMBRANE FIBER CANT STRIP MINERAL CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE 1V FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2.6" ISO METAL DECK -� 7 CMU PARAPET FLASHING DETAIL SCALE: NTS 45 9,660 .050 KYNAR ALUM. COPING CAP W/ CONT..063 MILL -FINISH ALUM. CLEAT 2 x P.T. WOOD BLOCKING PEEL & STICK UNDERLAYMENT FASTENER & NEOPRENE WASHER @ 12" O.C. MTL. STUDS \ \ MOD. BIT. FLASHING MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING MEMBRANE �- FIBER CANT STRIP MINERAL CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2.6" ISO METAL DECK -- -- PARAPET FLASHING DETAIL SCALE: NTS 'J OIST @ 5 O.C. 3%" STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. TYP W 00 •% 1 3%" STUD FRAMING E ¢ ~o a N r N �a. �3 0 t 3 2 SKYLIGHT DETAIL SKYLIGHT DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" 1'-0" SCALE: 3" = 11-011 3 LAP MIN. 2" INSIDE VENT PIPE - �� SOLDERED LAP SEAM STRAINER CID z METAL PITCH DAM � - oo CLAMPING RING WEIGHT OF MATERIAL SAME AS FOR ROOF PENETRATIONS o STRIPPING 9 METAL FLASHING -ROOF DRAIN 6"0 TURN: Z100-85 t OR EQUAL A 11 MY METAL DECK AND, FRAMING RE:STRUCTURAL DECK CLAMP \FASTEN FLANGE TO DECK TAPER INSULATION / � VENT PIPE (DIAM. VARIES) 24" DOWN TO DRAIN CAP END II III II II ` FUTURE TENANT CONNECTION 6"0 P.V.C. RAINLEADER �- - VENT THROUGH ROOF DETAIL INTERIOR ROOF DRAIN DETAIL SCALE: NTS SCALE NTS RE ROOF PLANS 6 RE: ROOF PLANS 16 GA. MIN. FRAME SEAL STRIP 2 WOOD NAILER COUNTERFLASHING FASTENED APPROX. 18" 'O.C.-SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SHEET MTL• CONTR. �r BASE FLASHING z= o 0 INSULATION SUPPLIED 0 BY CURB MANUF.' ALTERNATE FRAME FASTENERS LOCATION FOR , APPROX. 8" O.C. HEAVY UNITS 2" NOMINAL \- FIBER CANT STRIP SET IN BITUMEN WOOD BLOCKING FASTENED TO DECK REAR 9 CURB DETAIL SCALE NTS LEFT A' RIGHT FRONT v E u 0 v LLN 0 O C O 0 rU i.� 0 rn,1111 N -4-1 W F- �D E �a(o czm OJ -I.-L �Q 0z� Q Uwe z �Z= z =oQ uj U M 0 M a a. Q W oz U-) 0 ¢ i- o o o- o W u N o N Y V) Lu z o ZD Q W � _ Al 03 f', 19m -2 -2 1 ALUM. TUBE u co FRAME SYSTEM u 311 E —CLOSED END cf) 0 STEEL PIPE PTD. 0 1IT11 T FINISH TYP. co ,,—KNIFE PLATE SEALANT u METAL HAT LL 0, STEEL SLEEVE SET +-J 0 o cow u Z (N BUILT UP ROOF \ ---.2 A 00 TION w( 1'-7-�xve 221-51/41A1043 '3,10%. It oar 101-V211 THRU-BOLT /-STEEL CONNECTION 0 &,4 RE: STRUCTURAL PLATE z 04 Co co A MTL DECK .2 uj c� N < r, (D STEEL JOIST 0 It cN n 51-0111 ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1'-0" o o ui 0) E 0 z 51-411 co < E 7C) (D u- z (DO z o; 1-0% uj L 7L Z L < tif uj < c CD 00 0 mes wns .2 OPEN AREA STEEL SUPPORT 0 BAR PTD. FINISH 03 11 E —0 _­ SYSTEM -- RE: STRUCTURAL 1 1\L_1 1141,)l ILU r\LUIVI. I I\LLLIJ J I J I LIVI 2 SECTION THRU TRELLIS SCALE: NTS IN, )SED END CAP SH TO MATCH 'LLIS MEMBER -D SMOOTH WITH SHED CORNERS TYP. 211 5 LOWER TRELLIS CONNECTION SCALE: 3 11 = 1'-011 RE: A104 00 REAR LEFT N RIGHT FRONT O V) M Lu W__j cr_ CD rn W C14 uj (n Lij 'D o :D Ld V) 0- V-) c:1 s - - • - __ _._-----'->,::._. ___-._..._mot-:— t 105, +, N A 3 3 6 7 8 2 U U Lo AAC T 0 TOWER FRONT , ?� ch o � 34'-0" A.F.F. I I c��� o d 04 6 r � gL TO TOWER BACKLl )� i o o 27'-3" AF.F. o a N ,1 o & o co I_ ............. I �i. o A 1 U Z N 4� F 2 �+ V�J a "~ o' Li OL T 0 PYLON G N _ 19 2 A.F.F./ o �Nr - �� A o t w n a 00 c W04 O o T 0 TRELLIS �.AO Q O 124" A.F.F. a E 7 o ll i ni IVFRFn 5- 8- 9- 7- 4- i- 6- 3- 6- TOWER FRONT N i _0" A.F.F. 2 3 4 v a TOWER BACK -3" A.F.F. I MATERIAL SCHEDULE MK MATERIAL FINISH MANUF. / REMARKS 1- STUCCO FINISH SYSTEM HEAVY TEXTURED PTD. - 2- ALUM.STOREFRONT SYSTEM - RE:A601 3- STUCCO MEDIUM TEXTURED PTD. - 4- METAL TUBING 2 1/2" O.D. PAINTED STEEL - 0 PREFINISHED ALUM. - - 6- PREFINISHED METAL COPING CAP FACTORY PTD. FINISH W.P. HICKMAN CO., INC 7- CANVAS AWNING & WIRE SYSTEM - - 8- TENSION WIRES EySTONE VENEER NATURAL - INDICATES COLOR INDICATES MATERIAL NOTE: ALL PRE -FORMED RADIUS COPING SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER. COLOR SCHEDULE MK COLOR NAME COLOR NUMBER -A NATURAL FINISH - -D - - .M WHITE (TRIM) - a a V v m a 14 a M O a Cam_ G LLJ w J LLJ � — p LO O z t� Ld \o M OLLJ O W N Z N Y N -� W O 7 Q W 0:: N S N c U REAR LEFT A I RIGHT FRONT A201 � 0000 T 0 TOWER 34'-0" A.F.F. 10 PARAPET 134" A.F.F. T 0 FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" A.F.F.. BUILDING SECTION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" T 0 MASONRY 19'-4" A.F.F. i LINTEL BLOCK RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS o STL EMBED PLATES d RE:STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 1 LINTEL BLOCK RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ETCHED GRANITE - ' DISPLAY PIECE f EXTRUDED ANNODIZED ALUM. FRAME SYSTEM f' • FRY REGLET CORNER MOLDING �— Yq" STONE VENEER — - THINSET TO 12" CMU WALL RE: STRUCTURAL SLOPE �/8"/FT SLOPE 1/8"/FT 71 \ CONCR. CURB RE: CIVIL " - REINFORCED CONCR. FOTING RE:STRUCTURAL COLUMN SECTION SCALE 1/2 " = T-O" 3 PLY BUILT UP ROOF SYSTEM W/ MINERAL CAP SHEET TYP SLOPED 1/4" PER FT. TO DRAIN MIN. ROOF DRAIN. RE: A103-6 CONT. PREFIN. ALUM CAP FLASHING RE: A103-7 T 0 MASONRY A 124" A.F.F. SLOPE SLOPE JOIST BEARING - 1P_4" A.F.F. I II ROOF FRAMING RE'. STRUCTURAL PLANS / E AN � II B 0 CEILING 9'-0" A.F.F. _ -1 5/" GYP BOARD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING 16" O.C. MAX. 1� RAINLEADER HIDDEN ' INSIDE OF GYP BOARD -- BUILDOUT BEYOND 5/" GYP BOARD OVER 02" Z FURRING CHANNELS WITH RIGID INSULATION STUCCO - 8" CMU WALL REINFORCED CONCRETE — FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE — \ RE:STRUCTURAL — RAIN LEADER SPILL TO PVMT. AT CURB SLOPE 1/8"/FT T 0 FIN. FLR. 0'-0" A.F.F. CONCR.CURB�--------- RE: CIVIL — — — REINFORCED CONCR.CONDENSATE DRAIN TIE INTO STORM FOOTING WATER SYSTEM RE. CIVIL FOR RE STRUCTURAL CONTINUATION. TO COMPLY WITH FBC MECH. CODE SECTION 307.2.1 4 REAR WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " = T-O" 0 COLUMN ELEMENT Ah 19'-4" W.F.F. T 0 ROOF 12'-9" A.F.F. mF T 0 TOWER 34'-0" A.F.F. I A301-4 ak T 0 PARAPET 134" A.F.F. T 0 FINISH FLOOR A.F.F. 2 BUILDING SECTION SCALE: /e" 1'-O" Gi-A" t — — — -1 I I -----------------------5 I TYPICAL FRONT WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 = 1-0° T O COLUMN ELEMENT 19'-4" A.F.F. T 0 ROOF 12'-9" A.F.F. T 0 MASONRY ilI 19'-4" A.F.F. O ZOPEN AREA Ilk, STEEL SUPPORT �— BAR PTD. FINISH L= jL 2�/2" DIA STEEL RAILING PAINTED FINISH RE* A501-11 T 0 PARAPET 4 s 12'-10" A.F.F. P __ - — -- ^� T 0 BEAM VARIES a a _ - RE: STRUCTURAL I II U ROOF FRAMING I I I RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS II I II 3%" MTL STUD FRAMING IIII I H —IIII II B 0 FRAMING iI I \ 3/4" STUCCO OVER METAL ` LATH OVER %" DENS GLASS GOLD W/ VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE� SPECS GYP BOARD SHEATHING OVER MTL STUD FRAMING ZPROPOSED RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE MENU SIGN RE: ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS —ALUM. STOREFRONT >. SYSTEM RE: A601 STUCCO OVER 8" MASONRY KNEE WALL GYP BOARD OVER - - 1�/82" Z FURRING CHANNELS WITH RIGID INSULATION SLOPE %8"/FT UUNMCURB . I RE: CIVIL I _ REINFORCED CONCR. IFOOTING RE: STRUCTURAL - — — — — — — — — — — — —6 FRONT WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " = T-O" V U `O N • p..j v� J O O U u I Lo NE o 0 O Q cd N L • ,0 U �U 00) LL N �o co ° o ZN C 1 U a �~ x O H _ u- 0- c� CN E * Z� w 00 o N E• Q ~o o IT a CV .3 L E u v tN Y O O lu s O N -1•-a w c: W a °u 4-j V) a co > zm U C �.21 Ow I= LL 41 L- Q N 0z Q (.� w o c Z Z t— Z O Q s ,�, cow v � J m U 3 0 0 E E u 2 'o 0 r U a .a 0 y a 0) ��j a N c Z v M O LL — W -� U O W Y � Z J L t- L Z t'—AW � w Q = o fn a M OZ 0 w -- �- o CD Lu U N Z N Y N o a w Of U V) A301 , � 3 ! A-401 �v 0 4 <`` �� \ �o 75 -- -J z I I I 1 I I REFER TO SHEET A101 FOR FINISHES 8'-8" INSIDE FACE OF CMU TO INSIDE FACE OF CMU LARGE SCALE PLAN AT TYP. SINGLE TOILET SCALE: �/2" . 1'-O" RE: A102 DIMENSIONS ARE FROM INSIDE FACE OF FINISH r.. � 5 �— _T_ W - --- - T— —� DIMENSIONS ARE FROM INSIDE FACE OF FINISH 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: �/2" - 1'_O" SCALE: �/2" - 1'_O" RE'. A401 3 RE: A401 o N FINISH FLOOR H.C. GRAB BAR MIRROR TOILET PAPER CENTERED TISSUE TOWEL AT LAV. DISPENSER DISPENSER 1 2 03 ® Q CO _ o , FININ FLOOR H.C. WATER WALL MTD. H.C. DRINKING STD. DRINKING CLOSET LAVATORY FOUNTAIN FOUNTAIN 5 ACCESSORIES & FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS NTS • MEN WOMEN PROVIDE (1) SIGN PER TOILET COMPLYING WITH ADA LOCAL CODE. SIGN TO HAVE RAISED AND BRAILLE CHARACTERS AND PICTORIAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY MOUNT 54" TO CENTERLINE A.F.F. SIGN SIZE 8"X8" COLOR: GRAY WITH WHITE CHARACTERS ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SCALE: N.T.S. KEY DESCRIPTION BOBRICK MODEL BRADLEY MODEL ASI MODEL REMARKS Q 36" GRAB BAR 6806 8120-001360 3800-36" STAINLESS STEEL, SATIN FINISH 0 42" GRAB BAR 6806 8120-001420 3800-42 STAINLESS STEEL, STAIN FINISH 03 MIRROR UNIT B-294 782 0600TA 16" X 30" TILT MIRROR W/ STAINLESS STEEL FIRM. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER B-2888 5402 0030 STAINLESS STEEL, MULTI ROLL -SURFACE MOUNTED 05 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER B-262 250-150000 0210 STAINLESS STEEL SURFACE MOUNTED © MTL PARTITION 3AKED ENAMEL FINISH COLOR SELECT BY ARCHITEC NOTES: ALL ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE MOUNTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY CRITERIA OF AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT, STATE AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES. PROVIDE WATER PROOF TYPE GYP. BOARD IN TOILETS. HANDICAP TOILET ACCESSORIES SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. INSTALL SUPPORT BLOCKING IN WALLS WHERE NECESSARY FOR TOILET ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING GRAB BARS. REFER TO MANUFACTURING INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE INSULATION ON DRAINS AND HOT WATER LINES AT HANDICAP LAVATORIES. 7 TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE DIMENSIONS ARE FROM INSIDE FACE OF FINISH B 0 CEILING 94" A.F.F. ... ------ --- 1 --1 I -- : - _ �— 2 -- [ 1 1 . - L I l - I I __ T 0 FINISH FLOOR 01-0" A.F.F. INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: %2" = 1'_O:' RE: A401 8 ENLARGED ENTRY FOYER PLAN SCALE: V2" 1'-O RE: A401 \ i i \ 7 --- L° :. _------- INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: i/2" _ 11_0" RE: A401 SLOPED ENTRY E 0 0 C 0 v uu o d '^ . w a \J ~LLJ Q N .N L O OZ �M N > N i LL t 0 Z Q L Q Uwe W 0 o z �z= oLLI ` Z � C) � °_ U U �^ V/ 3 O 0 E E 7 U L Q v I VJ a Z Q 0 d �a 0 i `w a 0 a LLv Y j E v 70 • w U .v W■ � _ 0 v rn ry ON w W �< o SLOPED ENTRY �Z go i' Q ~ Lu v N 0 U T a v � s v u lJame �E. owns v E � � r L E 0 v 0 v B 0 CEILING Ah - - 94" A.F.F. Y -------;.-. - - \ -- -- ----------- [ T 0 FINISH FLOOR 10 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: �/2" = T-O" RE: A401 T 0 ui J a CL w J CDo �n 0'-0" A F w c=a W N- � � W EL � Q w REAR LEFT RIGHT A401 %N , FRONT I CDo �n 0'-0" A F w c=a W N- � � W EL � Q w REAR LEFT RIGHT A401 %N , FRONT I 0'-0" A F w c=a W N- � � W EL � Q w REAR LEFT RIGHT A401 %N , FRONT I i 00 0— o0 4 4 1 COLUMN PLAN DETAIL SCALE: %q" = 1'-0" RE: FLOOR PLAN STUCCO CMU PARAPET CONT. SEALANT .032 KYNAR ALUM.FACE PLATE 6" x 16" .032 KYNAR ALUM.THRU WALL SCUPPER MOD. BIT. CAP FLASHING FIBER CANT STRIP FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 1.5" ISO METAL DECK STUCCO SEE NOTE BELOW r 8" CMU WALL RE: STRUCTURAL 11. /," ZPFURRING OVER BOARD RIGID INSULATION 12 CMU COLUMN RE: STRUCTURAL STONE VENEER 8" CMU WALL RE: STRUCTURAL %" STUCCO SYSTEM OVER CMU WALL W/ MTL LATH AND VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE: SPECS TYP. OVERFLOW THRU-WALL SCUPPER DETAIL SCALE: 1/2 1 0 RE: A102 COUNTER SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: 3" - 14 RE: WALL SECTIONS 3%" MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C. MAX 5/g" GYP. BOARD 1l/2" Z-FURRING RIGID INSULATION ETCHED GRANITE DISPLAY PIECE ALUMINUM FRAME SYSTEM 12" CMU COLUMN RE: STRUCTURAL STONE VENEER ALUM. STOREFRONT SYTEM RE: A601 N 12" CMU COLUMN RE: STRUCTURAL 5/" GYP. BOARD OVER 1 1/2" Z-FURRING W/ STONE VENEER EDGE OF SLAB BELO RIGID INSULATION I ALUM.STOREFRONT SYTEM RE: A601 COLUMN .,. u; 0u ;NTURAL � X � A <' u x =NEER icXXx.?5:nn,. r.nx,KxAAA. 2� X X X X X X X SLAB BELOW 8 8 1-4 2 -8 11-411 STUCCO SYSTEM I ETCHED GRANITE OVER CMU WALL , DISPLAY PIECE W/ MTL LATH AND VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE: SPECS ALUMINUM FRAME SYSTEM ALUM. STOREFRONT 2 SYTEM RE: A601 COLUMN PLAN DETAIL COLUMN PLAN DETAIL COLUMN PLAN DETAIL SCALE: Ya" = P-0" SCALE: %q" = 1'-0" SCALE: Y4" = 1'_O RE: FLOOR PLAN 3 RE: FLOOR PLAN RE FLOOR PLAN BUILDING PAPER 311 ! C-4 CHANNEL CONT. WALL FINISH RE PLAN WELD TO PIPE SUPPORTS 3" DIA STEEL PIPE SUPPORTS EACH TRUSS, TYP. 4 PER UNIT i SEALANTMETAL HT / SHEET METAL REGLET STEEL SLEEVE SET EMBEDDED BEHIND . WALL CLADDING \ BUILT UP ROOF r� FASTENERS 24" O.C. INSULATION Hilmill 3" 176mm] LAP (MIN.) / oLu f -\ W/ BEAD OF SEALANT m z �� STEEL CONNECTION Y 24 GAUGE SHEET METAL _ PLATE CD l COUNTERFLASHING _ (D MTL DECK � 3" MIN LAP AT JOINTS STEEL JOIST i I OPTIONAL: 2" WIDE \ CLIP 30" O.C. ,•Z. / MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING NAILER EMBEDDED REGLET AND TERMINATION 2�/2" x. 2/2" ANGLE TRUSS BRACING AT j - OF WALL COUNTERFLASHINGS SUPPORTS TYPICAL COORDINATE i LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL PLANS 6 FLASHING DETAIL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT GRAVEL -STOP DETAIL NTS SCALE: 3" , 1'_O, SCALE: 3" _ T-O" RE: A102 RE: A104 8 RE A104 STUCCO OVER METAL O LATH OVER %" DENS GLASS GOLD W/ VAPOR BARRIER �I —.00 TYP RE: SPECS STEEL EMBED PL TE I I I ALUM TRELLIS RE: STRUCTURAL I BY OTHERS fir- I I I /---------- �- - - I BRACKET & THROUGH BOLT CONNECTION \� PAINTED FINISH tl I I I BY TRELLIS PIPER RAIL I I I MANUFACTURER 12" CMU COLUMN CE =j i� RE: STRUCTURAL I 11- - - ---__-_--- STONE VENEER RE: SPECS �' WOOD BLOCKING O sk MOUNTING HEIGHT 144" A.F.F. I MTL STUD FRAMING _tl I @ 16" O.C. MAX PIPE RAIL SUPPORT DETAIL TRELLIS ATTACHMENT DETAIL SCALE: 1�/2" - 1'-0" SCALE; 3" - 1'-0" RE: ELEVATIONS 12 RE: SECTIONS ALUMINUM "GRAVEL -STOP" SET IN ROOF CEMENT; PRIME FLANGE BEFORE STRIPPIN, CANT STRIP TYP FELT ENVELOPE FASTENERS AT 3" O.C., STAGGERED MULTIPLE -PLY MEMBRANE STRIPPING MULTIPLE -PLY BUILT-UF ROOF MEMBRANE R COVERBOARD INSULATIO THERMAL INSULATION ROOF DECK EXTEND ONE PLY OR A SEPARATE MEMBRANE SHEET TO BELOW BLOCKING CONTINUOUS CLEAT (FASTENED PER TABLE 1) T U .moo Uo U � N E o V 00 vi t� U co o r U OCD N co 4� Q) U Z N p X Q�\ 1 0 o � w r z 00 o N M, E ti Q O a- ' p .d. 04�- n C) r �L -+�-� w (D ramr^^ VJ x YYa (c) n' W J � Zcc) _OJ F— LL 0Z� W 2 (.Uwe } z �Z= Z ���^^ow U) U V U 0 y v � a 0 n M O M o_ w fy_, w — — — — — — — — Lij o L0 CD z � o r) ¢ _ CD o o_ w m Lj N N N W O ¢ W 0_ cn o U i A501111's, / 1 HARDWARE NOTES HARDWARE SCHEDULE DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULE v� 1. ADJUST ALL CLOSERS TO A 5 LB. MAX. OPENING FORCE. HARDWARE SET #1: (KAWNEER SINGLE ENTRANCE DOOR) HARDWARE SET #2: (RESTROOM DOORS & JANITOR ROOM) 2. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TYPE WRITTEN SHOP "DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT 1 SET SINGLE ACTING OFFSET PIVOT HINGES BY KAWNEER HAGER 7 1%2PAIR 4%2" x 4%2" BUTT FULL MORTISE o DOOR & LITERATURE FOR ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE SPECIFIED. PREPARED BY A DOOR CLOSER NORTON 1605 SURFACE CLOSER HINGES NO. 1191 FINISH 26 D, o DOORS FRAME DETAILS GLASS LOUVER HARD- REMARKS LICENSED AND CERTIFIED CONSULTANT. 4" EXTRUDED - MILL FINISH ALUMINUM THRESHOLD (FOR 3 EACH SILENCERS U v . FRAME- - . WARE OFFSET PIVOT AND OVERHEAD CLOSER) 1 EACH LOCKSET SCHLAGE AL SERIES SATURN FINISH � THICK THICK ASSEMBLY SET " 11 �"' �¢ N o 3. ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW CORE METAL DOORS ARE TO BE INSULATED. 1 ADAMS RITE MS+1890 DEADLOCK /LATCH COMBINATION AND 2 EACH HAGER 4 x 16 SQUARE CORNER -BEVELED MARK TYPE WIDTH HT. NESS MATERIAL TYPE MATERIAL HEAD JAMB SILL SIZE TYPE NESS SIZE TYPE UL LABEL DOOR AND FRAME TO BE SHOP PRIMED AND PAINTED. 1 ADAMS RITE 4590 LATCH PADDLE DEVICE PUSH / PULL PLATE No. A305, Q* o 0 co ci 1 ADAMS RITE STANDARD LATCH STRIKE AS REQUIRED FOR DOOR FRAME. FINISH 26t ^ M _ 1_ " i 1 4. ALL LOCK AND PASSAGE SETS TO BE SCHLAGE GRADE OR BETTER. 1 CYLINDER SCHLAGE (7PIN) MORTISE FINISH TO MATCH DOOR 1 EACH CLOSER - LCN NO. 4040 FINISH US26D MOUNTED o OA DT 1 3 0 7 0 1�/q ALUMINUM FR-1 ALUMINUM H-1 J-1 S-1 FULL TEMP /q _ _ _ KAWNEER 350 NARROW STYLE - � -• Q ' SUBMIT OTHERS FOR APPROVAL. LOCKS NEED TO BE REKEYABLE. 1 CP II DOOR PUSH AND CO-9 PULL , INSIDE OF ROOM 14 CLEAR ANODIZE FINISH p fi MT 1) 71 All 71 Oil " - O USED (NOTE DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING STORE OPERATION) 1 EACH WALL STOP a 0 f NOT 5. SUBMIT DETAILED HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR ARCHITECTS APPROVAL. 1 SEALAIR WEATHERING SYSTEM AND EPDM BLADE SUFACE ATTACHED O SWEEP STRIP. CC3 N ---C DT-3 3'-O" 7'-0" 1Y/q" HM FR-3 HM H-4 J-4 S-3 3 H.M. DOOR PAINT FINISH LATEX GLOSS ENAMEL Q - - - - - - 6. ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH N.F.P.A. 101-5-2.1.5. 01 O 00 O DT-4 4'-0 7'-0" 1�/q HM FR-3 HM H-4 J-4 - _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 DOOR - FULLY LOUVERED 7. ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH THE FLORIDA _ Q� U z cN., ACCESSIBILITY CODE AND THE A.D.A. FEDERAL REGULATION CODES, e : DT-5 4'-0 7'-O" 1�/q" WOOD FR-2 WOOD H-2 J-2 S-2 _ _ _ _ 2 FOLDING DOORS UTILIZING A LEVER LATCH OR LOCKSET. .,.0 X N #Fi U- 8. ALL STORE FRONT SYSTEM DOOR KEYING SHALL BE INDIVIDUAL AND a� ¢ , ,. MASTER KEYED. PROVIDE 2 SETS OF KEYS FOR EACH TENANT SPACE 1- o AND THREE MASTER KEYS TO THE OWNER. REAR EXIT DOORS SHALL ___A BE INDIVIDUALLY KEYED AND PROVIDE 2 SETS TO THE OWNER. o k "= Z LOCKSETS AND KEYING W 0 ❑ N FINAL CORE PROCESS FOR LOCKSETS & KEYING: DOOR NUMBER .E � Q 10'-6 11 10'-5/2II 141 -2u 13I -0II 13 -0 a o v 1. THE SUBCONTRACTORS WILL INSTALL ALL DOORS, FRAMES, RETAIL NUMBER / / v N HARDWARE AND LOCKSETS AND ENTRANCE DOORS. �j 5'-0" 5'-0" 3'-4%q" 3'-4%4 3 " ' 011 41_6 11 4'-6" 4'-611 4'-1" 4'-2" Af 4'-111 4'-811 3'-011 41_811 NOT USED E RE: y RE RE RE i SCHEDULE SCHEDULE _ SCHEDULE SCHEDULE I SCHEDULE 3 3 c _ / / J 1 /� / w / w w / w = / _ ° / o LLJL , o, W o ILWM 1 ..0 G° c� ° v i,:° c� c� Of w x f_ _ \ d / ¢ \ N \ \ a) � VJ HE Ma E CO � V / i pT-1 pT-2 DT-3 DT-4 DT-S O1 O3 ® 101-611 O5 Q - i 11.0� 21_811 f 11.0% 51-011 V ' - . V y c z o Q t O J DOOR TYPES STOREFRONT TYPES _ SCALE: 1/4= 1'-011 SCALE: 1/4" = T-O" > INDICATES TEMPERED GLAZING 10 2RE:A102 RE A102 - o z j3: V ) 04 Z I 12'? RE r = 3Y811,. RE: r37/a" 2.. RE: 211 RE,W rn CD Ld�..l ; �/ �� � SCHEDULE _ �� SCHEDULE' _ � SCHEDULE � DRIVE-THRU WINDOW U 'SCHEDULE ,�,� �— `� WALK-UP WINDOW E o W w w w w J J J J im m 0LLJ - _ LLJ a ; °I1i�� 11 Z-FURRING CHANNELS PAINT FINISH 0 �L WITT RIGID INSULATION _ RE: PLANS AND ELEVATIONS — a REINFORCED OR W//s11 GYP BOARD REINFORCED OR PRECAST LINTEL O O PRECAST LINTEL Q_ ., O 0 RE: STRUCTURAL J\ ALUM. STOREFRONT RE: STRUCTURAL GROUT SOLID TYP. R19 BATT INSULATION SYST_ , \ � I 3 11 n Q FR-1 FR-2 FR 3 FR-4 � � /a STUCCO SYSTEM a � z I OVER 5/s" SHEATHING v SEE SPECS. 4FRAME TYPES , - / — 70 SCALE �/q" = 1'-011 � ,_• ,•, �\ /— SHIM AS REQUIRED • RE: A102 5/a" STUCCO CONT. PREFINISHED ALUM. H Q 1 11 SYSTEM STUCCO — — — — — — — — \I FLASHING, COLOR SELECTEE o 7/g SYSTEM — ALUM. STOREFRONT T _'� -- BY ARCHITECT z SYSTEM I ACOUSTICAL BATTS 3i/q�1 17 11 777 t6 �( W a U- I 5/a" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE FULL DOOR / \ — a ALUM. STORE- O � OF 6" MTL STUDS WEATHER STRIP FRONT SYSTEM � LL, -- � ALUM. JAMB BEYOND / I RE: WALL TYPE 5 V ¢ -- p w 2" 21/4' 15/a11 /a DRYWALL z u- 0 ALUM. DOOR �, t i ,( ,( WH 1/WJ-1 w Q I < ® r RE: DOOR SCHEDULE a SOLID WOOD DOOR H-3 H-4 FRAME, PAINT FINISH L , 4V2° , RE: DOOR SCHEDULE V GROUT SOLID TYP. GROUT SOLID TYP. a H-1 FLUSH HOLLOW CORE a J m E. w WOOD DOOR PAINT FINISH ALUM. JAMB W/ STOP TYP. 8�g11 RE DOOR SCHEDULE RE: PLANS AND 211 5811 ELEVATIONS - ALUM. THRESHOLD BELOW i 11 _ 1/2 Z FURRING H-2IJ-2 DI RIGID CHANNELS ION - 5 " W( /s .GYP :. � f FRONT SYSTEM BOARD O' I _ - -{i — I HORZ. MULL. E ,. N , 18 GA. X (CONT.) /� �� _ CLOSURE PLATE 1' I �, o _ I_I c o>< ' ALUM STOREFRONT / .11 MASONRY JAMB DOOR MASONRY JAMB-- WM'1 ALUM. DOOR _ 0 ANCHOR AS REQ. a V STUCCO ANCHOR AS REQ. RE'DOOR SCHEDULE o — — 12 J_1 REINFORCED CMU REINFORCED CMU .2 N RE: STRUCTURAL �_3 RE: STRUCTURAL J_4 ALUM. JAMB BEYOND 8�q %" STUCCO o i � w - H.M.DOOR 4/2° w w------- :v W 10 APPLIED SWEEP o SOLID WOOD DOOR FRAME Ov/ H.M. DOOR FRAME - H.M. DOOR FRAMEo (BEYOND) (BEYOND) (BEYOND) F- ALUM. THRESHOLD / X / SEAL FLASHING o w BY STOREFRONT w / ALUM.THRESHOLD w a oF- BY STOREFRONT �- INSTALLER w / SET IN MASTIC (TYP.) / x - F-c / W a p in SYSTEM MFG. �Z FINISH FLOOR vo FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR / FINISH FLOOR \ v o 0 0 w m RE FLOOR PLAN FINISH L PLAN / RE FLOOR PLANRE FLOOR PLAN 2 w N z c� Y u' SLOPE / UZ// FINISH FLOOR o ui Q SLOPE a RE: FLOOR PLAN S 0- o EXTERIOR WALK 3/a" PREFORMED -� 3 1� EXTERIOR ISOLATION JOINT ISOLATION�JOINTD REAR S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 WS-1 LEFT RIGHT A601 HEAD / JAMB /SILL DETAILS WINDOW DETAILS N FRONT SCALE: 3" = T-0" SCALE: 3" = 1'4" 7RE: A601 RE: A601 SECTION 5/8" GYP BOARID 3 5/8" FRAMING PAINT FINISH RE: PLANS 8" CMU RE: STRUCTURAL 11/2" METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS WITH RIGID INSULATION 5/8 " GYP BOARD APPLIED TO THE RETAIL SIDE THAT SHALL TERMINATE PAINT SECTION SECTION SECTION 5/8" GYP BOARD \ 3 5/8" FRAMING 3/4" STUCCO SYSTEM OVER MTL LATH & VAPOR BARRIER . ' TYP RE:SPECS 8" CMU RE: STRUCTURAL 1%2" METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS WITH RIGID INSULATION 10, �— 5/8 " GYP BOARD APPLIED TO THE RETAIL SIDE THAT SHALL TERMINATE AT CEILING SYSTEM. 3/4" STUCCO SYSTEM OVER MTL LATH & VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE:SPECS, 5/8" GYP BOARD 5/8" GYP BOARD 3 5/8" FRAMING 3 5/8" FRAMING "--3/4" STUCCO SYSTEM OVER 3/4" STUCCO SYSTEM OVER MTL LATH & VAPOR BARRIER MTL LATH & VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE:SPECS TYP RE:SPECS \—8" CMU RE: STRUCTURAL 8" CMU RE: STRUCTURAL - � — _ PANT FINISH X. 3/4" STUCCO SYSTEM OVER RE: PLANS Z' MTL LATH & VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE:SPECS i— 3/4" STUCCO SYSTEM OVER MTL LATH & VAPOR BARRIER TYP PP:SPFCC PLANI �lfl - , : f f,/ ��°F ,,�' P-LAN- V z ,/ i' � PLANLF - .. ..., n 5 u I u \ u 5 n I u �( " 8 CMU /8 GYP BOARD OVER 1/2 MTL 8 CMU /e GYP BOARD OVER 1/2 MTL 8 CMU PAINT Z-FURRING CHANNELS, TAPED, SANDED Z-FURRING CHANNELS, TAPED, SANDED 8" CMU W/ FURRING 8" CMU W/ STUCCO AND FURRING 8" CMU W/ STUCCO SCALE: 1" - 14" SCALE: 1" = T-O" SCALE: 1" = 14" RE: A102 2 RE A102 3 RE: A102 SECTION SECTION 3/4" STUCCO SYSTEM OVER MTL LATH & VAPOR BARRIER TYP RE:SPECS PLAN � / ,7/ 8" CMU 4 8" CMU W/ STUCCO SCALE: 1" = T-0" RE: A102 --------------- DECEMBER 02,1997 - - - - - - - - I � 5/8" GYP BOARD F RATING - 2 HR \— 3 5/8" FRAMING T RATING 0 HR 5/8I' GYP BOA t ,I 3 5/8" STUD CHANNEL q h 3 3 5/8" FRAMING I 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED SECTION A -A PAINT I .1_ R11 WALL BATT. INSULATION 4" CMU t 1- 1. WALL ASSEMBLY MIN THICK REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT (100-150 PCF) CONCRETE. WALL MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY UL CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCKS-. MAX DIAM OF OPENING IS 26". 8" CMU RE: STRUCTURAL NON LOAD BEARING PARTITION WALL SHALL TERMINATE AT SEE CONCRETE BLOCKS(CAZT) CATEGORY IN THE FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR MANUFACTURER NAMES. 6" CAVITY UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE _ 2. THROUGH PENETRANT ONE METALLIC PIPE, CONDUIT OR TUBING TO BE INSTALLED EITHER CONCENTRICALLY / -1V2" METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS OR ECCENTRICALLY WITHIN THE FIRESTOP SYSTEM. THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPE, CONDUIT OR TUBING WITH RIGID INSULATION - 3 5/8 STUD CHANNEL AND PERIPHERY OF OPENING SHALL BE MIN 0 (POINT CONTACT) TO MAX 1-3/41, PIPE, CONDUIT OR TUBING r ::-I � 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED TO BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY. THE FOLLOWING TYPES AND SIZES OF 5/8 "GYP BOARD APPLIED . TO THE I METALLIC PIPES, CONDUIT OR TUBING MAY BE USED RETAIL SIDE THAT SHALL TERMINATE I I; CONCRETE SLAB A. STEEL PIPE NOM 24" DIAM (OR SMALLER) SCHEDULE 10 (OR HEAVIER) STEEL PIPE. AT CFILINL_u_�TEM. I >.I RE: STRUCTURAL DWGS I` B. IRON PIPE NOM 24" DIAM OR SMALLER) CAST OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE. ;.i C. CONDUIT NOM 4 DIAM (OR SMALLER) STEEL ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING, NOM 6" DIAM (OR SMALLER) a a a ^ STEEL CONDUIT OR NOM 1 IN. DIAM (OR SMALLER) FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT. 4" CMU D. COPPER TUBING NOM -6" DIAM (OR SMALLER) TYPE L (OR HEAVIER) COPPER TUBING. 6" CAVITY E. COPPER PIPENOM 6" DIAM (OR SMALLER) REGULAR (OR HEAVIER) COPPER PIPE. PLAN 8" CMU PLAN - FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL= - SEALANT MIN V THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN ANNULUS, ��\`— _;_ _. _ _ _ t (LUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL. AT THE POINT CONTACT LOCATION BETWEEN THROUGH PENETRANT 1�/2" METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS \ _ AND CONCRETE, A MIN %" DIAM BEAD OF FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE APPLIED AT THE CONCRETE/THROUGH WITH RIGID INSULATION - - - PENETRANT INTERFACE ON BOTH WALL SURFACES. N 5/g" GYP BOARD APPLIED TO THE SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC SPECSEAL 100 101 102 OR 105 SEALANT RETAIL SIDE THAT SHALL TERMINATE 5 „ 6" ABOVE CEILING SYSTEM. 3 5/8 MTL STUDS 20 GA., /8 GYP BOARD BOTH SIDES, TAPED, SANDED, -BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING 24" O.C. UNLESS SPECIFIED AND SEALED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS PER 1HR FIRE RATING RE U465, THIS SHEET 6 CAVITY WALL 3 5/8" STUD WALL UL SYSTEM NO.-J-1055 SCALE 1" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1" = T-0 THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM NOT TO SCALE RE: A102 7 RE: A102 RE: A102 SECTIONS Aj> I> -4- PLAN APRIL 30,1998 (FORMERLY SYSTEM NO.328) F RATINGS - 1 AND 2 HR. (SEE ITEM 3), JULY 29,1995 T RATING - 0 HR F RATING - 1 HR L RATING AT AMBIENT - LESS THAN 1 CFM/SQ FT L FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNER - CHANNEL SHAPED RUNNERS, 3%" WIDE (MIN), 11/4" LEGS, FORMED FROM MIN. 3 T RATING 0 HR 3 L RATING AT 400 F LESS THAN 1 CFM/SQ FT NO. 25 MSG (MIN NO. 20 MSG WHEN ITEM 4C IS USED) GALV STEEL, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING A h Ah - SECTION A -A WITH FASTENERS SPACED 24" O.C. MAX. SECTION A -A 2. STEEL STUDS CHANNEL SHAPED, 3%" WIDE (MIN), 11/4" LEGS, 3/8" FOLDED BACK RETURNS, FORMED 1. WALL ASSEMBLY THE 10R 2 HR FIRE RATED GYPSUM WALLBOARD/STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE FROM MIN. NO.25 MSG (MIN NO. 20 MSG WHEN ITEM 4C IS USED) GALV STEEL SPACED 24" O.C. MAX CONSTRUCTED THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U300 OR U400 SERIES _ 1. THE FIRE RATED GYPSUM WALLBOARD/STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS 3. BATTS "AND BLANKETS (OPTIONAL) MINERAL WOOL OR GLASS FIBER BATTS PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY AND IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U300 OR U400 SERIES WALL AND PARTITION DESIGNS IN WALL OR PARTITION DESIGNS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FILLING STUD CAVITY. 'SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BZJZ) CATEGORY FOR NAMES OF CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: STEEL 4. WALLBOARD, GYPSUM - 5/8" THICK, �4'-0" WIDE, ATTACHED TO STEEL STUDS, FLOOR, & CEILING TRACK WITH A. STUD WALL FRAMING MAY CONSIST OF EITHER WOOD STUDS (TO CONSIST OF NOM 2 BY 4" LUMBER A. STUDS WALL FRAMING MAY CONSIST OF TE 2 BY 4 LUMBER SPACED 16 OC WITH 2 BY 4 1" LONG, TYPE S SELF -TAPPING STEEL SCREWS SPACED 8" O.C. ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12" O.C. IN THE SPACED 16 OC.) OR STEEL CHANNEL STUDS (TO BE MIN 3-5/8" WIDE AND SPACED MAX 24" OC.) LUMBER END PLATES AND CROSS BRACES. SEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-5/8" WIDE BY 1-33/8/8 " DEEP FIELD OF THE BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE `SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY. CHANNELS SPACED MAX 24" OC AMERICAN GYPSUM CO. -TYPE AG-C. B. GYPSUM BOARD= NOM %" THICK GYPSUM WALLBOARD, AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL AND B. GYPSUM BOARD- NOM %" THICK, 4'. WIDE WITH SQUARE OR TAPERED EDGES. THE GYPSUM WALLBOARD CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPES AR,C,IP-X2,SCX,SHX,WRC,WRX PARTITION DESIGN. DIAM OF OPENING 1S 1-1/2" LARGER THAN THE OUTSIDE DIAM OF PIPE. TYPE, NUMBER OF LAYERS AND SHEET ORIENTATION SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL AND CONTINENTAL GYPSUM CO. -TYPES CG C,CG5-5,CG6 6,CG9 9,CGTC C. PARTITION DESIGN. DIAM OF CIRCULAR THROUGH OPENING CUT THROUGH GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON EACH PABCO GYPSUM CO. - TYPE PG-C 2. THROUGH -PENETRANT ONE METALLIC PIPE, CONDUIT OR TUBING TO BE CENTERED WITHIN THE FIRESTOP 3 SIDE OF WALL ASSEMBLY TO BE MIN 0" (POINT CONTACT) TO MAX 1" LARGER THAN OUTSIDE DIAM OF U.S. GYPSUM CO.- TYPES C,FCV,IPX2,SCX,SHC,SHX,WRC OR WRX SYSTEM. AN ANNULAR SPACE OF /4" IS REQUIRED WITHIN THE FIRESTOP SYSTEM. PIPE, CONDUIT OR FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (ITEM 2) INSTALLED IN THROUGH OPENING. SIDE EDGE OF CIRCULAR OPENING TUBING TO BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY. THE FOLLOWING TYPES AND SIZES 4A.WALLBOARD, GYPSUM- - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4) - NOM. %4" THICK 4' WIDE, INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED OF METALLIC PIPES, CONDUITS OR TUBING MAY BE USED: TO BE MIN 3" FROM NEAREST STUD IN WALL CAVITY. IN ITEM 4 WITH SCREW LENGTH INCREASED TO 1-1/4" C. FASTENERS WHEN WOOD STUD FRAMING IS EMPLOYED GYPSUM WALLBOARD ATTACHED TO STUDS WITH CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPE AR. A. STEEL PIPE NOM 12" DIAM (OR SMALLER) SCHEDULE 10 (OR HEAVIER) STEEL PIPE. CEMENT COATED NAILS AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL OR PARTITION DESIGN. WHEN STEEL CHANNEL UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. TYPE AR STUD FRAMING IS EMPLOYED, GYPSUM WALLBOARD ATTACHED TO STUDS WITH TYPE S SELF -DRILLING, YESO PENAMERICANO SA DE CV TYPE AR. B. CONDUIT NOM 6 DIAM (OR SMALLER) ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING OR STEEL CONDUIT. SELF -TAPPING BUGLE -HEAD STEEL SCREWS AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL OR PARTITION DESIGN. 4B.WALLBOARD, GYPSUM- - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4 AND 4A) - 5/8" THICK INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN C. COPPER TUBING NOM 6" DIAM (OR SMALLER) TYPE L (OR HEAVIER) COPPER TUBING, 2. THROUGH PENETRATING PRODUCT- (FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT) - NOM 4" DIAM (OR SMALLER) ALUMINUM OR ITEM 4. JOINT COVERING (ITEM 5) NOT REQUIRED. STEEL FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT+. MAX ONE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT TO BE INSTALLED NEAR CENTER OF CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPE WSX D. COPPER PIPE NOM 6" DIAM (OR SMALLER) REGULAR (OR HEAVIER) COPPER PIPE. CIRCULAR OPENING IN GYPSUM WALLBOARD. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT TO RIGIDLY SUPPORTED ON BOTH UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE WSX 5 SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY. YESO PENAMERICANO SA DE CV - TYPE WSX 3. FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL- - SEALANT MIN /aTHICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN ANNULUS, FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL ASSEMBLY. AFC CABLE SYSTEMS INC 4C.WALLBOARD, GYPSUM- - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4, 4A AND 413) - 5/8" THICK GYPSUM PANELS, INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4 WITH TYPE S-12 STEEL SCREWS. THE LENGTH AND SPACING OF THE SCREWS AS MINNESOTA MINING & MFG CO - FB-2000+ 3. FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL- (CAULK) - CAULK FILL MATERIAL FORCED INTO ANNULAR SPACE AROUND SPECIFIED UNDER ITEM 4. -BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING ENTIRE CIRCUMFERENCE OF THROUGH PENETRATING PRODUCT TO COMPLETELY FILL OPENING IN GYPSUM CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD. TYPE FRX WALLBOARD LAYERS ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY. A MIN %" THICKNESS OF CAULK IS REQUIRED UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE FRX FOR THE 1 HR F RATING. A MIN 1-1/4" THICKNESS OF CAULK IS REQUIRED FOR THE 2 HR F RATING, 5. JOINT TAPE AND COMPOUND VINYL, DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND, APPLIED IN TWO COATS TO MINNESOTA MINING & MFG, CO - CP 25WB+ JOINTS AND SCREW HEADS PAPER TAPE, 2" WIDE, EMBEDDED IN FIRST LAYER OF COMPOUND OVER ALL U L SYSTEM NO. W-L-1084 -BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING JOINTS. AS AN ALTERNATE, NOMINAL 3/32" THICK GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER MAY BE APPLIED TO THE THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM - NOT TO SCALE ENTIRE SURFACE OF CLASSIFIED VENEER BASEBOARD. JOINTS REINFORCED. RE: A102 6. FURRING CHANNEL - (OPTION -NOT SHOWN) RESILIENT 25 MSG GALV STEEL FURRING CHANNELS SPACED VERTICALLY MAX 24" O.C., FLANGE PORTION ATTACHED TO EACH INTERSECTING STUD WITH 1/2" LONG TYPE UL SYSTEM NO. W L-1017 S-12 PANHEAD STEEL SCREWS. NOT FOR USE WITH TYPE FRX GYPSUM PANELS. THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM - NOT TO SCALE, SECTIONS V I SECTION -4 `O kn rL Lo 0 --1--------­7 N E 0 U o 5/8" GYP BOARD 0� " 0 `s 3 5/8" FRAMING " • r-1 .<� o V O� PAINT v 'C� �--� 'tjLL N o co z N 8" CMU RE: STRUCTURAL �lU PAINT s O X LL ao E, z N o w 0 Q N r ti QCN PAINT 3 a t fr PLAN / - � o �n o 8" CMU 0 v '58" C M U SCALE: 1" - 14" RE: A102 L T a 0 u d rn v t � 1 3 Av I v N . u 0 0 0 3 2 � Ah A E 2C 2B 2C 2B � 0 � ASSEMBLY RATINGS 1 & 2 HR (ITEM 2) - Q JOINT WIDTH - 3Y4" MAX H a 1. FLOOR ASSEMBLY - '11E FIRE -RATED FLUTED STEEL DECK/CONCRETE FLOOR ASSEMBLY SHALL W BE CONSTRUCTED FO 7HE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL FLOOR - CEILING DESIGN IN THE .UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES:o A. STEEL FLOOR AND FORM UNITS- - MAX. 3" DEEP GALV. STEEL FLUTED UNITS, a o B. CONCRETE - MIN 2/2" THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE, AS MEASURED FROM THE TOP PLANE OF THE FLOOR UNITS; • — „x _ E KJ 2. WALL ASSEMBLY - THE 1OR 2 HR FIRE RATED GYPSUM WALLBOARD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY N - _ U) SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL W U400 SERIES WALL OR PARTITION DESIGNS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION co FEATURES: m A. STEEL FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS - FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS OF WALL ASSEMBLY E _0 SHALL CONSIST OF GALV. STEEL CHANNELS SIZED TO ACCOMODATE STEEL STUDS (26). CEILING RUNNER TO BE SECURED TO VALLEYS OF STEEL FLOOR UNITS (ITEM A) WITH STEEL FASTENERS OR BY WELDS P MAX a u- 24" O.C. B. STUDS - STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3%2" WIDE. STUDS CUT %z" TO 3/4" LESS IN LENGTH THAN w —_ J ASSEMBLY HEIGHT WITH BOTTOM NESTING IN AND RESTING ON FLOOR RUNNER AND WITH TOP < z - O ui NESTING IN CEILING RUNNER WITH OR WITHOUT ATTACHMENT. STUD SPACING @ 24" O.C. MAX. U L Z C. WALLBOARD, GYPSUM- -WALLBOARD SHEETS INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF o � AND 11/4" ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR 1 AND 2 HR RATED ASSEMBLIES, REPECTIVELY. WALL y ate"\ ,� N TO BE CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL AND PARTITION DESIGN IN THE a UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY, EXCEPT THAT WALLBOARD IS CUT TO THE CONTOUR OF THE STEEL FLOOR UNITS WITH A MAX 3Y4" GAP BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE WALLBOARD AND THE BOTTOM OF THE FLOOR UNITS. r THE JOINT SYSTEM'S HOURLY FIRE RATING IS DEPENDENT ON THE WALL'S HOURLY FIRE RATING. 3. FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL- - CAULK _ MIN %" AND 11/4" THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL v C FOR 1 AND 2 HR RATED ASSEMBLIES, RESPECTIVELY, INSTALLED ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL > BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE WALLBOARD AND ALL SURFACES OF THE STEEL FLOOR UNITS, " FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE OF THE WALL. MINNESOTA MINING & MFG CO - CP 25WB+ -BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING E UL SYSTEM NO. HW S-0030 1& 2 HR ASSEMBLIES - NOT TO SCALE ' RE: A102 a Y 0 s a w w r E 0 0 .V M 0 N ro 0 cn w [If ui —1 ui p U-) o z w C CD t- o ¢ CD O m w N z Y D w N CL N U REAR LEFT N RIGHT A701 FRONT RE: A102 UL SYSTEM NO. U-465 NONBEARING WALL - 1 HR RATED - NOT TO SCALE ICE: A102 s s . __ _ __ - _ _ __ __ I - - AA A.. ____ I SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY ° . 1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -control services required by Architect, Owner, or PART I - I authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL I C. See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. A. Project Identification: Project consists ofTrailhead Cons essions-Buildling and associated sitework. (ref- 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 DEFINITIONS erence civil plans for sitework outside of building limit line). Reference Riverwalk plans for adjacent road, sidewalk and utilities work. A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution 1. Project Location: Comer of Seminole Blvd. & Palmetto Ave, Sanford Florida. Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with 2. Owner: Suncor Investments, Inc. requirements. . B. The Work consists of retails aces with limited sidewalks and awnings and a trellis system as shown on P g Y 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution the plans. A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include C. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract. activities. contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and C. Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials. Mockups are used related activities that require sequential activity. der SaSa to verify selections made under submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, 1.2 WORK SEQUENCE 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing qualities se materials and execution,der and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they A. The Work shall be conducted in one phase. will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Work shall be substantially complete.and ready for occupancy within one hundred eighty a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall calendar days of the Notice to Proceed. other submittals until related submittals are received. mean the same as testing agency. B. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. 1.3 USE OF PREMISES Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. 1.3 DELEGATED DESIGN 1. Initial Review: Allow 14 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if pro- . A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project cessing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise q A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design profes site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to perform Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. sional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. 2. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. B. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without 3. Allow 14 days for processing each resubmittal. I 4. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. 1.4 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS C. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-division 2. Provide a space on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings A. Delegated -Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. and action taken by Architect. � submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system 3. Include the followinginformation on label for processing and recording action taken: P g g specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified b a design professional, indicating that the P Y � g Y �P g B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. a. Project name. codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.b. Date. . C. Name and address of Architect. B. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: END OF SECTION 01100 d. Name and address of Contractor. 1. Date of issue. e. Name and address of subcontractor. 2. Project title and number. . f Name and address of supplier. 1 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. g. Name of manufacturer. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION h. Unique identifier, including revision number. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. PART 1 - GENERAL k. Other necessary identification. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. D. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submit- 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 1.1 SUMMARY tals. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project E. 'Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. including, but not limited to, the following: noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submit- 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. 1. General Project coordination procedures, tal. 2. Coordination Drawings. 3. Project meetings. I E Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifica- tions, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judg each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review recai,,ed from ments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and 1.2 COORDINATION sources other than Contractor or for items that do not require submittals in the Contract Documents. regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1. Include Contractor's certification stating that the information submitted has been reviewed and A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE I . ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and opera- G. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in con- A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this tion. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation nection with construction. Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity of one part of the Work denends on installation of other components, before or after its own instal- to produce required units. lation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS B. Factory -Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum acces- who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are sibility for required mamtegance, service, and repair. similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. 3. Make adequate provisions o accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS B. If necessary, prepare memoranIJ:i or distribution to each art involved outlining special procedures r}, P P x,., party g p p A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required b individual Specification Sections. P q Y p o s. C. Installer Qualifications: Afirm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work simi- lar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construc- required for coordination. lnclude such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meet- 1. Number of Copies: Submit 3 copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will - tion with a record of successful in-service performance. ings. I return 2 copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is 2. Complete Submittals: Submit complete submittals in accordance with submittal schedule. The D. Manufacturer Qualifications: Afirm experienced in manufacturing products or stems similar to those P gP Y required. architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal until remaining information required indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. in that section or division is provided. C. Administrative Procedures:' Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in . other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineeringservices of the kind ro ress of the Work. Such agrninistrativeoctivities include, but are not limited to, the following: P g g:indicated. product orequipment. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, 1. Preparation of Contracts s onstrueUonSchedule. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suit- or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. able for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be per- 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. formed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification 5. Progress meetings. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 6. Preinstallation conferences. Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing 7. Project closeout activities. Work, nor interfere with local trade -union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: Ithe 1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and 1.3 PROJECT MEETINGS 2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. to be performed. A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of quali- 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, ties indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. Attach label on of date and time of each meeting: Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and unexposed side. 1.6 QUALITY CONTROL times. 4. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these character- 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. istics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner 3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes actual component as delivered and installed. I will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. to everyone concerned, including Oviner and Architect, within 3 days of the meeting. 5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality -control com- 1. Owner will fumish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies parisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a acceptance of construction associated with each set. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibili- E. Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work ties and personnel assignments. and their intended location. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and I. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and required by authorities having jurisdiction. its superintendent; major subcontrwtors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties F. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and of the Work, including those who are to fumish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use perform these quality -control services. authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. CSI Form 1.5A or similar format suitable to the Owner. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance:that could affect the progress and completion of the Work. a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing I by Owner. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or activity that requires coordination with other construction or as specifically requested elsewhere in the inspecting will be performed. Construction Documents. 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW 3. Where quality -control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified writ- 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in oraffected by ten report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service. the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend'. the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required b the Contract Documents are q Y Contractor's responsibility. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activ- field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. 5. .Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when _ ity under consideration. Discuss and resolve all items related to the activity to be performed.: 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements. B. :Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform; approval stamp. Include Project name and loci- they so direct. ' 4. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successful) concluded. Initiate what Y tion, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's P t actor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for comp)- C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated engage a facto -authorized service representative o � g n P t ever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the ance with the Contract Documents. inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report conference at earliest feasible date_ results in writing. ' D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsi- preparation of payment requests. bility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised I. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, A. General: e al. Architect will. not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents. supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, ahem without action. or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Pro - conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifi- vide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other cations required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to stamp appropriately to indicate action taken. during performance of its services. status of Project. 2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies C. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. with or deviates from requirements. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to service through Contractor. Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be END OF SECTION 01330 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule accept any, portion of the Work. revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. within the Contract Time. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present. 3. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have PART 1 - GENERAL END OF SECTION 01400 been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.1 SUMMARY a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meet- A Thi S r ' 1 d d d d 1 PART 1 GE ERAL support facilities, and security and protection facilities. \ B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: to 1. Sewers and drainage. 4-J 2. Water service and distribution. U 3. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water facilities. V N 4. Electric power service. ,* c 5. Lighting. �i o . UU 6. Telephone service. i.4 � LO Cn o C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1 m Q 1. Project identification and temporary signs. p� �` M 2. Field offices. 0 .0 o 3. Temporary stairs. f) _ � ON D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: U °o, u- v 1. Environmental protection. � U V z N 2. Stormwater control. V .a 3. Tree and plant protection. w `' OX 4. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. l 5. Fire protection. l . o 0 o q z� .:: M N 1.2 USE CHARGES o N ` b Qo A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall \ cw v be included in the Contract Sum. -Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without �. �a cost, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Owner's construction forces. � � .�,��:,.�.. 1 ..tea : �� 2. Occupants of Project. 3. Architect. _ 4. Testing agencies: a" 5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction_ B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage, by all parties engaged in construction, at 1. Project site. o C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for water used by all entities . engaged in construction activities at Project site. 3 D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for elec- - 3 tricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. m 4 E Z 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE - A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. LO 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities N are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. W 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary I_ electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. = . B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary util- � 8. ity before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS � � a J Q� EQd- co 2.1 EQUIPMENT _ z I (n O N A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. - M QJ B. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated _ � z LL- or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures in quantities and loca-' tions determined by regulation of any authority having jurisdiction. - L w � 1. Comply with NFRN 10 and NFPA 241 for classification extinguishingagent and size required b . w 0 � q Y y� i'- 0 location and class of fire exposure. : Q V z LL r Z � C. Self -Contained Toilet Units: Single -occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion o z n O z type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass -fiber -reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material r 'n (n � ((� in quantities and locations determined by regulation of any authority having jurisdiction o U I a a,.,, ,,m,,,.:,, .., D. Drinking -Water Fixtures: Drinking -water fountains or Containerized, tap -dispenser, bottled -water drink- � I ing-water units, including paper cup supply in quantities and locations determined by regulation of any E authority having jurisdiction 1. 11E 11 E. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of I I0- to 120-V plugs into higher -voltage outlets; equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot h light. a a F. Power Distribution S} t n, Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 12 -V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. " 3 PART3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL . I A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with perfor- mance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. j B. Provide each facility reaq for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do - not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent a facilities. m U 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A.General:g - . Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing If � service. Where utilitycompany provides only art of the service, P Y P Y p e provide the remainder with matching, _ compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, -a if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 1. •- Z 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is available, pro- J vide trucked -in services. , mLL � ~ B. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can ('if 0 Q be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, � 1, U stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawful) used for LL Y � I discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off -site in a lawful manner. � � _ .U_ () .F z W C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construc- ; w Q w a tion until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use. o a � � � - U) D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facili- ties. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for - James E. �Own curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of _ low temperatures or high humidity. 1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of building for E . normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas where finished Work has been installed.1. - E Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of com leted installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of1. " P P g - high humidity. . G. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system a of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, trans- formers, overload -protected disconnecting means, automatic ground -fault interrupters, and main distribu- tion switchgear. o H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for con- struction operations and traffic conditions. I. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for common -use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. I. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with modem in each field office. 2. Provide an answering machine on superintendent's telephone. 3. Provide a facsimile machine for site use 4. Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving telephone calls when away from field office. 33 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION c 0 Ln E M to E W 0- co 0 CO 0 Ln w ! - �_ - N M � 7 [ n "o CD z w CM rn o r- T o 0 0 OLLj "'O No ¢a =m a N 1. 11oN v)- 5(J) ing where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule s ec ion me u es a munstrauve an proce ura regwrements for quality assurance and quality con- - N . concurrently with the report of each meeting. trot - A. General: Comply with the following: B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indi- 1.1 SUMMARY 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support END OF SECTION 01310 cited. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Docu facilities for easy access, making them accessible for handicap access where required by the author- A- O 0 1 ment requirements. A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, ity having jurisdiction. / 2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Comple- 0 -2 1 tion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facili- ties, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in sizes indi- cated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to Project. 1. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. 2. Construct signs of exterior -type Grade B-B high -density concrete form overlay plywood in sizes and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or framing of preservative -treated wood or steel. 3. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior -grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer. C. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. Cover finished, permanent stairs with protective covering of plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at time of acceptance. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, water- way, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using toots and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use ofnoisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site. B. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent hooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. C. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary' fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from construction darnage. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. D. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements in Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and Trim- ming." E. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: CoM ply with standards and code requirements for erecting struc- turally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform person- nel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. F. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from funws and noise. G. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire -protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above. Store combustible materials in containers in fire - safe locations. 2. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire -protection facili- ties, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire -expo- sure areas. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interfer- ence with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant mate- rials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01500 SECTION 02361- TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes soil treatment for termite control. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated, including EPA -Registered Label, B. Product certificates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A pest control operator who is licensed according to regulations of authorities having jurisdiction to apply termite control treatment in jurisdiction where Project is located. B. Regulatory Requirements: Formulate and apply termiticides, and label with a Federal registration number, to comply with EPA regulations and authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 WARRANTY _ - A. __Soil Termiticide Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by applicator and Contractor, certifying that applied soil termiticide treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If sub- terranean termite activity or damage is discovered within 5 years from date of Substantial Completion, re -treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TERMITE CONTROL A. Soil Treatment: EPA -registered termiticide complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdic- tion, in a soluble or emulsible, concentrated formulation that dilutes with water or foaming agent. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prod- ucts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. AgrEvo Environmental Health, Inc.; a company of Hoechst and Schering; Berlin. b. Bayer Corp.; Garden & Professional Care. C. DowElanco. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SOIL TREATMENT APPLICATION A. Apply soil treatment at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to the product's .EPA -Registered Label 1. Mix termiticide solution to a uniform consistency. 0 2. Apply to produce a continuous horizontal and vertical termiticidal barrier or treated zone around and under building construction. Distribute the treatment evenly. 3. Slabs -on -Grade and Basement Slabs: Under ground -supported slab construction, including foot- ings, building slabs, and attached slabs as an overall treatment. Treat soil materials before concrete footings and slabs are placed. 4. Foundations: Adjacent soil including soil along entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating slab, and around interior column footers, piers, and chimney bases; and along entire outside perimeter, from grade to bottom of footing. Avoid soil washout around footings. 5. Crawlspaces: Soil under and adjacent to foundations. Treat adjacent areas including around entrance platform, porches, and equipment bases. Apply overall treatment only where attached concrete platform and porches are on fill or ground. 6. Masonry: Treat voids. 7. Penetrations: At expansion j oints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated. B. Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas until completely dry. C. Protect termiticide solution, dispersed in treated soils and fills, from being diluted until ground -supported slabs are installed. Use waterproof barrier according to EPA -Registered Label instructions. D. Post warning signs in areas of application. E. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed b � subsequent excavation, grading, landscaping,r pp y y q a o, g g, o other construction activities following application. END OF SECTION 02361 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each manufactured material and product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Include details of steel reinforcement placement including material, grade, bar sched- ules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports. D. Material test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products com- plying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, unless modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure, and protec- tion of in -place concrete. 2. Formwork and form accessories. 3. Steel reinforcement and supports. 4. Concrete mixtures. 5. Handling, placing, and constructing concrete. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Formwork Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301. B. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. C. Concrete Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1. 2. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1/4-inch nomi!Nal size. 3. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. 4. Water: Complying with ASTM C 94. D. Admixtures: 1. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 2. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Types A, D, F or G. If-F", see 2.2A. E. Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick. F. Preformed Joint -Filler: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber. G. Curing Materials: 1. Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 2. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film. 3. Water: Potable. 4. Clear, Solvent -Borne; Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. 2.2 CONCRETE MIXES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. B. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal -weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days). 2. Slump: 4 inches. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Formwork Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. B. Vapor Retarder: Install, protect, and repair vapor -retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. I. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. C. Steel Reinforcement: Comply with CRSI's'"Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. D. Joints: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. 1. Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concret e, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 2. Isolation Joints: Install preformed joint filter at junctions with slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, to full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning con- crete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows: a. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contrac- tion cracks. E. Tolerances: Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materi- als.,, 3.2 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. B. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. 3.3 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Completely remove fins and other projections. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproof!ng, veneer plaster, or paint- ing. 2. Apply grout -cleaned finish, defined in ACI 301, to smooth -formed finished concrete. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adja- cent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R for screeding, restraightening and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. C. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finish, unless otherwise indicated. D. Float Finish: Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid -applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo. E. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film -finish coating system. F. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete plat- forms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by broom- ing with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 3.5 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection, and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot - weather protection during curing. B Evaporation getarder. Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, d ry, or windy conditions occur before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days as follows: 1. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours � y after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Tests will be performed according to ACI 301. 1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. END OF SECTION 03300 SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS END OF SECTION 05120 SECTION 05210 - STEEL JOISTS REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS END OF SECTION 05210 SECTION 05310 -STEEL DECK REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS END OF SECTION 05310 SECTION 05400 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS END OF SECTION 05400 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel ladders. 2. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 3. Pipe bollards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings:' .Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation,- and attachments to other Work. B. Templates: For anchor bolts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. B. Ferrous Metals: 1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. 3. Rolled -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/ A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. 4. Rolled -Stainless -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793. 5. Steel Tubing: Cold -formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. 6. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. 7. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold -formed metal channels 1-5/8 by 1-518 inches with flange edges returned toward web and with 9/16-inch- wide slotted holes in webs at 2 inches o.c. Channels made from galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality, Grade 33, with G90 coating; 0.079-inch nominal thickness. 8. Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T6. 2.2 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast -curing, lead and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664 and compatible with finish paint systems indi- cated. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Connections, General: Use connections that maintain structural value ofjoined pieces. 1. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. 2. Weld comers and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or over- lap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds smooth and blended. 3. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes. 4. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. B. Steel Ladders: Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Siderails: Continuous, 1/2-by-2-1/2-inch steel flat bars, with eased edges, spaced 18 inches apart. \ 2. Bar Rungs: 3/4-inch- diameter steel bars, spaced 12 inches o.c. rA 4-1 a. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails; plug -weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. U� 4. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches o.c. with welded or bolted steel 4 N brackets. Size brackets to support design loads specified in ANSI A14.3. o 5. Fabricate ladder safety cages to comply with ANSI A14.3. Assemble by welding or riveting. V U 6. Galvanize exterior ladders and safety cages. Lo � N E AU C. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Fabricate steel framing and supports that are not a part of struc- C1 , O m d. tural-steel framework as necessary to complete the Work from structural steel of welded construction. O� eC co �? Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. ¢ 1. Where indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded anchors U to at 24 inches o.c. _J rn 2. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes. Where wood 4 O v nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill holes at 24 inches o.c. tj o N 3. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction with steel baseplates and top plates welded to pipe with fillet welds the same size as pipe wall thickness. V.t w g O X u_ D. Pipe Bollards: Fabricate from Schedule 40 steel pipe. FII ¢ o CLN PART 3 - EXECUTION` 00 o N ¢a N 04 za 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing metal fabrications to in -place construc- tion. Perform cutting, drilling, and f!ttin required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications g g g q g l x accurately in location., with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true. 1. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. a @ 2. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections, unless otherwise indicated. Do not weld, cut, or abrade galvanized surfaces. a s B. Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack with nonshrink, nonmetallic s grout. E END OF SECTION 05500 - E SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY O s PART 1- GENERAL CV E w E ~ 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood blocking. nailers. 2. Wood 3. Wood sheathing. Y 4. Plywood backing panels. t 0- - J PART 2 - PRODUCTS Z N y cn O 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL co J Q LL C Z A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. L W r 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.Lu 0 f--' 0 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back m Z c of each piece. z �I - Z 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. Z O 4. Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nomi- r w r nal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. o U c B. Wood Structural Panels: _ S 1. Plywood: DOC PS I. E 2. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2. - E 2.2 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE; -TREATED MATERIALS - a a A. Preservative Treatment by :Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), except that lumber that is not in ccsuact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be a 4 treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). o B. Application: Treat items lndicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs; equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing F 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with m masonry or concrete. ` 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. " t 2.3 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS - a A. General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply with perfor- mance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a 1. Use treatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated wood after exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent testing agency accord- a ing to ASTM D 5664,`for lumber and ASTM D 5516, for plywood. 2. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 3. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. -_ 4. Use Interior Type A High Temperature (HT), unless otherwise indicated. Z m 0 2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER LL Q U A. General: Of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee National Grading E a) provisions of the gradingavencv indicated. O U_Rude B. Non -Load -Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade and any of the following spe- " LL _ (a Z w U W cies: w I�� QtZ U)LU a. 1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. a 1- 2. Eastern softwoods; NELMA a `� C. Exposed Framing Hand select material for uniformity of appearance and freedom from characteristics that would impair finish appearance. 1. Species and Grade: As indicated above for load -bearing construction of same type. 2. Species and Grade: Hem -fir or Hem -fir (north), Select Structural grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or - °1amE'S �04V11 WWPA. 3. Species and Grade: Southern pine, Select Structural No. 1 grade; SPIB. - 4. Species and Grade: Spruce -pine -fir or Spruce -pine -fir (south), Select Structural No. 1 grade; - E NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 2.5 SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing. 0 B. Paper -Surfaced Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 79/C 79M, with water-resistant material incorporated a vi into core and with water-repellent paper bonded to core's face, back, and long edges. 6 E 1. Manufacturers: U 0 l� VJ a. American Gypsum Co. E b. G-P Gypsum Corporation. a) C. National Gypsum Company. 0- d. United States Gypsum Co. o 2. Type and Thickness: Regular, 1/2 inch and Type X, 5/8 inch thick as indicated on drawings. p C. Glass -Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M. w 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens -Glass Gold" by G-P Gypsum N �1 I � I III I J I D Corp. 2. Type and Thickness: Regular, 1/2 inch and Type X, 5/8 inch thick as indicated on drawings. 1 D. Extruded -Polystyrene -Foam Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 578, Type IV, in manufacturer's standard lengths o o and widths with tongue -and -groove or shiplap long edges as standard with manufacturer. n a 0 1. Manufacturers: � o N 3 = a� NO oN �� 1 a. DiversiFoam Products. b. Dow Chemical Company (The). C. Owens Coming. d. Tenneco Building Products. A-002 E . Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior sheathing. / F. Oriented -Strand -Board Roof Sheathing: Exposure I sheathing. blowing to comply with ASTM C 1015. Level horizontal applications to uniform thickness as indicated, lightly settle to uniform density, but do not compact excessively. 7. Stuff glass -fiber insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to 2.6 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire -retar- dant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch thick. D. Installation of Vapor Retarders: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose -fiber insula- 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS tion. 1. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than two wall studs. Fasten A. Fasteners: 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humid-vapor vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges; at perimeter of wall openings; and at lap ity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M Space fasteners lG inches o.c. 2. Seal .Spa in 'offers in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor -retarder tape according to vapor- overlapping p P P p Power -Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. retarder manufacturer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with vapor -retarder 3. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where 3. tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. indicated, flat washers. 3. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended B. Metal Framing Anchors: Made from hot -dip, zinc -coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/ by vapor -retarder manufacturer. A 653M, G60 coating designation. 4. Sealjoints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor -retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. C. Building Paper: Asphalt -saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt 5. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. felt), unperforated. Cover with vapor -retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 07210 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate [furring,] nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. SECTION 07511 - BUILT-UPASPHALT ROOFING B. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber and ply- wood. PART 1 - GENERAL C. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1.1 SUMMARY 1. CABO NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. A. This Section includes built-up asphalt roofing systems. D. Apply building paper horizontally with 2-inch overlap and 6-inch end lap; fasten to sheathing with galva- nized staples or roofing nails. Cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch overlap. 1.2 SUBMITTALS E. Apply sheathing tape to joints between sheathing panels and at items penetrating sheathing. Apply at A. Product Data: For each product indicated. upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. END OF SECTION 06100 C. Samples: For each product included in roofing system. D. Insulation Compliance Certificate. Submit certificate showing that insulation and R value complies with RIC/TIMA bulletin 281-1. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's prod- ucts. PART 1 - GENERAL B. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system approved by roofing system manufacturer. C. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire -test -response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or anoiher test- 1.1 SUMMARY ing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Exterior Fire -Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes indicated. A. This Section includes the following: 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer 1. Concealed building insulation. agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within 20 2. Loose -fill building insulzr�ion. years from date of Substantial Completion. Failure includes roof leaks. Provide minimum total number of 3. Vapor retarders. plies indicated regardless of whether roof system can meet warranty with a number less than spe.ified. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test -response characteristics indicated, as e,eierntined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface -burning 2.1 MANUFACTURERS --characteristics, by UL or anotbQC. testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdic- tion. Identify materials witli',apyropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: PART 2 - PRODUCTS B. Manufacturers: `Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the followiog: 1. Built-up Asphalt Roofing: a. CertainTeed Corporation. 2.1 INSULATING MATERIALS b. Firestone Building Products Company. F F GAMaterials Corporation. A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. d. TAa Roofing Products, Inc. B. Molded -Polystyrene Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type I, 0.90 lb/cu. ft., with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively. For use in nonrated masonry walls. 2.2 ROOFING MEMBRANE PLIES C. Mineral -fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass: A. Ply Sheet: ASTM D 2178, Type IV asphalt -impregnated, glass -fiber felt. 1. Faced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A; Category 1, faced with foil-scrim-kraft, foil -scrim, or foil -scrim -polyethylene vapor -retarder membrane on one face. 2.3 FLASHING MATERIALS D. Perlite Loose -Fill Insulation: ASTM C 549, Type ILor Type IV, with a thermal resistance for 4.1- to 7.4- Ib/cu. ft. insulation of 3.3 to 2.8 deg F x h x sq. ft/Btu at 75 deg F for 1-inch thickness. For use in rated A. Backer Sheet: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt -impregnated, glass -fiber felt. masonry walls 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the Producer B. Flashing Sheet: ASTM D 6222, Type I or II, polyester -reinforced, APP-modified asphalt sheet; mineral - Members of Perlite Institute Inc. granule surfaced; and as follows: 1. Granule Color: White 2.2 VAPOR RETARDERS 2.4 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm. A. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41. B. Vapor -Retarder Tape: Pressure -sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor -retarder manufacturer for B. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type II, III or IV as recommended by built-up roofing system manufac- sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. turer for application. 2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS 2.5 AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compat- substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. ible with built-up roofing. B. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required by roofing system manu- PART 3 - EXECUTION facturer for application. C. Cold -Applied Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer's standard asphalt -based, one- or two-part, asbes- 3.1 INSTALLATION tos-free, cold -applied adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with built-up roofing base flashings. A. General: Install in to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be D. Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion -resistance provi- insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that sions in FM 4470; designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate; tested by manufac- interfere with placement. turer for required pullout strength; and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. B. Pour granular insulation into cavities indicated to receive insulation, taking care to fill voids completely. E. Aggregate Surfacing: ASTM D 1863, No. 6 or No. 67, clean, dry, opaque, water-wom gravel or crushed Maintain inspection ports to show presence of insulation at extremities of each pour area. Close ports stone, free of sharp edges. after confirming complete coverage. Limit fall of insulation to one story in height, but not exceeding 20 feet. 2.6 ROOF INSULATION- DOUBLE LAYER C. Installation of General Building Insulation- Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to sub- A. General: Insulation types specified are for a double layer system and are separated according to deck strate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. types and group according to layer. The two layers of selected insulation shall have a combined total heat 1. Seal joints between closed -cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or aged "R"value equal to 17.9 minimum. sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in com- 1. First Layer - Poly isocy anurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, felt or glass -fiber mat j pleted installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant facer on both major surfaces, 2.0 lbs/cu. Ft. minimum, 2.2 to 2.3 inch thickness.. 2. Install mineral -fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following 2. Second Layer - Contractors Option #L Perlite Board Insulation: ASTM C728; composed of requirements: expanded perlite, cellulosic fibers, binders, and waterproofing agents with top surface seal -coated, 1/4 thickness. a. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more 3. Second Laver - Contractors Option 92. Glass -Fiber -Board Insulation: ASTM C 726, combining than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between glass fibers with thermosetting resin binders, faced on one side with asphalt -coated fiberglass scrim ends. and kraft paper, 3/4" thickness. b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. B. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory -tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches 3. For metal -framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches support unfaced blankets (1:48), unless otherwise indicated. mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. 4. Retain insulation in place by metal clips and straps or integral pockets within window frames, C. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for spaced at intervals recommended in writing by insulation manufacturer to hold insulation securely sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. in place without touching spandrel glass. Maintain cavity width of dimension indicated between insulation and glass. 5. Install insulation where it contacts perimeter fire -containment system to prevent insulation from 2.7 INSULATION ACCESSORIES bowing under pressure from perimeter fire -containment system. 6. Place loose -fill insulation into spaces and onto surfaces as shown, either by pouring or by machine A. Fasteners: Factorycoated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion -resistance provi- sions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. B. Cold Fluid -Applied Adhesive: Manufacturers standard cold fluid -applied adhesive formulated to adhere roof insulation to substrate. C. Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C 728, perlite insulation board. D. Tapered Edge Strips: ASTM C 728, perlite insulation board. 2.8 WALKWAYS A. Walkway Pads: Mineral -granule -surfaced, reinforced asphaltic composition, slip -resisting pads, manuf ic- tured as a traffic pad for foot traffic and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer, 3/8 inch (9 mm) thick, minimum. 1. Pad Size: Manufacturer's Standard Size 2. Location: Pad to be located around all mechanical of rooftop -equipment, connecting all mechani- cal or rooftop equipment, and paths to the vertical roof access point, or as additionally indicated on plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SUBSTRATE INSPECTION. Examine substrate surfaces to receive built-up roofing system and associ- ated work and conditions roofing will be installed. Do not proceed with roofing until unsatisfactory has been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. The commencement of work on a section of roof will indicate acceptance by the installer and he will be responsible for any corrective work that may be occasioned by his having started over an unsatisfactory surface. Verify that the substrate complies with the following: 1. Top Flanges: No concavity or convexity in excess of 1/16" across any adjacent flanges 2. Side Laps: Properly nested and mechanically fastened at maximum spacing of Y-O" o.c. 3. End Laps: Minimum 2" laps located over and fastened to supports 4. Deck secured to each supporting member in every other rib. (maximum spacing 12" o.c.) with puddle welds or approved mechanical fasteners. 3.2 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. Fastening to comply with wind load requirements of authority having jurisdiction. B. Comply with roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. 1. First Layer. Attach with FM approved screw -type fasteners with plates (minimum one fastener per every two square feet of insulation or per insulation manufacturers recommendation, whichever is more stringent Lay Units in each layer with long joints continuous and short joints staggered 2. Second Layer. Install over first layer. Embed in full mopping of hot (EVT) Type 1I, II1, or IV asphalt. Overlap all joints to a minimum of 12 each direction. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. D. Install boards to moderate contact without forcing joints. Cut boards to fit neatly to perimeter blocking and around roof penetrations. Fill joints over 3/8" wide with Perlite insulation. E. Cut and replace broken corner and damaged boards with newly cut insulation pieces. 3.3 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install built-up roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations of ARMA/NRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Built-up Roofing." B. Where roof slope exceeds 1 inch per 12 inches (1: 12), install sheets of built-up roofing membrane parallel with slope. C. Substrate -Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. D. Install four ply sheets starting at low point of roofing system. Align ply sheets without stretching. Shingle side laps of ply sheets uniformly to achieve required number of plies throughout thickness of roofing membrane. Shingle in direction to shed water. Extend ply sheets over and terminate beyond cants. I. Embed each ply sheet in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. E. Aggregate Surfacing: Promptly after installing and testing roofing membrane, base flashing, and strip- ping, flood -coat roof surface with 60 lb/100 sq. ft. of hot roofing asphalt. While flood coat is hot and fluid, cast the following average weight of aggregate in a uniform course: 1. Aggregate Weight: 400 lb/100 sq. ft. F. Deficiencies. Repair all membrane deficiencies including voids, bridging, fishmouths, cuts and tears in all affected plies. G. Valleys and Waterways: Apply an extra roofing ply underneath of sufficient width to extend a minimum of eight inches up each side of valley or waterway. H. Cants: Terminate roofing plies 2" above all cant strips. 3.4 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetra- tions through roof, and secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instruc- tions. B. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches above roofing membrane and 4 inches onto field of roofing membrane. C. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. D. Install stripping, according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, where metal flanges and edgings are set on built-up roofing. E. Primer. Prime masonry and concrete walls to receive base flashings with asphalt primer at a rate of gallon per 100 square feet. F. Fibrated Aluminum Coating. Cover completed base flashing and wall surface covering system with alu- minum coating. Apply at a rate of 1 gallon per 100 square feet. Extend aluminum coating from inside to edge of wall down over base flashing. 3.5 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Walkway Pads: Install walkway pads using units of size indicated or, if not indicated, of manufacturer's standard size according to walkway pad manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Sweep away loose aggregate surfacing and set walkway pads in additional flood coat of hot roofing asphalt. B. Cap Sheet Strips: Install cap sheet strips, approximately 36 inches wide and in lengths not exceeding 10 feet, leaving a space of 6 inches between strips. Adhere in hot roofing asphalt. END OF SECTION 07511 SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Manufactured reglets. 2. Formed roof drainage system. 3. Formed low -slope roof flashing and trim. 4. Formed steep -slope roof flashing and trim. 5. Formed wall flashing and trim. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts, profiles, shapes, seams, dimensions, and details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim.. C. Samples: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim upon request of the Architect. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS \ A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: O 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prod- U ucts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers speci- W , rq fled. , „+" ti o 0 UU 2.2 SHEET METALS N A o O y A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, Temper HOO or HOI, cold -rolled copper sheet. N a M U z o3 B. Lead -Coated Copper Sheet: ASTM B 101, Temper HOO and HO1, cold -rolled copper sheet, of weight indicated below, coated both sides with lead weighing not less than 12 lb/100 sq. ft. nor more than 15 p lb/100 s ft. of copper sheet total weight of lead applied equally to both sides). �"� 2 -' rn 4 PP ( g PP n Y ) �t C U. N i.r Q. p 0 C. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3004, 3105, or 5005, Temper suitable for forming and struc- r �� 4� U Z N tural performance required, but not less than H14, finished as follows: U P-0 w g o 1. Mill Finish: Standard one -side bright. p 2. Facto Prime Coating: Facto a lied, baked -one epoxy rimer coat. LL Factory . � Factory PP P P � o 3. High -Performance Organic Finish: Two -coat, thermocured system containing not less than 70 oa 0 N N percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 2604. Z WCO a. Color: Match Architect's samples J Q 4. Clear Anodic Finish: Class II, AA-M 12C22A31, complying with AAMA 611. ` 0 0v 5. Color Anodic Finish. Class II, AA-M12C22A34, complying with AAMA 611. N a a. Color: Dark bronze. D. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, No. 2D finish. E. Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653rM, G90 (Z275) coating designation; struc- tural quality, mill phosphatized for field painting. F. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy Coated Steel Sheet (Galvalume Plus): ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coat- ing designation, Grade 40 (Class AZM150 coating designation, Grade 275); structural quality with manufacturer's standard clear acrylic coating both sides. m a G. Prepainted, Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallic coated by the hot -dip process and pre - painted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. o 1. Aluminum -Zinc Allov-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designa- tion, Grade 40 (Class AZM 150 coating designation, Grade 275); structural quality. H 2. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating: v a. Factory Prime Coating: Factory -applied, baked -on epoxy primer coat. O b. High -Performance Organic Finish: Two -coat thermocured system containing not less than LO 70 percent of yvin lidene fluoride resin b weight; complyingwith h physical properties and E N P p y Y Y g P Y P P coating performance requirements of AAMA 2604, except as modified for below: 3 1) Humidity and Salt Spray Resistance: 1000 hours. - 2) Color: Match Architect's samples - H. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper -bearing lead sheet. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS a Q) J 00 3 A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, Q N sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installa- .fir Z I` tion. O M W -- J I B. Felt Underlavment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt -saturated organic felt, nonperforated. > Q LL z C. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self -tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and Q other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. W 1. Nails for Copper Sheet: Copper or hardware bronze, 0.109 inch (2.8 mm) minimum and not less v 0 Z Q than 7/8 inch (22 min) long, barbed with large head. v z z LL 2. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or factory- e z = O Z applied coating. o w (fl Q J 3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self -drilling screws, gasketed, with hex washer 3 s o U head. 4. Blind Fasteners: High -strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets. D. Sealing Tape: Pressure -sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with E release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape. _ E. Elastomeric Sealant; ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight --- -- - - - a F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single -component, solvent -release butyl rubber sealant, polyisobutylene a plasticized, heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. o G. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam -cementing compound. H. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film _ thickness per coat. 2.4 REGLETS A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate - re let and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factory- mitered and - g P P 5 13' welded comers and junctions. 3 1. Manufacturers: a a. Cheney Flashing Company, Inc. b. Fry Reglet Corporation. C. Heckmann Building Products Inc: 2. Material: Aluminun, 0.024 inch thick. v a" VJ 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL 7 A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's Z "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of J Q item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before L- shop fabrication: -- Q _ � U B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true O LJ._ to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.LL W _ U 1. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with h Z ' z I J W epoxy seam sealer. Rivetjoints for additional strength. w L Q W ll 2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat -lock seams. o w � _ U)Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. a t C. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. D. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in the Work cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastom enc James E. ®OW sealant concealed within joints. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed -to -view sheet metal flashing and o trim, unless otherwise indicated. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compat- ible, noncorrosive metal, and in thickness not less than that of metal being secured. C: 2.6 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS _ •N a rn o E A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other a accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long sections. Furnish flat -stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion joint covers, gutter bead reinforc- E ing bars, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. 1. Fabricate from the following material: o a. Aluminum: 0.040 inch thick. 0 B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hang- ers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. - - - - - - - - I� 1. Fabricate downspouts from the following material:N 1) V Ili C0 LC a. Aluminum: 0.024 thick. C. Parapet Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers of dimensions required with closure flange trim to exterior, 4-inch- wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof o o Fasten gravel guard angles to base of scupper. r` o - 0 1. Fabricate parapet scuppers from the following material: o o N o a 0- w m a. Aluminum: OA320 inch thick. a N c2 r- o N ; 0 D. Conductor Heads: Fabricate conductor heads with flanged back and stiffened top edge and of dimensions and shape indicated complete with outlet tubes and built-in overflows. 1. Fabricate conductor heads from the following material �_ O 0 a. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick. i 2.7 LOW -SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS 2.1 MATERIALS B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected from manufacturer's full range. A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch long, but not exceed- A. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M with Class AZ-50 coating, structural ing 10-foot- long, sections. Furnish with 6-inch- wide joint cover plates. quality, Grade 40 (Grade 275), or as required for strength. 2.03 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS 1. Fabricate from the following material: A. Silicone Sealant: (Gutters & Coping Sealant) a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick. B. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard rigid or semirigid glass -fiber board of thickness indicated. 1. Products: a. Dow Coming, 795. B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long, but not exceeding 10-foot- (3-m-) long, sec- C. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for aboveground use, b. GE Silicone, SilPruf. tions. Fabricatejoint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inches thick. a Tremco Spectrem 2 of external leg and[ drill elongated holes for fasteners on] interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or B. Single -Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: weld watertight. D. Fasteners: Same metal as metals being fastened, or nonmagnetic stainless steel or other noncorrosive 1. For vertical masonry control joints, provide the following: 1. Fabricate copings from the following material: metal as recommended by manufacturer. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being a. Products: a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick- fastened. 1) Sonnebom Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc.; NP 1. 1. Provide nonremovable fastener heads. 2) Tremco; Vulkem 116. C. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the follovving material: 3) Sika Corporation; Sikatlex - la. 1. Aluminum: 0.040 inch thick. E. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, or PVC; or flat design b. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork. C. Class: 25. D. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the follovving material: 2. Exposure: Use T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). 1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch > thick. F. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent -type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur and con- 3. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0. taining no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coating. C. Urethane Sealant: E. Roof -Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material as indicated on drawings: 1. Concrete paving joints, horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Lead: 4.0 lb/sq. . ft., hard tempered. q p G. Mastic Sealant: Polvisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. a. Products: F. Roof -Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: H. Elastomeric Sealant: Recommended b unit manufacturer that is compatible with joint surfaces; Y P J 1) Bostik, "Chem -Calk 950". 2) .Sonnebom, "SL-1". 1. Lead: 4.0 lb/sq. ft. , hard tempered. ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 3) Tremco, Vulkem 45 - I. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, nonasbestos, fibrated asphalt cement designed for trowel application or b. Type and Grade S (singe component) and NS (nonsag). PART 3 - EXECUTION other adhesive compatible with roofing system. a Class 25 d. Exposure: T (traffic). e. Substrate: 0 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 2.2 ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that 2.3 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following. A. Compatibility: Provide through -penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another with separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim the substrates forming openings, and with the items, if any, penetrating through -penetration firestop system. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: system under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through -penetration firestop 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 1. Custom Curb, Inc. system manufacturers based on testing and field experience. 2. Metallic Products Corporation. B. Accessories: Provide components for each through -penetration firestop system that are needed to install B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against 3. Vent Products Co., Inc. fill materials and comply with "Performance Requirements" article. Use only components specified galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as through penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. C. General: Units capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items: other construction to be supported. Coordinate dimensions with equipment to be supported. 1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, include the following: ' C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. 1: Provide preservative -treated wood nailers at tops of units and formed flange at perimeter bottom for a. Slat -/rock -wood -fiber insulation. mounting to roof. b. Sealants in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent leakage D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with 2. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. of full materials in liquid state. minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant. 3. Fabricate units to minimum height of 8 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Fire -rated form board. 4. Where slope of roof deck exceeds 1/4 inch per foot, fabricate support units with height tapered to d. Fillers for sealants. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes match slope to level tops of units. 2. Temporary forming materials. and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Substrate primers. 1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over D. Roof Curbs: 4. Collars. fasteners. 1. Fabrication: Unless otherwise indicated or required for strength, fabricate units from minimum 5. Steel sleeves. 0.0747-inch-thick, structural -quality, hot -dip galvanized or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet; 6. Products: F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement factory primed and prepared for painting with welded or sealed mechanical comer joints. a. 3M Fire Prevention Products. joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no Joints allowed within 24 inches of comer or intersection. Where 2. Fabrication: Unless otherwise ..indicated or required for strength, fabricate units from minimum b. Hilti firestop Systems lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form 0.063-inch-thick, sheet aluminum with welded comer joints. c. International Protective Coatings Corporation (IPC, a Division of W.R. Grace). expansionjoints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant 3. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard rigid or semirigid insulation where indicated. d. Tremco Inc. concealed within joints. 4. Cants: Formed cants and base profile coordinated with roof insulation thickness. G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not 2.4 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING less than 3/4 inch for wood screws. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint 1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic -Coated Steel: Use stainless -steel fasteners. substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by seal- 2. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless -steel fasteners. ant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 3. Copper: Use copper or stainless -steel fasteners. 3.1 INSTALLATION B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise. 4. Stainless Steel: Use stainless -steel fasteners. contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: A. General: Coordinate installation of roof accessories with installation of roof deck, roof insulation, 1. Type: C (closed -cell material with a surface skin). H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. J q � flashing, roofing membranes, penetrations, equipment, and other construction to ensure that combined C. Bond-Breake Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended b sealant manufacturer for P� Y P P P Y .g elements are waterproof and weatherti t. Anchor roof accessories securely to supporting structural sub- � Y pp g preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint I. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets strates so they are capable of withstanding lateral and thermal stresses, and inward and outward loading where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches except where pretinned surface would shove in finished Work. pressures. 1. Do not solder aluminum sheet. B. Install roof accessory items according to construction details in NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Manual," unless otherwise indicated, A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to $ 3.2 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests and field tests. - C. Separation: n: Separate metal from incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, by coating B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and seal - A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or providing other permanent separa- ant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with tion. substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of installation of roof drainage system. sealants with joint substrates. D. Flange Seals: Unless otherwise indicated, set flanges of accessory units in a thick bed of roofing cement C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed with elasto to form seal. _ - to joints. meric sealant. Provide for thennatl expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchored gutter brackets spaced not more than 36, inches apart. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. E. Cap Flashing: Where required as component of accessory, install cap flashing to provide waterproof over - Slope to downspouts. lap with roofing or roof flashing (as counterflashing). Seal overlap with thick bead of mastic sealant. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated but not exceeding 50 feet apart. Install expansionjoint caps. F. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Touch up damaged my"tal coat- 2. Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, removable for cleaning ings. 3.1 INSTALLATION gutters. A. Contractor performing work must be one the Sealant Manufacturer's Approved Applicators. B. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants. C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold down- END OF SECTION 07720 1. Remove foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant. spouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, o.c. in between. or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing opti- SECTION 07920 -JOINT SEALANTS mum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations D. Parapet Scuppers: Install scuppers where indicated through parapet. Continuously support scupper, set to by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. membrane. PART 1 - GENERAL 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm sub- strates, or leave residues could interfere with adhesion of joint sealants. E. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall with elevation of conductor head rim 1 inch (25 mm) below 5. All surfaces to be caulked shall be clean and dry. scupper discharge. 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS C. Joint Priming. Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and based on preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Confine primers to areas of 3.3 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. joint -sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. D. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and SMAC- that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true 1.2 SUMMARY required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently water- to line, A. This Section includes sealants for the following: E. Sealant Installation: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as a li- P Y J PP tight. 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces. cable to materials, applications; and conditions indicated. 2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. F. Install sealant backings to support sealants during application and at position required to produce opti- B. Roof Edge Flashing and Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommends- gP g 3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontrafficsurfaces. mum sealant movement capability. tions in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 and the authority having jurisdiction. 4. Interior Joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 5. Firestop system through fire resistance - rated walls. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. C. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert 6. Exterior joints in sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace 5 PP P counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Secure in a waterproof manner. them with dry materials. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches 1.3 SUBMITTALS G. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back j (100 min) and bed with elastomeric sealant. A. Firestop System Submittals: For each through -penetration firestop system, shove each kind of construc- H. of Joints. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. D. Roof -Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof -penetration flashing with installation of roof- tion condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction and kind of penetrating item. Include 1. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. P Y P j b ing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: firestop design designation of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction 2. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths that allow optimum sealant movement ca a P P P � P - 1. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing. that evidence compliance with requirements for each condition. bility. 2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead flashing 3. All deep cracks shall be filled to within 1/2 inch of the surface with an appropriate back-up mate - on vent piping. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE rial and caulked with a caulking gun. Caulking beads shall be smooth and straight. A. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Use sealant manufacturer's standard test methods to deter- 4. Caulk around all door and storefront openings and where noted on the drawings. a mine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, opti- I. Masonry control joints shall be caulked with ahigh-quality paintable urethane caulk. Control depth of END OF SECTION 07620 mum adhesion ofjoint sealants to joint substrates. caulk at 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch with a continuous closed -cell rod. B. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion Testing Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion J. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, SECTION 07720 -ROOF ACCESSORIES to joint substrates using test method indicated in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article. J g Q �� tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhe- P Sion of sealant with sides of joint. C. Fire -resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 119 under conditions where 1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. positive furnaces pressures of at least inch of water is maintained at a distance of 0.78 inch below 2. Use tooling agents that are approved by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or g PP PART 1 - GENERAL the fill materials surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly. Provide rated systems comply- b adjacent surfaces. ing with the following requirements: 1. Fire -Resistive Rating of Joint Sealants: As indicated by reference to design designations listed by 3. Joint Configuration: Concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless other- 1.1 SUMMARY UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another testing inspecting agency. K. wise indicated. Clean excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as installation progresses by methods and with A. This Section includes the follovving: D. Mockups: Before installing joint sealants, apply elastomeric sealants to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints 1. Roof curbs. 1. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial L. occur. Through -Penetration Firestop Installation: 2. Roof hatches. Completion. 1. General: Installation through -penetration systems to comply with "Performance Requirements" of the firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for the 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1.5 WARRANTY applications indicated. A. Product Data: For each product indicated. A. Special Installer's Warranty: Written warranty in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric . joint sealants that do not meet requirements specified in this Section or fail in adhesion within specified END OF SECTION 07920 B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. warranty period two years from date of Final Acceptance. C. Samples: For each exposed finish upon request of architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with the following: 2.1 MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply PART 1 - GENERALA. 1. SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges for product selection: and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 1.1 SUMMARY 2. NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for installing units. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. This Section includes steel doors and frames. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Compatibility: Providejoint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant 1.2 SUBMITTALS manufacturer based on testing and field experience. A. Product Data: For each product indicated. Include door designation, type, level and model, material description, label compliance, fire -resistance ratings, and finishes. h B. Door Schedule. Use same reference designations indicated on Drawings. V 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE o A. Steel Door and Frame Standard: Comply with ANSI A 250.8, unless more stringent requirements are V LO indicated. `'i E 0 0 CA B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing 0 ^ ' M and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. V v iY cd i.•� 4 w LL. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' U 1)00 N V �w go 2.1 MANUFACTURERS O X rj LL LL r� 0¢ o A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that r N may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: k,3; Z 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc. ? o N 2. Ceco Door Products; a United Dominion Company. 1 Q o 3. Steelcraft; a division of Ingersoll-Rand. f ' N 2.2 MATERIALS A. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569/A 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or - surface defects; pickled and oiled. B. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/A 366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A 620/A 620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher -leveled standard of flatness. - C. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheets: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with an A40 zinc- 2 i iron -alloy (galvannealed) coating; stretcher -leveled standard of flatness. am D. Electrolytic Zinc -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B coating; mill phosphatized; suitable for unexposed applications; stretcher -leveled standard of flatness where used o h for face sheets. - _ c E 2.3 DOORS - A. Interior Doors: Complying with ANSI 250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endur _ C LO ance level indicated. = N 1. Level I and Physical Performance Level C, Model I (Full Flush). E W B. Exterior Doors: Complying with ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endur- I ance level indicated. V 1. Level I and Physical Performance Level C Model 1 Full Flush). Y (� � ` C 2.4 FRAMES S W Y ;: A. General: ANSI A250.8; conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. s Q) J M B. Frame Steel Sheet Thickness: E z 1. 0.042-inch-for level 1 steel doors N 2. 0.053-inch- (1.3-min-) for openings wider than 48 inches. M J , C. Door Silencers: Three silencers on single -door frames and two silencers on double door frames. _ z LL D. Plaster Guards: 0.016-inch-thick, steel sheet plaster guards or mortar boxes to close off interior of open- ings. L W , Lu O ~ E. Supports and Anchors' Not less than 0.042-inch- thick zinc -coated steel sheet. ¢ V Z LL y PP t z 1. 'Masonry Wall Anchors: 0.177-inch diameter, steel wire complying with ASTMA 510 p (ASTM A 510M) may be used in place of steel sheet. r w ^ CO < ^ U vJ E Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Zinc -coat items that are to be built into exte- rior walls according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C or D as applicable. - 0 2.5 FABRICATION = A. General: Fabricate steel door and frame units to comply with ANSI A250.8 free from defects including - I warp and buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. t B. Exterior Doors: Fabricate doors, panels, and frames from metallic -coated steel sheet. Close top and bottom edges of doors flash as an integral part of door construction or by addition of 0.053-inch- (1.3- mm-) thick, metallic -coated steel channels with channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges. C. Interior Door Faces: Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from cold -rolled steel sheet. D. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that produces a door complying with SDI d € standards. E. Clearances for Non -Fire -Rated Doors: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4 inch between pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. F. Clearances for Fire -Rated Doors: As required by NFPA 80. a 5 G. Door -Edge Profile: Beveled edge. =� H. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117. a L Prepare doors and frame4 to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hard- d ware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI A250.6 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. lu J. Frame Construction: - U) 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded comers and seamless face joints. Z Provide temporary spreader bars. m _J Q 2. Fabricate knock -down frames with mitered or coped comers, for field assembly. LL 3.Fabricate knock -down, dry wa11 slip- on frames for in -place gypsum board partitions. � Q 4. Provide terminated stops where indicated. E , CU 0 U LL _ LL K. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface -applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface -applied W It O U hardware may be done at Project site. N z ` z W � ��w L Q F a L. Locate hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250.8. w 2 y M. Glazing Stops: Manufacturer's standard, formed from 0.032-inch-thick steel sheet. ............... ... .: 1. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for glass, louvers, and other panels indoors. 2. Provide screw -applied, removable, glazing stops on inside of glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. - James E. D W n S l N. Astragals: As required by NFPA 80 to provide fire ratings indicated. 2.6 FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory -applied coat of rust -inhibiting primer complying with - ANSI A250.10 for acceptance criteria. a :.................. .................. c PART 3 - EXECUTION v g a N o E 3.1 INSTALLATION g 1 A. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions in SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately E in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construc- tion is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. CL 1. Wail Anchors: Provide at least three anchors per jamb. For openings 90 inches or more in height, o install an additional anchor at hinge and strike jambs. Cl) 2. Gypsum Board Partitions: For in -place partitions, install knock -down, drywall slip-on frames. 3. Fire -Rated Frames: Install according to NFPA 80. - - - - - _ _ N B. Door Installation: Comply with ANSI A250.8. Shim as necessary to comply with SDI 122 and ANSI/ m = r -- - - - ::- -••.T DHI Al 15.1 G. 3 1. Fire -Rated Doors: Install within clearances specified in NFPA 80. � 2. Smoke Control Doors: Install to comply with NFPA 105. o M o C. After installation, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames and touch up prime coat with w c w Z _ compatible air -drying primer. C) o o N 2 CO END OF SECTION 08110 I Iq 3 0 a more than 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. 1.4 WARRANTY 1) Load Duration: 60 seconds or less. A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace Sys- d. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than %4 inch tempered. tems that fail in materials and workmanship within two years from date of Substantial Completion. Fail- e. Thickness of Tinted and Heat -Absorbing Glass: "Insulated", '/4 inch tempered inside and ure includes, but is not limited to the following. 1. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. D. outside with %2 inch airspace. Thermal Movements: Provide glazing that allows for thermal movements resulting from a maximum SECTION 08311- ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 2. Adhesive or cohesive sealant failures. change (range) of 120 deg F (67 deg C), in ambient and surface temperatures, respectively, acting on 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. glass framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures PART 1 - GENERAL 4. Failure of operating components to function normally. E. of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified based 5. Water leakage through fixed glazing and frame areas. on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to procedures indicated below: 1.1 SUMMARY 1. For monolithic -glass lites, properties are based on units with liter %4 inch thick. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. Center -of -Glass U-Values: National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) 100 methodology using A. This Section includes the following: LBL-35298 WINDOW 4.1 computer program, expressed as Btu/ sq. ft. x h x deg F (W/sq. in x 1. Access doors and frames. K). 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 3. Center -of -Glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200 methodology using LBL-35298 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Basis -of -Design Product: The design for systems is based on Kawneer Tri-Fab 450. Subject to compli- WINDOW 4.1 computer program. 4. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300. ance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: A. Product Data: For each type of access door indicated. 1. EFCO Corporation. 2. Arch Aluminum and Glass Co. 1.3 SUBMITTALS B. Samples: For each exposed finish upon request of Architect. 3. YKK AP America Inc. A Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Samples: 12-inch- (300-mm-) square, for tinted glass product indicated upon request of architect. C. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.2 MATERIALS D. Sealant compatibility and adhesion test reports. A. Aluminum: ASTM B 209 sheet; ASTM B 221 extrusions. 2.1 MATERIALS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. Finish: Clear Anodic Finish. Class I, AAMA 607.1. A. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Use sealant manufacturer's standard test methods to deter- A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 361A 36M. mine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, opti- 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized Steel: Coat to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for steel and iron products C. Glazing: Specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." mum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. and ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware. D. Glazing Gaskets: Pressure -glazing system of black resilient glazing gaskets with sealed comers, setting PART 2 - PRODUCTS B. Steel Sheet: 1. Metallic Coated: ASTM A653/A653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with A60) zinc -iron - blocks, and shims or spacers. alloy (galvannealed) coating or G60 mill-phosphatized zinc coating, stretcher -leveled standard of E. Structural -Sealant -Glazing System: 2.1 MANUFACTURERS flatness. 1. Spacers, Setting Blocks, Gaskets, and Bond Breakers: Permanent, nonmigrating types in hardness A. In other articles including schedules where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following recommended in writing by manufacturer, and compatible with sealant. requirements apply for product selection: C. Drywall Beads: Edge trim formed from 0.0299-inch zinc -coated steel sheet formed to receive joint com 2, Structural Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 1184, recommended in writing by sealant and system manu- 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated pound and in size to suit thickness of gypsum panels indicated. - facturers for application indicated, and compatible with system components with which it comes in the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. into the D. Plaster Bead: Casing bead formed from 0.0299-inch zinc -coated steel sheet with flange formed out of contact . a. ASA Industries, Inc. expanded metal lath and in size to suit thickness of plaster. a. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. b. Libby -Owens Ford -Glass Company C. Mississippi Glass Company E. Paint: b. Tensile Strength: 100 psi minimum. C. Modulus of Elasticity: Allows maximum movement of 25 percent of joint width, unless less d. Pittsburg Plate Glass Company 2. Trade names herein denote grade, type and quality of material required. 1. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd movement is required by system design. primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; selected for good resistance to 3• Secondary Sealant (Weatherseal): ASTM C 920, compatible with structural silicone sealant and atmospheric compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to normal atmos P p other system components with which it comes in contact, and accommodates 50 percent increase 2.2 GLASS MATERIALS provide sound foundation for field -applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. or decrease in joint width at the time of application when tested according to ASTM C 719. A. Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Quality q3 (glazing select); class 2. Shop Primer for Metallic -Coated Steel: Organic zinc -rich primer complying with SSPC-Paint 20 as indicated in schedules at the end of Part 3. and compatible with topcoat. a. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. B. Heat -Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I (transparent glass, flat); Quality q3 (glazing select); class, kind, and condition as indicated in schedules at the end of Part 3 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES F. Gaskets, Sealants, and Joint Fillers: 1. Forjoints within framing system, as recommended in writing by manufacturer for joint type indi- 1. Fabrication Process: At manufacturer's option. A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that Gated. 2. For joints at perimeter of systems as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 2.3 GLAZING SEALANTS may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: A General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: 1. Cesco Products. G. -P h 12 except containing no asbestos cold -applied asphalt mastic. paint for- Bituminous Paint: SSPC ai t p g PP 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materi- 2. ElmCesc oPStoneman; Div. of Acorn Engineering Co. mutated for 30-mil thickness per coat. als they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating -glass units, and glazing channel 3. MIFAB Manufacturing, Inc. substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer 4. MIFA Limited Partnership. based on testing and field experience. B. Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: 1. Material: Prime -painted steel sheet. - 2.3 A. COMPONENTS Doors: 1-3/4-inch-thick glazed doors with minimum 0.125-inch-thick, extruded tubular rail ;and stile B. 2. Colors of Exposed Sealants: As indicated. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for 2. Surface Type: Masonry, Finish on gypsum substrate, or as indicated on Drawings. members mechanically fastened comers with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet each liquid -applied, chemically curing sealant in the Glazing Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, includ 3. Locations: Ceilings or as indicated on Drawings welded or that incorporate concealed tie -rods, and with snap -on extruded -aluminum glazing stops and ing those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class and uses. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in the Glaz- 4. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- thick sheet metal, set flush with exposed face flange of frame. preformed gaskets. ing Sealant Schedule, provide products with the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch-thick sheet metal with 1-inch-wide, surface -mounted trim. 1. Exterior Doors: Provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. At other locations, provide under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, to withstand the specified percentage change 6. Hinges: Spring -loaded concealed pin type. P sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. 5 in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements 7. Latch: Screwdriver a. Stile Design: Medium, 3-1/2-inch maximum width. C. in ASMT C 920 for uses indicated. Cylindrical Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type 0 (open -cell material), of size and density to control glazing PART 3 - EXECUTION 2. Hardware: As specified in Division 8 door hardware Section. sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. B. Fasteners, Flashings, and Accessories: Compatible with adjacent materials, corrosion -resistant, nenstain- ing, and nonbleeding. Use concealed fasteners except for application of door hardware. 3.1 INSTALLATION 2.4 A. GLAZING TAPES Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape: Preformed, butyl -based elastomeric tape with a solids content of A. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door and floor door installa- 2.4 FABRICATION 100 percent with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for tion, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, application indicated and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: and anchoring devices. A. Fabricate framing in profiles indicated for flush glazing (without projecting stops). Provide subframes 1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. and reinforcing of types indicated or, if not indicated, as required for a complete system. 2. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with 3. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. adjacent finish surfaces. B. Fabricate components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape: Closed -cell, PVC foam tape; factory coated with adhesive on both within the system to the exterior. surfaces; packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive; and complying with AAMA 800 for the C. Adjust doors and hardware aftei installation for proper operation. following types: C. Doors and Door Framing`. Reinforce to support imposed loads and for hardware indicated. Cut, drill, and 1. Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. tap for factory -installed hardware before finishing components. 2. Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid seal - END OF SECTION 08311 ant D. Factory assemble framing and components to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. 2.5 GLAZING GASKETS A. Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of type and material indicated below and of profile SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 3 - EXECUTION and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. Neoprene or EPDM dense compression gaskets complying with ASTM C 846. 2. Silicone dense compression gaskets complying with ASTM C 1115, PART 1 GENERAL 3.1 INSTALLATION 3. Neoprene, EPDM or Silicone soft compression gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, A. Isolate metal surfaces in contact with incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, by black. 1.1 SUMMARY painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint or primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by A. This Section includes the following manufacturer. 2.6 A. MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, 1. Exterior entrance systems. B. Install components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a systems. 2. Exterior storefronty within the system to the exterior. proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. C. ing comply; with requirements of Division 8 Section "Glazing." Install glazing to q B. C. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85; plus or minus 5. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. Mechanically fasten glazing in place until structural sealant is cured. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by A Provide systems; including anchorage, capable of withstanding loads and thermal and structural move - 2. Install secondary sealant (weatherseal) to produce weatherproof joints. glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. ments indicated without failure when supporting full dead loads and without framing members transfer- 3. Remove excess sealant before sealant has cured. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). ring stresses to glazingDivision D. Install sealants at system perimeter to comply with requirements of 7 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type 0 (open -cell material), of size and density to ' control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. B. Structural -Silicone -Sealant Joints: Less than 20-psi tensile and shear stress injoints. E. Install framing components true in alignment with established lines and grades to the following toter- G. Perimeter Insulation for Fire -Resistive Glazing Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire - C. Structural Loads: 1. Wind Load: As indicated on Drawings or required by authority having jusrisdiction. ances: 1. Variation from Plane: Limit to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/4 inch over total length. resistance rating. 2. Seismic Load: As indicated on Drawings or required by authority having j usri s diction. 2. Alignment: For surfaces abutting in line, limit offset to 1/16 inch For surfaces meeting at comers, 2.7 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS limit offset to 1/32 inch. A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with D. Structural Performance: Provide systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding loads indicated. to 1/8 inch. 3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurementsedge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of 1. Deflection Normal to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span or 3/4 inch, whichever is F. Install doors without warp or rack. Adjust doors and hardware to provide tight fit at contact points and product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard, to comply with system performance require - smaller. 2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: When carrying full dead load, not to exceed amount that smooth operation. menu. reduces glazing bite below 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components to less than 1/8 inch. END OF SECTION 08410 PART 3 - EXECUTION E. Structural Testing: ASTM E 330 at 150 percent of inward and outward wind -load design pressures for duration required by design wind velocity without system evidencing material failures, structural distress, 3.1 GLAZING, GENERAL deflection failures, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear SECTION 08800 - GLAZING A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publica- span tions. F. Air Infiltration: Limited to 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. of system surface area when tested according to ASTM E 283 PART 1 - GENERAL 1. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. at a static -air -pressure difference of 1.57 Ibf/sq. ft.. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. 2. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove glass with edge G. Water Penetration: No water leakage when tested according to ASTM E 331 at minimum differential 1.1 SUMMARY damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance pressure of 20 percent of inward acting wind -load design pressure but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. A. This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications: and appearance from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. 1. Doors. 3. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by sealant H. Temperature Change (Range): Accommodate 120 deg F ambient and 180 deg F material surfaces. 2. Glazed entrances. compatibility and adhesion testing. 3. Storefront framing. 4. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. 1. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): Not less than 45 per AAMA 1503.1. B. See Division 8 "Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts". 5. Provide spacers for glass lites where the length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm) unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face J. Average Thermal Conductance (U-Value): Not more than 0.63 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F per clearances. AAMA 1503.1. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Q B. Protection: A. Work under this specification includes the furnishing of all labor, material and services necessary and 1. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to reasonably incidental to the providing and installing of all glazing in sash and doors shown on the draw- framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. 1.3 SUBMITTALS ings. 2. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, B. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and vvind and including weld splatter. A. Product Data: For each system indicated. impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the fol- C. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged, including natural B. Drawings: Includeplans, elevations sections, details of installation and attachments to other Shop a lowing: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. 5 watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction.. D. At completion this contractor shall wash and polish all glazing and clean adjacent surfaces soiled by his Work. 1. Prepare data based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in systems C. Glass Design: Glass thickness indicated are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm glass thick- work similar to those indicated for this Project. ness by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites for various size openings 2. For entrance systems, include hardware schedule and locations. in nominal thickness indicated, but not less than thickness and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exceed the following criteria: END OF SECTION 08800 C. Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color required upon request of Architect. 1. Glass Thickness: Select minimum glass thickness to comply with ASTM E 1300, according to the following requirements: D. Product test reports indicating compliance with applicable wind load provisions required by the authority a. Specified Design Wind Loads: As indicated. having jurisdiction. b. Specified Design Snow Loads: As indicated. C. Probability of Breakage for Vertical Glazing: 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not SECTION 09220-PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY U A. This Section includes the following: 1. Portland Cement Plaster Finishes: Stucco. J ri 2. Non -load -bearing steel framing and furring. c 3. Metal lath and metal accessories. U U N E B. See Division 5 Section "Cold -Formed Metal Framing" for load -bearing steel framing o v IJ o a 1.2 SUBMITTALS 0 V Q U v� A. Product Data: For each product indicated. 0 U_ N 4.J o O, Q co B. Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and texture required upon request of the Architect. ►� ^UU N 00 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE p a A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide assemblies identical to those tested for fire oN Cr N resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdic- /� Z `1 w N tion. r� C\1a 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application a .•..._ :.•.::....•.;.u.�•••> u w.=,,, standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and o after plaster application. PART 2 - PRODUCTS i a 2.1 NON -LOAD -BEARING STEEL FRAMING o ? A. Steel Sheet Components, General: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements. a p � a 1. Protective Coating. a _ a. Interior Applications: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. b. Exterior Applications: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. E B. Suspended Ceiling and Soffit Framing: Size metal ceiling supports to comply with ASTM C 1063, unless otherwise indicated. p 1. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: Anchors fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials with holes = LO or loops for attaching hanger wires and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5 CV times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 by a quali- LU fled independent testing agency. o V a. Type: Postinstalled, expansion anchor. _ (n 2. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641/A 64 iM, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 3. Carrying Channels: Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0.0538 inch, a minimum 1/2-inch-wide flange, and in depth indicated. 4. Furring Channels (Furring Members): a. Cold -Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide J co flange, 3/4 inch deep. z C. Partition and Soffit Framing: (n 0 M 1. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. _ 2. Cold -Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch wide flange, and _ LL in depth indicated. - C Z 3. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. - Q S_ LU W 00 2.2 LATH ¢ Z LL v Z _ o C:) Z A. Expanded -Metal Lath: ASTM C 847. o w Q 1. Material: Zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet, structural quality, with coating complying with o -1 (n (n ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z 180) coating designation. 2. Diamond -Mesh Lath: Self -furring. a. Weight: 2.5 lb/sq. yd.. E o k B. Paper Backing: Factory bonded to back of lath, complying with FS UU-B-790, Type L 1. Vapor -Permeable Paper: Grade D, Style 2. _ 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. General: ASTM C 1063: Coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. B. Metal Corner Reinfircement: Expanded, large -mesh, diamond -metal lath fabricated from zinc -alloy or .xpan g welded -wire mesh fabricated from 0.0475-inch diameter, zinc -coated (galvanized) wire and specially formed to reinforce external comers of portland cement plaster on exterior exposures while allowing full d plaster encasement. 1. Zinc Alloy: Minimum 0.0207 inch thick. 2. Aluminum: Minimum 0.050 inch thick. - C. Comerbeads: Smallnosecomerbeads with expanded flanges of large -mesh diamond -metal lath allowing full plaster encasement. o 1. Material: Zinc alloy or alwninum. a D. Casing Beads: Square edged style, with expanded flanges. U 1. Material: Zinc alloy or aluminum. E. Curved Casing Beads: Square -edged style, fabricated from aluminum coated with clear plastic, pre- formed into curve o radius indicated. a 0) F. Control Joints: Prefabricated with removable protective tape on plaster face of control joints. 1. Material: Zinc alloy or aluminum. - Cn 2. Type: 2-piece, casing beads with back flanges formed to produce slip -joint action, adjustable for Z joint widths from 1/8 to 518 inch. J y 0 LL G. Corner Reinforcement: Special Stucco type woven wire comer reinforcing strips. Q U H. Lath Attachment Devices: Material and type required by ASTM C 1063 for installations indicated. E O W 0 LL LL oQ•�z �W 2.4 PLASTER MATERIALS " Z � r A. Base -Coat Cements: Portland cement, ASTMC 150 Type I. - B. Job -Mixed Finish -Coat Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type 1. 1. Cement Color: As indicated on plans. C. Stucco Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory -packaged stucco, including portland cement, aggre- gate, coloring agent, and other proprietary ingredients. _r3I11@S E. DoW S 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prod- ucts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance vvith requirements, provide products by one of the follow- E ing: a. Florida Stucco Corp. _ b. Highland Stucco. C. IPA Systems, Inc. „•...; .. :.:::..>: d. United States Gypsum Co. 0 D. Lime: Special hydrated lime for finishing purposes, ASTM C 206, Type S; or special hydrated lime for z ai masonry purposes, ASTM C 207, Type S. ° 0 E. Sand Aggregate for Base Coats: ASTM C 897. 0 E F. Aggregate for Finish Coats: ASTM C 897 system, manufactured or natural sand, white. t1 CY) 0 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS M 0 A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable. < B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 932. C. Acid -Etching Solution: Muriatic acid (10 percent solution of commercial hydrochloric acid) mixed 1 part to not less than 6 nor more than 10 parts water. o w o L D. Dash -Coat Material: 2 parts portland cement to 3 parts fine sand, mixed with water to a mushy -paste o Cq consistency. o Cl) N o a n w M a N 6, o N rn E. Steel Drill Screws: 1. ASTM C 1002 for fastening metal lath to wood or steel members less than 0.033 inch thick. 2. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening metal lath to steel members 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. A- 0 0 5 3. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a a. ChemRex, Inc., Contech Brands; PL Acoustical Sealant. G. Number of Coats: A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. b. Pecora Corp.; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. 1. Metal Lath: Three coats. 1. Comerbead: Use at outside comers. C. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2. Concrete Unit Masonry: Two coats. 2. Bullnose Bead: Use at outside comers . 3. Concrete, Cast -in -Place or Precast: Two coats when surface condition complies with ASTM C 926 3. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. F. Three -Coat Work over Metal Lath: 1. Scratch and Brown Coat Mixes: Scratch, 1 part portland cement, 0 to 3/4 parts lime, 2-1/2 to 4 parts for plaster bonded to solid base. B. Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047, hot dip galvanized steel sheet or rolled zinc. aggregate; brown, 1 part portland cement, 0 to 314 parts lime, 3 to 5 parts aggregate. H. Finish Coats: 1. Comerbead: Use at outside comers. 1. Float Finish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch to completely cover base coat, 2. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. G. Two -Coat Work over Concrete Unit Masonry: uniformly floated to a true even plane with fine -textured finish matching sample. 3. Expansion (Control) Joint: One-piece, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot and removable strip covering 1. Base Coat Mix: 1 part portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 3 to 4 parts aggregate. 2. Trowel -Textured Finish: Apply finish coat with hand -troweled -textured finish matching sample. slot opening. 3. Moist -cure plaster base and finish coats to comply with ASTM C 926, including written instruc- H. Job -Mixed Finish Coats: tions for time between coats and curing in "Annex A2 Design Considerations." C. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Mixes with Sand Aggregates: 1 part portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 3 parts sand. 1. Products: 3.7 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND CLEANING a. Fry Reglet Corp.; As indicated by designation on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION b. Gordon, Inc.. A. Cut, patch, replace, repair, and point up plaster as necessary to accommodate other work. Repair cracks C. MM Systems Corporation; As indicated by designation on Drawings. and indented surfaces. Point -up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster d. Pittcon Industries; As indicated by designation on Drawings. 3.1 LATH AND FURRING INSTALLATION, GENERAL surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of excessive pinholes, and similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T5. A. Standards: Comply with ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring," and visual effects. 3. Finish: Corrosion -resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified. ASTM C 1063. B. Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other work. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, aced ,bracing at terminations in work and for support of fixtures, Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair sur- 2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, handrails, furnishings, and similar work to comply with details faces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work. indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable written instructions of lath and furring A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09220 B. Joint Tape: C. Isolation: Where lathing and metal support system abut building structure horizontally and where parti- 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. tion or wall abuts overhead structure, isolate from structural movement to prevent transfer of loading from 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper. building structure. 3. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. � 1. Frame both sides of control joints independently and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories. SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. D. Install additional framing, furring, runners, lath, and beads, as required to form openings and frames for 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. other work as indicated. Coordinate support .system for proper support of framed work that is not indi- PART 1 - GENERAL 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, flanges of trim accessories, cated to be supported independently of metal furring and lathing system. and fasteners, use setting -type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 1.1 SUMMARY 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. _ 3.2 NON -LOAD -BEARING FRAMING INSTALLATION 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. A. This Section includes the following: A. Ceiling Suspension Systems: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. D. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications: 1. Preparation and Coordination: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system with instal- 2. Exterior gypsum board panels for ceilings and soffits. 1. Exterior Gypsum. Soffit Board: Use setting -type taping and setting -type, sandable topping com- lation of overhead structural systems to ensure inserts and other structural anchorage provisions 3. Non -load -bearing steel framing. 5 g pounds. have been installed to receive ceiling hangers in a manner that will develop their full strength and 2. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by manufacturer. at spacings required to support ceiling. 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2. Hanger Installation: Comply with ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Fur- E. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: ring," and with referenced standards_ A. Product Data For each product indicated. 1. Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting -type taping and setting -type, sandable top- ping compounds. a. Do not attach hangers to metal .deck tabs. B. Samples: For each textured finish indicated and on same backing indicated for Work upon request of 2. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended b manufacturer. g y 3. Install ceiling suspension system components of sizes and. spacings indicated, but not in smaller Architect, 3. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by manufacturer. sizes or greater spacings than those required by referenced lathing and furring installation stan- dards. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS B. Partition Framing and Furring: Comply with ASTM C 754 and MUSFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring." A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire -resistance ratings, provide A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufactur- 1. Steel Stud Systems to Receive Metal Lath: materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an er's written recommendations. independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to a. Extend and attach partition support systems to structure above suspended ceilings, unless 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. otherwise indicated. B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manu- b. Extend partition support systems to finish ceilings and attach to ceiling suspension members, and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified facturer. unless otherwise indicated. according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.3 LATHING PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Install where plaster base coats are required Provide appropriate type, configuration, and weight of metal 3.1 NON -LOAD -BEARING STEEL FRAMING INSTALLATION lath selected from materials indicated that,comply with referenced ML/SFA specifications and ASTM 2.1 MANUFACTURERS lathing installation standards. A. General: Comply with ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. 1. Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Use flat, diamond -mesh lath. A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply 2. Vertical Metal Framing and Furring: Use flat, diamond -mesh lath and cold -rolled channel stud for product selection: B. Suspended Ceiling and Soffit Framing: framing. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated 1. Suspend ceiling hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling 3. Exterior Sheathed Wall Suadaces: Use paper -faced, self -furring, diamond -mesh lath into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only 4. Monolithic Surfaces: Use [self -furring, diamond -mesh lath or vertical metal framing and furring where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplay- as required for plaster thickness. ing, or other equally effective means. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, 3.4 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING A Steel Framing, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance A. Protect contiguous Work from damage and deterioration caused by plastering with temporary covering limits established by referenced standards. and other provisions necessary. a. Protective Coating: 3. Attach hangers to structural members. Do not support ceilings from or attach hangers to permanent metal forms, steel deck tabs, steel roof decks, ducts, pipes, or conduit. B. Clean plaster bases and substrate?rfor direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances 1) Interior Applications: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot -dip galvanized. 4. Screw furring to wood framing. that may impair the Work. 2) Exterior Applications: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot -dip galvanized zinc coating- 5. Wire -tie furring channels to supports, as required to comply with requirements for assemblies indi- cated. C. Etch concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster application. Scrub with B. Suspended Ceiling and Soffit Framing: 6. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets acid -etching solution on previotsly wetted surface and rinse thoroughly with clean water. Repeat appli- 1. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- diameter wire, or vertical surfaces. Mechanical) main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt - YJ g cation, if necessary, to obtain adequate suction and mechanical bond of plaster (where dash coat, bonding double strand of 0.0475-inch-diameter wire. join cut to fit into wall track: agent, or additive is not used). 2. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: C. Partition and Soffit Framing: D. Apply bonding agent on concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster applica- a. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion- 1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior wails, install isolation strip between studs and - tion. resistant materials, with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of type indic,,,ted, and wall. capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by (.)nstruc- 2, Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, E. Apply dash coat on concrete surfaces indicated for direct plaster application. Moist -cure dash coat for at tion as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 by a qualified independent testing except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over least 24 hours after application and before plastering, agency. frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to pro- 3. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch diameter. vide support for gypsum board. F. Install temporary grounds and screeds to erasure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces; coordinate 4. Carrying Channels: Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0.0538 3. Frame door openings to comply with GA-600 and with gypsum board manufacturer's applicable with scratch -coat work. inch, a minimum 1/2-inch-wide flange and in depth indicated. written recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor G. Refer to Division 6 Sections for installing permanent wood grounds. 5. Furring Channels (Furring Members): clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. H. Refer to Division 7 Sections for installing flashing. a. Steel Studs: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. a. Install two studs at eachjamb, unless otherwise indicated. I. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before plastering, dampen concrete and concrete unit masonry sub- b. "Z" Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 1 1!2 inch deep. b. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof struc- strates, except where a bonding agent has been applied, to produce optimum suction for plastering. ture above. C. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: 'ASTM C 645, direct -hung system composed of main 4. Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. beams and cross -furring members that interlock. 3.5 PLASTERING ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION 1. Products: A. General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of a. Armstrong World Industries; Inc.; Furring 1. 3.2 PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION plaster accessories. Miter or cope accessories at comers; install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and in alignment during plastering. 30 System. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Fire Front 630 System. A. Gypsum Board: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216. YP P }' 1. External Comers: Install comer reinforcement at external comers. C. USG Interiors, Inc.; Drywall Suspension System. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. 2. Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. D. Partition and Soffit Framing: 2. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent pos- 3. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the 1. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. sible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 3. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indi- following criteria and approved by Architect: 2. Deep -Leg Deflection Track: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch-deep flanges. Gated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind 3. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. plaster membrane.Thickness: 0 0179 in h r as indicated. � a.0 Minimum Base Metalg: c o a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. b. At stairwells and other high walls install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or g p b. Distance between Control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet in either direction or a length -to- 4. Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide - required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. width ratio of 2-1/2 to 1. C. Wall Areas: Not more than 144 sq. ft. flange, and in depth indicated. 4. ' Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. d. Horizontal Surfaces: Not more than 100 sq. ft. in area q 0 068= h- hi k galvanized steel. a. Clip Angle: 1-1/2 inch, . me t c an m r manufacturer's written recommendations Laminating o Substrate: Comply .with gypsum board 5.t v P . gyP e. Where plaster panel sizes or dimensions change, extend joints full width or height of plaster , depth g han 5. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. and temporarily brace or fasten sum panels until fastening adhesive has set. P y �'P P membrane. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0,0179 inch. B. Exterior Ceilings and Soffits: Apply exterior gypsum panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints B. Where sound -rated plaster work is indicated by STC ratings or other notation, seal work at perimeters, b. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- (1.59-mm- staggered and located over supports. control joints, openings; and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Comply with ) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch-diameter wire. 1. Fasten with corrosion -resistant screws. ASTM C 919 and plaster manufacturer's written instructions for location of sealant beads. 6. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. 3.3 FINISHING C. : Install sound attenuation blankets within stied cavities where indicated. A. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with 3.6 PLASTER APPLICATION 2.3 PANEL PRODUCTS same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. A Plaster Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C 926. A. Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each B. Finishing Gypsum Board Panels: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, 1. Mixing: Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with appli- area and correspond with support system indicated. penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces cable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. for decoration. 2. Do not use materials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign materials. 1. Regular Type: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered. 1. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for 3. Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials. 2. Type X: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered. tape. B. Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in C. Flexible Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, manufactured to bend to fit tight radii and to be more flex- 3. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions for use as exposed soffit board. finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed at any location on surface. ible than standard regular -type panels of the same thickness, 1/4 inch thick, and with long edges tapered. Apply in double layer at curved assemblies. 4. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instruc- C. Grout hollow -metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base -coat plaster tions. material, and before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire- resistance rating, at least 6 inches ateach jamb anchor. D. Sag -Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, manufactured to have more sag resistance than iegular- C. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for grout e sum board, 1/2 inch 12.7 mm thick, and with longedges tapered. Apply on ceiling surfaces. type gypsum ( ) g P PP y g locations indicated: D. Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will be damaged E. Exterior Gypsum Panels for Ceilings and Soffits: 1. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fas- by installation of other. 1. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, with core type and in thickness teners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. E. Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, indicated. unless otherwise indicated. Where interior plaster is not terminated at metal frame by casing beads, cut a. Product: G-P Gypsum Corp; Dens -Glass Gold. END OF SECTION 09260 base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. F. Comers: Make internal comers and angles square; finish external comers flush with cornerbeads on inte- 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES rior work, square and true with plaster faces on exterior work. W V SECTION 10200 - LOUVERS AND VENTS N .. • * O o 0 PART 1- GENERAL V U v u' N 0 1.1 SUMMARY w co O ci A. This Section includes fixed, extruded -aluminum louvers. OJ rn 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.J 2" 0 A. Structural Performance: Provide louvers capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and wind ^�V U F--4 w ZN g ro loads based on a uniform pressure of 20 lbf/sq. ft., acting inward or outward, without permanent deforma- f ( O tion of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter, or permanent �Xi. damage to fasteners and anchors. Fa O N .... w B. Thermal Movements: Provide louvers that allow for thermal movements resulting from a temperature fy7 N change (range) of 120 deg F , ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces, by preventing buckling, opening of o N ti joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.\` ; l N v C. Air -Performance, Water -Penetration, and Wind -Driven Rain Ratings: As demonstrated by testing manu- facturer's stock units according to AMCA 500-L. 1.3 SUBMITTALS g A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. 1. Verify louver openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. w j C. Samples: For each type of finish upon request of Architect. U a D. Product test reports verifying compliance with applicable wind loads by testing methods approved by the - authority having jurisdiction.. I PART 2 - PRODUCTS to 2.1 MANUFACTURERS N LU A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: D 1. Louvers: _ E a. Airline Products Co. b. Cesco Products. ,,^^ VJ E: C. Greenheck. d. Vent Products Company, Inc. Q� Q 00 2.2 MATERIALS + Z to O N A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T5 or T-52. ce) 7 Q LLL ;. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003 or 5005. C Z _ LL 0 F C. Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal or 300 Series stainless steel. L LU or_ O ' Z O z 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL o z o Z O q W Q A. Fabricate frames to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installa- r v l r tion tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints. v B. Join frame members to each other and to louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view. F3 C. Join frame members to each other and to louver blades with fillet welds, threaded fasteners, or both, as =1 standard with louver manufacturer, concealed from view. ; 2.4 FIXED, EXTRUDED-AL�JMINUM LOUVERS a A. Horizontal, Nondrainabl= Blade Louver: y n 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Greenheck ESU or a comparable product of one of the following: g v o - Ci a. Airline Products Co. b. Cesco Products. C. Vent Products Company, Inc. _ e 2. Blade Profile: Plain blade without center baffle. m 3. Frame and Blade Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.080 inch. 4. Performance Requirements: a. Free Area: Not less than 7.5 sq. ft. for 48-inch- wide by 48-inch- high louver. E b. Point of Beginning Water Penetration: Not less than 700 fpm _ C. Air Performance: Not more than 0.10-inch wg static pressure drop at free -area velocity. 3 2.5 LOUVER SCREENS A. General: Provide screen at interior face of each exterior louver. a B. Louver Screen Frames: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are a attached. t C: 70 v C. Louver Screening: - U) 3 1. Bird Screening: Aluminum, 1/2-inch- square mesh, 0.063-inch wire. z m O 2.6 FINISHES a LL Q _ 0 U F A. Aluminum, High -Performance Organic Finish: Two -coat therrnocured system with fluoropolymer ly- _ coats containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with O LL AAMA 2605. J - LL U 1. Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's full range: z Z W o.� < W .� PART 3 - EXECUTION o......... a ...�......, 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place louvers and vents level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. _ James E. D Lwns -, a B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. 3 '003 E o C. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. D. Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refin- ished in the field to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units. E. Protect galvanized and nonferrous -metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying a heavy o coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar y metals. 6 E � � END OF SECTION 10200 0 a E SECTION 10536 - FABRIC AWNINGS 0- CO O GENERAL A w LLJ � SUMMARY This Section includes awning fabric and aluminum frame components. m........... :::. :: •--.............. , SUBMITTALSLLJ o r Product Data: For each product indicated. o o N Z 2 Cl)w 0 0 N O 3 Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation, and attachments to other Work. a N = o N " (n Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and pattern required. PRODUCTS ` `-006 MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: The Astrup Company. John Boyle & Company. Markham Sign & Awning. MATERIALS Fabric: Wick -resistant polyester fabric, PVC resin coating, certified for compliance with the SBC97 section 3103 and meeting testing requirements for flame resistance NFPA 701. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. Brackets: Mill finish manufacturers standard. Continuous Frame: Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for use and provide a Mill finish. FABRICATION Fabric: Fabric shall be provided with an integral protective topcoat with seams minimized and with a eight year warranty covering material workmanship, color degradation and fading. Frame: Fabricate to design, dimensions, and details indicated, but not less than that required to support struc- turalloads. Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb, with not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) between panels and walls. Provide brackets, bracing, and other components required for a complete installation. END OF SECTION 10536 SECTION 10801- TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 2. Underlavatory guards. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inserts and Anchorage: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices and coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay B. Provide products of the same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed in the same areas. C. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Toilet and Bath Accessories: a. American Specialties,, Inc. b. Bobrick Washroom %,,.quipment, Inc. C. Bradley Corporation: 2. Underlavatory Guards: a. Truebro, Inc. b. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc. 2.2 SCHEDULE OF TOILET ACCESSORIES Reference plans for schedule of toilet accessories. Note: Contractor to comply with manufacturer's recommendations for anchorage of accessories to substrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufac- turer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. Provide block- ing where required to meet force requirements indicted below. Ensure blocking is Fire retardent in walls that are rated or are otherwise required to be non-combustible 1. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. 2. Install undersink protection around trap and angle valve assemblies. Secure covers with manufa- turer's standard fasteners. B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function property. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION 10801 lim PIE o z w � L0 a O o U � o O N Z = Y �C4 V)- oN �cn 4 A-007 Structural Notes 4 m a STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA U D-1 CODES: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2001 EDITION G-11 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL FIELD CONDITIONS & RC-9 ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED, FABRICATED M-8 REINFORCING FOR FILLED CELLS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM S-11 WELDED CONNECTIONS SHALL DEVELOP THE FULL SHEAR Definitions hh of Abbreviations N DIMENSIONS RELATIVE TO THE SAME. WHERE THERE ARE AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-95 AND ACI A615, GRADE 60. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING LAP SPLICES AND/OR MOMENT CAPACITY OF THE MEMBERS CONNECTED 1S 1S •� o D-2 DESIGN LIVE LOADS: CONFLICTS BETWEEN ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE DETAILING MANUAL, ACI 315 1988 EDITION. FOR REINFORCING. AS PER AISC. c ROOF: 20 PSF. BROUGHT. TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S ATTENTION AND BAR SIZE: SPLICE SIZE: PSF POUNDS PER SUARE FOOT U U THE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS MADE PER THEIR RC-10 REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE NEW DEFORMED BARS THAT #4 24" S-12 ALL BOLTED STEEL CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE STANDARD MPH MILES PER HOUR �-I cm�, E D-3 DESIGN WIND SPEED 120 MPH, 3-SEC. GUST COORDINATION. ARE FREE FROM RUST, SCALE AND OIL AND CONFORM TO #5 30" AISC BOLTED CONNECTIONS AS PER THE AISC MANUAL AND ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE � o 0 BUILDING CATEGORY II ASTM A615 GRADE 60, WITH MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH _ #6 36" SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING AND MATERIALS +' 00 a IMPORTANCE FACTOR (1)=1.00 G-12 IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE 60,000. "WHERE WELDING REQUIRED ASTM A706, GRADE 60 UNIFORM BEAM LOADS, AS DETERMINED FROM THE TABLES PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ^ U M EXPOSRURE C STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, M-9 ALL FILLED CELLS AND COLUMNS SHALL BE POURED AT OF UNIFROM LOAD CONSTANTS OF THE AISC MANUAL. ALL U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT (GCpi)=+/-0.18 STRUCTURAL DETAILS, STRUCTURAL NOTES, THE PROJECT RC-11 ALL SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE REINFORCED' WITH WELDED LEAST TWO (2) HOURS PRIOR TO POURING BEAMS AND BOLTS SHALL BE STRENGTH ASTM A325. W/C WATER CEMENT a Q j NET JOIST UPLIFT SPECIFICATIONS, OR APPLICABLE CODES THE STRICTEST WIRE FABRIC AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. LINTELS. P.T. PRESSURE TREATED U VS O 30 PSF. WITHIN 5-0" OF P RIMETER) SHALL GOVERN. W/ WITH m � N 20 PSF. ELSEWHERE) ZONE RC-12 WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-185. M-10 REINFORCING WALL WITH 'LADDER TYPE REINFORCEMENT ROOF METAL DECK CONT. CONTINUOUS 6,7 G-13 ONLY WRITTEN CHANGES APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND (' DUR-O-WALL" OR EQUAL) .IN BED JOINTS AT 16" O.C. `LAP TYP. TYPICAL '4� v ob z N D-4 SEISMIC: ZONE 0 ENGINEER SHALL BE PERMITTED. RC-13 LAP CONT. BOTTOM STEEL OVER SUPPORT AND CONT. TOP MEASURED VERTICALLY. SPLICE ALL HORIZONTAL "TEE" RD-1 PROVIDE METAL DECK WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM MIN. MINIMUM � g STEEL AT MID SPAN UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. MIN. WALL REINFORCING 6",. PROVIDE PREFABRICATED OR PROPERTIES BOT. BOTTOM V w D-5 ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE 2000 PSF LENGTH OF LAPPED SPLICES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS UNLESS CORNER SECTIONS AT ALL INTERSECTING WALLS. 1 1/2" MIN. DEPTH, TYPE B B.O. BOTTOM OF SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS NOTED. STAGGER SPLICES SO THAT NO TWO ADJACENT BARS 22 GAUGE T.O. TOP OF a p D-6 COMPONENTS AND CLADDING WIND PRESSURES COMPONENTS AND CLADDING: ARE SPLICED IN THE SAME LOCATION UNLESS SHOWN M-11 REFER TO TYPICAL WALL SECTIONS FOR MAXIMUM I MIN. 0.169 IN4/FT CONC. CONCRETE °• O N OTHERWISE.WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE LAPPED ONE CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT OF MASONRY WALLS. PROVIDE S MIN. 0.186 IN3/FT P.E.W.T. PRE-ENGINEERED WOOD TRUSSES FULL MESH AT THE SIDES AND ONE FULL- MESH PLUS 2" AT CLEAN -OUT HOLES AT BASE OF FILLED CELLS WHEN THE Fy = 33 ksi P.E.M.T. PRE-ENGINEERED METAL TRUSSES { ' t z 00 THE ENDS. MAKE ALL BARS CONTINUOUS AROUND CORNERS CONCRETE POUR EXCEEDS 5 FEET IN HEIGHT. FF FINISIHED FLOOR w N °- OF PROVIDE CORNER BARS OF EQUAL SIZE AND SPACING. RD-2 PROVIDE A 36/5 WELDING PATTERN WITH 5/8" DIA. WELD FG FINISHED GRADE . I -� o 3 2 3 BAR SIZE: SPLICE SIZE: M-12 CONCRETE FOR FILLED CELLS SHALL BE VIBRATED DURING WASHERS AND '5 SIDE LAP FASTENERS (*10 TEK SCREWS) SYP SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE c ' ' N 2 � o SF-2 SOIL TO BE STRIPPED, COMPACTED AND TESTED IN #3 16 PLACEMENT USING A "PENCIL" TYPE VIBRATOR. PER SPAN. SPF SPRUCE PINE FIR N = „ o o ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE SOILS #4 22" EL. ELEVATION39 " 3 ENGINEER AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. #5 27" M-13 THE TYPICAL LINTELS OVER OPENINGS IN THE WALL SHALL Rp-3 METAL DECK SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FOR A MINIMUM OF FFE. FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION o " HAVE 2 BARS OR 2 COURSES ABOVE OPENING FILLED t #6 35 O 5 FOR THREE SPANS TOS TOP OF SLAB ° SF-3 CENTER ALL FOOTINGS UNDER THEIR RESPECTIVE COLUMNS SOLID UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING TOF TOP OF FOOTING 2 OR WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLANS. MAXIMUM RC-14 TERMINATE ALL DISCONTINUOUS TOP BARS WITH STANDARD LINTELS OVER ALL MASONRY WALL OPENINGS. ,� N0. NUMBER �_ �� 5 0 MISPLACEMENT OR ECCENTRICITY-2 . TOLERANCE FOR 90 DEGREE HOOK (PLACED VERTICALLY UNLESS > NOTED -PROVIDE MINIMUM END BEARING OF 8 . CUT OUT COLD FORMED STEEL (METAL STUDS) VERT. VERTICAL MISLOCATION OF COLUMN DOWELS OR -ANCHOR BOLTS TO BE OTHERWISE. BOTTOM OF LINTEL, AT END TO ALLOW CONTINUATION HORIZ HORIZONTAL m PER ACI OR AISC STANDARDS. OF FILLED CELL REINFORCING. MS-1 ALL STUDS AND/OR JOISTS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE OF OSB ORIENTED STRAND BOARD ° OR RC-15 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONCRETE COVERAGE'S OVER THE TYPE, SIZE, GAUGE AND SPACING AS SHOWN ON THE CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT -� SF-4 HORIZONTAL JOINTS IN FOOTINGS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. REINFORCING, M-15 PROVIDE (2) #5 CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL IN KNOCK -OUT DRAWINGS OR TABLES. WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC o 3 3 2 B.O. FOOTINGS &UNFORMED EDGES- 3" CLR. BLOCK BELOW ALL WINDOW SILLS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. f m MASONRY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH o SF-5 WHERE VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS OCCUR IN BEAMS &COLUMNS ' (TIES)- 1 1/2" CLR. MS-2 ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MAX. MAXIMUM a ROOF PRESSURES PRESSURES IN P.S.F. CONTINUOUS FOOTINGS. PROVIDE A MINIMUM CONTINUOUS 2" it" SLABS (TOP & BOT.-STEEL) M-16 PROVIDE VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT IN 3000psi GROUT FILLED DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMERICAN IRON AND MFR. MANUFACTURER TRIBUTARY AREA INTERIOR (1)0 PERIMETER (2) �� CORNER (3) A:�-20 -26.0 -43.6 -65.6 +10.6 +10.6 +10.6. 20<A-<50 -25.3 -38.9 -54.3 +9.9 +9.9 +9.9 50<A<_100 -24.4 -32.8 -39.4 +9.0 +9.0 +9.0 100<A -23.8 -28.2 -28.2 +8.4 +8.4 +8.4 x 4 KEY WAY ACROSS JOINT FOR EACH 12 OF DEPTH. INTERIOR- 3/4" CLR. CMU CELL FROM FOOTING TO BEAM AT TOP OF WALL AS STEEL INSTITUTE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD M/C MOISTURE CONTENT T EXTERIOR- 1 1/2" CLR. FOLLOWS: FORMED STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS, LATEST EDITION. A.B. ANCHOR BOLT o SF-6 CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SOIL CONDITIONS ARE CONC. WALLS- AS NOTED (1 1/2" CLR. MIN.) EXTERIOR CMU-(1) #5 VERTICAL AT 32" O.C. INT. INTERIOR UNCOVERED THAT PREVENT THE REQUIRED SOIL BEARING (2) #5 HORIZONTAL BAR AT 8'-0" O.C. MS-3 ALL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE FORMED FROM CORROSION N.T.S. - NOT TO SCALE PRESSURE FROM BEING OBTAINED. RC-16 SHOP DRAWINGS FOR PLACEMENT SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT 16" O.C. RESISTANT STEEL, CORRESPONDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS DIA. DIAMETER REVIEW PRIOR TO REBAR FABRICATION. OF ASTM A-446 WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 40 OHGD OVERHEAD GARAGE DOOR SF-7 COORDINATE PLUMBING LINES WITH FOOTING LOCATIONS FOR M-17. CMU CELLS INDICATED IN PLAN OR NOTES AS FILLED CELLS ksi FOR SJ AND CJ STYLE STUDS AND 33 ksi FOR CR BRG. BEARING m INTERFACE. INDIVIDUAL FOOTINGS SHOULD BE LOWERED WITH RC-17 SLEEVE ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH BEAMS AND SLABS HALL BE GROUTED SOLID WITH 3000 psi CONCRETE GROUT RUNNERS. (U.S.G. OR EQUIVALENT). ARCH. ARCHED OR ARCHITECT THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. INDIVIDUALLY CORE DRILLING WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. (8 TO 10 SLUMP). EMBED EMBEDMENT CONTINUOUS WALL FOOTINGS SHOULD BE STEPPED AS SUBMIT LOCATION AND SIZE OF SLEEVES THROUGH BEAMS MS-4 FASTENING OF COMPONENTS SHALL BE WITH SELF DRILLING EA. EACH DETAILED ON DRAWINGS. TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO CASTING CONCRETE. M-18 SUBMIT REBAR PLACING SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW, ALSO SCREWS OF -SUFFICIENT, NUMBER AND SPACING TO DEVELOP IN INCH(ES) INCLUDE LOCATION OF MASONRY CONTROL JOINTS. THE FULL DESIGN CAPACITY OF THE CONNECTED MEMBERS IN JST. JOIST SF-8 EXCAVATING UNDER OR NEAR IN -PLACE RC-18 NO REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE CUT TO ACCOMMODATE ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. STL. STEEL FOOTINGS/FOUNDATIONS WHICH DISTURBS THE COMPACTED THE INSTALLATION OF ANCHORS, EMBEDS OR OTHER ITEMS. M-19 REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE NEW DEFORMED BARS THAT WIRE TYING OF COMPONENTS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. EXP. EXPOSURE OR EXPANSION SOIL BENEATH THE FOOTINGS/FOUNDATIONS WILL NOT BE ARE FREE FROM RUST, SCALE AND OIL AND CONFORM TO JT. JOINT PERMITTED. RC-19 USE THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS INCLUDING REVISIONS AND ASTM A615, GRADE 60, WITH MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH = MS-5 PROVIDE HORIZONTAL STRAP BRIDGING 11,E%20 GAUGE AT C.J. CONTROL JOINT ° ADDENDA IN CONJUNCTION WITH REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS 60,000. WHERE WELDING REQUIRED ASTM A706, GRADE 60 48" O.C., SUPPLEMENTED BY SOLID BRIDGING AT 8'-0" O.C. TS TUBE STEEL SF-9 REINFORCING SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON PRECAST CONCRETE FOR PLACEMENT OF REINFORCING. MINIMUM AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. L ANGLE a PADS, DOWELS FOR COLUMNS AND FILLED CELLS SHALL BE M-2C A MINIMUM OF (3) FILLED CELLS SHALL BE LOCATED AT PL PLATE 5'-0" `, 5'-0" SECURED IN PLACE PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE. USE RC-20 AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF CONCRETE WALLS, BEAMS & CONCENTRATED LOADS ON TYPICAL WALLS. MS-6 SUBMIT PRE-ENGINEERED METAL STUD TRUSSES DRAWINGS & REQ'D REQUIRED BOLTS. QUANTITY (U.O.N.) AS HORIZONTAL STEEL. REFER TO M-21 PROVIDE (3) FILLED CELLS AT ALL CORNERS AND ENDS OF REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA. BM BEAM o rj 4 5 TYPICAL DETAIL. WALLS. J.G. JOIST GIRDER 0 SF-10 STEPS IN WALL FOOTING SHALL NOT EXCEED A SLOPE OF (1) SPECIALITY ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS: GA GAUGE - VERTICAL TO (1) HORIZONTAL. RC-21 ALL EMBEDDED ITEMS SHALL BE SECURELY TIED IN PLACE M-22 LAP ALL BOND BEAMS WHERE STEPPED 4'-0". P.D.F. POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS o WALL PRESSURES PRESSURES IN P.S.F. PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT SE-1 STEEL PAN STAIRS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE O.C. ON CENTER TRIBUTARY AREA INTERIOR ZONE (4)0 EXTERIOR ZONE (5)' A520 -25.7 -31.7 +23.8 +23.8 20 <A550 -24.6 -29.5 +22.7 +22.7 50<A5100 / -23.3 -26.8 +21.3 +21.3 100<A -22.2 -24.6 +20.2 +20.2 SF-11 CAUTION SHALL BE USED WHEN OPERATING VIBRATORY M- 23 ALL DOWELS FROM THE FOUNDATION SHALL MATCH SIZE & FABRICATORS SPECIALITY ENGINEER AND SHALL INCLUDE FND. FOUNDATION COMPACTION EQUIPMENT NEAR EXISTING STRUCTURES TO RC-22 WEDGE BOLTS SHALL BE 1TW RAMSET/REDHEAD BOLTS OR 'LOCATION OF THE VERTICAL REINFORCING IN MASONRY, STRINGERS, TREADS, HAND RAILING, GUARD RAILS, FRM FRAMING AVOID THE RISK OF DAMAGING THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. APPROVED EQUIVALENT INSTALLED IN 'ACCORDANCE WITH UNLESS NOTED DIFFERENTLY. EXTEND DOWEL A MIN. OF 48 PLATFORMS (AS REQUIRED), PAN INSERTS, AND T.&B. TOP AND BOTTOM 0 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3/4" DIAMETER WEDGE BAR DIAMETERS FROM THE FOUNDATION. MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS AND CONNECTIONS. SHOP G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SF-12 ALL BACKFILL COMPACTION WORK ADJACENT TO RETAINING BOLTS SHALL BE OF LENGTH REQUIRED TO PROVIDE DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND MUST MISC. MISCELLANEOUS WALLS, FOUNDATION WALLS ETC. SHALL USE LIGHT DUTY " 3-1/4 MIN. EMBEDMENT, 2.0 KIPS TENSION AND 4.1 KIPS ,, M-24 EXPANSION BOLTS SHALL BE HILTI KWIK BOLT II OR BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER NS.&FS. NEAR SIDE AND FAR SIDE „ HAND OPERATED TAMPERS`WITHIN 3'-0" DISTANCE FROM SHEAR WORKING LOADS IN 3000psi CONCRETE (U.O.N.) DO APPROVED EQUAL. MINIMUM EMBED SHALL BE 5" FOR 3/4" IN THE SAME STATE AS THE PROJECT LOCATION. DIA. DIAMETER THE WALL. NOT CUT EXISTING REINFORCING TO INSTALL. DIA., 3 1�" FOR 1/2" DIA., 3 1,z" FOR 5,6" DIA. AND 2 112" FOR MINIMUM DESIGN LIVE LOAD SHALL BE 100 PSF. MTL METAL a 0 V".DIA, RMD ROOF METAL DECK a SF-13 AT EXTERIOR CMU FOUNDATION WALLS, WHEN THE HEIGHT RC-23 DOWEL BAR SPLICERS SHALL BE A COMPLETE ASSEMBLY, SE-2 HANDRAILS, POSTS, AMD SUPPORT CONNECTIONS SHALL CLR. CLEAR BETWEEN TOP OF SLAB Ar1D FINISH GRADE IS GREATER THAN INCLUDING COUPLER, FROM ATTACHMENT (WHEN REQUIRED) M-2' {-'HEMICAL ANCHORS SHALL BE "HILTI C-100" OR APPROVED BE DESIGNED BY THE FABRICATORS SPECIALITY M.C.J. MASONRY CONTROL JOINT 3'-0" FOR A LENGTH OF 6'-0" OR MORE, CONTRACTOR AND THREADED BAR CAPABLE OF DEVELOPING THE BAR EQUAL MINIMUM EMBEDMENT SHALL BE 6 5.6" FOR 34" DIA ENGINEER. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REINF. REINFORCEMENT • SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING OF WALL UNTIL 14 BEING °SPLICED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 SECTION 1 ; /4" FOR 1,�" DIA., 3 1,�" FOR 3.6" DIA. REVIEW AND MUST BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY AN STRUCT. STRUCTURAL DAYS MINIMUM AFTER SLAB IS INSTALLED. 12.14.3. ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE SAME STATE AS THE FTG. FOOTING GENERAL NOTES M-26 THREADED ANCHORS SHALL BE ASTM A36 OR A307 QUALITY. PROJECT LOCATION. DESIGN LOADING(S) SHALL CONFORM E.J. EXPANSION JOINT r REINFORCED CONCRETE RC-24 HEADED STUD ANCHORS SHALL BE ASTM A 108, GRADE S, ALL CMU CELLS TO RECEIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE GROUTED TO ALL REQUIREMENTS FO THE BUILDING CODE (SEE DWG. DRAWING E G-1 REVIEW ALL PROJECT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION 1010 THROUGH 1020 AS MANUFACTURED BY NELSON STUD SOILD. NOTIFY ENGINEER PRIOR TO SUBSITUTION OF ANY GENERAL NOTES FOR APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE). AND START OF CONSTRUCTION. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES RC-1 ALL CONCRETE DESIGN PLACEMENT SHALL BE IN STRICT OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. STUD WELDING SHALL CONFORM "STRUCTURAL BOLTS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. m TO ARCHITECT OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO �� ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACI CODE REQUIREMENTS TO AWS DIA WELDING CODE." SE-3 EXTERIOR CURTAIN WALLS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE a PROCEEDING WITH 'WORK. „BUILDING FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE, ACI 318-95. RC-25 ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE ITW RAMSET/REDHEAD STRUCTURAL STEEL VENDORS SPECIALITY ENGINEER AND SHALL INCLUDE FRAME, GLASS, GLAZING AND CONNECTIONS. SHOP G-2 THE MASONRY WALLS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND RC-2 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS EPCON CERAMIC 6 EPDXY ANCHORING' SYSTEM OR DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND MUST o TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LOADS. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS ALL CONCRETE TYPE I PORTLAND CEMENT (ASTM . C 150) 3000 APPROVED EQUIVALENT INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH S-1 FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL "MANUAL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBILITY AT ALL TIMES TO MAINTAIN WALL STABILITY psi MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. A SCREEN TUBE CONFORM TO THE AISC OF STRUCTURAL REGISTERED IN THE SAME STATE AS - THE PROJECT TYPICAL, OR 4000 psi FOR CONCRETE BEAMS &COLUMNS MUST BE UTILIZED FOR INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW BLOCK CONSTRUCTION" NINTH EDITION'AND THE AISC "SPECIFICATION LOCATION DESIGN I OADING(S) SHALL CONFORM TO ALL 0 DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE OF THIS PROJECT. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS (U.O.N.) AND BRICK' MASONRY. DO NOT CUT EXISTING FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS," 1989 EDITION. REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING CODE (SEE GENERAL a G-3 IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROTECT SLUMP: REINFORCING TO INSTALL. NOTES FOR APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE). VENDOR SHALL a EXISTING FACILITIES, STRUCTURES AND UTILITY LINES FROM FOOTINGS 4" +/- 1" S-2 STEEL DESIGNATIONS: PROVIDE WINDOW WALL REACTIONS TO THE ARCHITECT." ALL DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. COLUMNS 4" +/- 1" RC-26 PLACE CONCRETE PER ACI 304. USE INTERNAL MECHANICAL WIDE FLANGES .....................ASTM A992 Fy=50k.s.i » ABMS VIBRATION FOR ALL CONCRETE. LIMIT MAXIMUM FREE FALL ALL OTHER ROLLED SE-4 AWNINGS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE FABRICATORS i G-4 NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT, NOTCHED OR TIE&TIE COL'S 4" + - 1" / DROP OF CONCRETE TO 6'-0" FOR #57 AGGREGATE AND SHAPES AND PLATES ......... ASTM A36 Fy=36k.s.i SPECIALITY ENGINEER AND SHALL INCLUDE FRAME, OTHERWISE REDUCED IN SIZE OR STRENGTH WITHOUT PRIOR WATER: POTABLE 8 -0 FOR 8 AGGREGATE. ALL PRECAUTIONS SHOULD BE # PIPE COLUMNS....................ASTM A53, GRADE B Fy=36k.s.i COVERING, AND CONNECTIONS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL APPROVAL iN WRITING FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. CHLORIDE: NONE TAKEN TO AVOID SEGREGATION OF CONCRETE DURING STRUCTURAL TUBING........ ASTM A500, GRADE B F-. Y-46k.s.i BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND MUST BE SIGNED .AND AIR CONTENT FOR 3500 PSI: 6% +/- 1% PLACEMENT. SEALED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE G-5 COORDINATE STRUCTURAL AND OTHER DRAWINGS THAT ARE S-3 ALL HIGH -STRENGTH BOLTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS SAME STATE AS THE PROJECT LOCATION. DESIGN c PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ANCHORED, RC-3 PROVIDE NORMAL WEIGHT AGGREGATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RC-27 PLACEMENT OF CONDUIT AND PIPES IN CONCRETE SHALL OF THE "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING " LOADING(S) SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF EMBEDDED OR SUPPORTED ITEMS WHICH AFFECT THE CONFORM TO ACI 318, SECTION 6.3. ASTM A325 OR A490 BOLTS. THE BUILDING CODE (SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR E STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C33. APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE). RC-28 SLABS AND GRADE BEAMS SHALL NOT HAVE JOINTS IN A S-4 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL BOLTS SHALL BE 3/4" G-6 ALL DETAILS AND SECTIONS ON THE DRAWINGS ARE RC-4 USE D.O.T. CLASS VII WEIGHT CONCRETE FOR AGGRESSIVE HORIZONTAL PLANE. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE DIAMETER A-325 AND SHALL BE BEARING TYPE SE-5 ALL LIGHT GAUGE 'FRAMING SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A ` INTENDED TO BE TYPICAL AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO ENVIRONMENT. CONTINUOUS THROUGH ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS.. CONNECTIONS. IF A CERTAIN SITUATION IS NOT DETAILED SPECIALITY ENGINEER AND SHALL INCLUDE FRAME, APPLY TO ANY SIMILAR SITUATION ELSEWHERE ON THE RC-5 FLYASH WHEN USED, SHALL BE LIMITED TO 20% OF THE �� USE A SIMIALAR DETAIL CONNECTIONS SHALL -GENERALLY COVERING, AND CONNECTIONS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL PROJECT EXCEPT WHERE A SEPARATE DETAIL IS SHOWN. RC-29 PROVIDE (2) #5 BARS WITH 3 -0 PROJECTION ON ALL SIDES FOLLOW THE TYPES SHOWN IN AISC MANUAL OF STEEL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND MUST BE SIGNED AND CEMENTITOUS MATERIAL. OF ALL OPENINGS OR RE-ENTRANT CORNERS IN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION. SEALED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE C G-7 THE INTENTION OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS IS TO RC-6 ALL PUMPED CONCRETE WITH #57 AGGREGATE IS TO S-5 USE MIN. 3 4" A-325F BOLTS WITH CLASS A CONTACT / SAME STATE AS THE PROJECT LOCATION. € . PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DETAILS TO CONSTRUCT A CONTAIN A HIGH RANGE WATER REDUCING AGENT. MINIMUM MASONRY SURFACE FOR SLIP CRITICAL CONNECTIONS AS DESIGNATED C COMPLETE STRUCTURE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE OF DISCHARGE TO BE 4" I.D. "BUILDING ON PLANS BY A-325 S.C. ` COORDINATE THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH ALL OTHER M-1 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO ACI DISCIPLINES. WHEN SPECIFIC INFORMATION IS MISSING OR IS RC-7 A 2 I.D. DISCHARGE MAY BE USED WITH #8 AGGREGATE. CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES" (ACl/ASCE �� " IN CONFLICT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE A SIMILAR USE PLASTICIZER ADMIXTURE IF NECESSARY TO INCREASE 530) AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES S-6 ALL BOLTS CAST IN CONCRETE SHALL' CONFORM TO ASTM DETAIL AND/OR THE MORE COSTLY ITEM OF CONFLICT. SLUMPS BEYOND THAT NOTED ABOVE. ACl/ASCE 530,1) EXCEPT AS AMENDED BELOW. A-36 OR A-307. THE CONFLICTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. RC-8 CHAMFER ALL EDGES OF EXPOSED CONCRETE 3/4•• UNLESS M-2 , CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN COPY OF MASONRY CODE AND S-7: ALL SHOP AND FIELD WELDING SHALL BE DONE BY E SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFERENCE AT THE JOBSITE. CURRENTLY CERTIFIED WELDERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS G-8 PHOTOGRAPHIC REPRODUCTIONS OF THE STRUCTURAL NOTED OTHERWISE. DLI "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE," LATEST EDITION. ` DRAWINGS FOR SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. M-3 STRUCTURE HAS BEEN DESIGNED AS A BEARING WALL STRUCTURE. ALL MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE LAID PRIOR TO S-8 ALL WELDS ARE TO CONFORM TO AISC STANDARDS AND G-9 REVIEW ALL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONCRETE PLACEMENT OF COLUMNS, BEAMS AND SLABS FOR LOAD TABLES. USE E70XX ELECTRODES FOR ALL WELDING ; CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FOR COMPLETENESS AND THE SAME STORY. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GRIND SMOOTH ALL EXPOSED ANSWER ALL CONTRACTOR RELATED QUESTIONS. STAMP WELDS. s AND INITIAL ALL SHEETS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING SHOP M-4 USE TYPE "S" MORTAR WITH MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. NONCOMPLIANCE STRENGTH OF 1800psi. IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C270 S-9 SUBMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW WITH THIS REQUIREMENT LWILL RESULT IN REJECTION OF PRIOR TO FABRICATION. CLEARLY SHOW ALL PIECE MARKS, c SUBMITTAL. M-5 MASONRY UNITS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C90, GRADE N CONNECTIONS AND ERECTION DRAWINGS. ANY SPLICES NOT WITH A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 1900psi ON SHOWN ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS ARE TO BE CLEARLY NOTED > G-10 ALL WORK TO BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST NET SECTION TO PROVIDE NET AREA COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH FOR APPROVAL. C, EDITION OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND ALL OF MASONRY (F'm) OF 1500psi., LAID IN RUNNING BOND. I APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. S-10 DO NOT WELD TO EMBEDS "UNTIL CONCRETE HAS CURED AT M-6 PROVIDE FILLED CELLS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. IN ADDITION, LEAST 72 HOURS. USE APPROPRIATE WELDING PROCESSES PROVIDE FILLED 'CELLS W/ (1) #5 VERTICAL ADJACENT TO TO LIMIT HEAT BUILDUP IN EMBED TO AVOID PLATE ALL OPENINGS, AND AT ANCHORAGE OF CONNECTIONS. EXPANSION AND CRACKING OF CONCRETE. M-7 PROVIDE FULL MORTAR BEDDING AROUND ALL FILLED CELLS WITH VERTICAL REINFORCING. l^� i m J (DL Lu � LU 0 i_ Z U) vJ � a �Qwd W`W000 Z~�C-4 � � WC) C Za->� �ocNM co N O LO m w w w z 0 z w z w 3 O M in --Soo M O� wa 0 w a W J W CV t4,) d' LO CD Imo. w U V) M o 0 Y m U O t\D CDU � w w V) a V) o S100 .e 4T ,F 1 S401 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 12'-0" 12'-0" 14'-8" 1 14'-0" — _ ! 111_ - -=A I I- - - IF iT IL_ S4x3xI/T li LLVm .o -_= -_ t,il--- __ �_-_----- _� u_== �= :BR=AGING �� .1 G, G, x I G, tG,.o,S G,�o8 r i _ lC� II- �� I T _ _ _ F Ir 1i (1� o 11 \� "" .Ili ALUMINUM FRAMING- AND �-= ��---- ILIL-------=1'�I — 1 II j II - - - - - - - - I� j II �,� Ir (i- - - - lr 11 w - �� ��d. CONNECTION TO STRUCTUF I�i._---__—_ �I �i��� BY SPECIALITY ENGINEER C_ i— # I- - �I �, [r fl- `- - - ---✓ I!` -4 a '� F I �� J.B.=12 -4 F - i W14x30- - - - W14x30 - - - - - - - 9 1-A-ll/%� O — — — — - � �, DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW C? 6 E.J. • F J.B.-12'-23 �' ,30 � _ / L4x xl/4BET EEN � t o I ■ I 1VtK I 4 •• JOISTS FOR I SEE '%S301 KYLIGH \ \ • STO EFRON BRACING I 4 F F ' , N F.D. I -1� X`� -/2 ` \� / = 0 0 0 16K JOISTS AT 5'-0" O.C.MAX. y��A�Ce 30o i / d -' L4 4x'/4BET W/ 2) ROW OF HO IZ. BRIEGING EEN Ln Ln Lr) x J01 TS FOR BRACIII ■ I C.J. ci �, °' 't � Y ST REFRON /�S �\ `' o �C \\ \\ \ TS8x4xl/4 LLV o ■ I I ��' I I �� 00 F••• � 2 � N N N2 MC \ \ \\ \\ BRACING EA. BAY 6 F_3 p I ,�. C.J. — C.J. \ J.B.-11'-93 " - L3x3xl/4 L3x3x q �I I _I rx Y 6/S3 1 •c` ( '<` �'I I I U o 1. o _j w / 4K5 JOISTS T 51-011 oJ L lJ L oF.D. I ' ■ — ■ —o�— ■' I Fi D. 0 I i �// � / 3 } z — - � / � OF HMA I . W/ (ROWS Bil-�/z —I /2 I ----- ®F�.D - -- ---- ... .. ------ B J.B.=11'-73 B _ao _- 0 - 0 Z BRIDGING --- - - ,cI I 3 I I I I I I -r 0o W/ (2) RO S OF H RIZ BRI G NG /BM.=11'-10" �� !16K[ JOIST!; AT 5'-0" O.C. AAX.s �� �j j� �j sc'L L--I — —J I -J I I ,�C' 2W ;Z'/ 11" II II li If - , C.J. , �G - I z li 11 II II II Ej C.J. .. ... ... .. o 0 Yo ov r4,) t\� Il fl II Il II o o ----- ----- ao _ o x ,I d- � 2 � o o � ; -� i- � � h fib \ i 11 !I II II II � 2 OIL FINISHED FLOOR ? ,n 4 0 ( 2 6 A` I Y \ E Et u 00 �� U 100'-0" U O° �\ S401 x U % fi If ii II if • — — — _ _ _ _ _ _ _0 ' Lax xl 4 C NTINUOU DEC CLOSU E �� 1�, II li II !I 11 I \ ------ --- ---- ----- ■.. ..-------{ A ) J.B.-11'_4'' A I ■■ A — .. - - M.C.J. r I COND SING UNITS L4x4x�/j4RTU SUPPORTI I I G,ti G,ti I I I VtK SEE "11"/S301 I I 8 6'-8" 54'-8" � � 3'-4" 171_211 14'- I 32' 331_211 1 V1 U 0 0 UU LO N +_ W Q CN i Ex o US ti L N o p `o N o> w .. m �� 0 x w as O U ON 0L E z o CO N N E psi Q IO N = 3 24'-0" 14'-8" 14'-0" 34'-10" I 1 8" i 1 I 8�� S402 S301 d 2 o U O o 0 o O o 0 f a a n X JOIST TOP CHORDS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR WIND AXIAL FOUNDATION PLAN ROOF FRAMING PLAN COMPRESSION LOAD of 16.oK SCALE: Via° - 1'_p" - SCALE: Ya" ' 1'-0" C a n a i 3 KEY NOTES 4 Foundation Schedule KEY DESCRIPTION Q 1" DEEP SAW CUTS TO BE MADE WITHIN 24 HRS OF POUR. AS PER SPECIFICATIONS WWF SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AT ALL CONTROL JOINTS (TYP. C.J. U.O.N. SEE "C"/S201 0 DENOTES (1) *5 REBAR VERT. IN CMU CELL FILLED W/ 3000 PSI CONC. CONTINUOUS FROM 12 BAR DIA. HOOK IN FTC. TO 12 BAR DIA. HOOK IN BM. AT T/WALL (TYP. AS SHOWN IN PLAN & AT 2'-8" O.C. AND AS REQ'D IN STRUCTURAL NOTES) (NOT ALL SHOWN FOR CLARITY) 03 4" CONCRETE SLAB W/ 3000 PSI CONC. W/ 6x6 W1.4xW1.4 WWF OVER 6 MIN VAPOR BARRIER ON TERMITE TREATED WELL COMPACTED SOIL. (TYP. U.O.N.) ® TOP OF ALL EXTERIOR FTGS. SHALL BE 2'-0" MIN. BELOW RELATIVE ADJACENT EXTERIOR GRADE OR PAVEMENT. (TYP. U.O.N.) 0 TYP. RE-ENTRANT CORNER SEE "D"/S201 TYP. U.O.N. © PROVIDE PRE -CAST LINTEL OVER OPG. SEE ` SHEET S201 TYP U.O.N. 07 DENOTES (1) *5 REBAR VERT. IN CMU CELL AT RADIUS WALL LOCATION FILLED W/ 3000 PSI CONC. CONTINUOUS FROM 12 BAR DIA. HOOK IN FTG. TO 12 BAR DIA. HOOK 1N BM. AT T/WALL (TYP. AS SHOWN IN PLAN & AT T-4" O.C. AND AS REQ'D IN STRUCTURAL NOTES) (NOT ALL SHOWN FOR CLARITY) MARK TYPE SIZE DEPTH REINFORCEMENT DETAIL F-1 III T-O" CONT 12" (2) *5 CONT. S202-10 F-2 1 2'-0" CONT. 12" (3) *5 CONT. W/*5 AT 16" o.c. S202-8 F-3 1 2'-6" CONT. 12" (4) *5 CONT. W/*5 AT 16" o.c. F-4 11 3'-6" SQUARE 12" (4) *5 E.W. BTM. S201-1 F-5 11 4'-0" SQUARE 12", (5) *5 E.W. BTM. S202-9 F-6 11 5'-0" SQUARE 12" (6) *5 E.W. BTM. S202-9 FOOTING TYPES: - CONTINUOUS 11- CMU OR CIP CONC. PILASTER Ill- THICKENED EDGE REAR LEFT N RIGHT FRONT U 0 LO N -1-i w E Cl) a� J � t Z m O J s._Q"- OZ5 Q . Uw0 z �Z= z Q Q U) U 0) m ^U —J W LL LU Lt LL CU U W O U) a �z WOLLJU ZQv M w L_u0 o Co a � OC) sQLC(l),o IF 1 cfl N O m m w w w z 0 z w C _m C E 1� U_ C: ICU C w J O H H W UW _ 2 W Q W J c `— ro d' L co I— co U M O C3 :t o \ Y m U ON 0 C.__ D. � O Z CD Y U_j -wW O Q W (TYP) 8 8" (TYP). 1%2" 1Y211 CLR. 811 (2) *5 T.&B. �, CLR. all (2) *5 TOP FILLED SINGLE •> oo COURSE OF CMU • = KNOCK -OUT LINTEL OR CMU LINTEL ° G ' *3 STIRRUPS • FILLED DOUBLE LINTEL TIE BEAM W/ (2) 5xCONT. *3 STIRRUPS �� AT 12 O.C. W/ (4) *SxCONT. AT 16" O.C. c ° - HORIZ. REINF. ., f. (2) *5 MID. M •C4 n (2) *5 MID. (3) *5 BTM. 00 B-1 DETAIL B-2 DETAIL B-3 DETAIL B-4 DETAIL. 811 00 �'= FILLED SINGLE COURSE OF CMU KNOCK -OUT LINTEL W/ (2) *5xCONT. H.S. PRE -CAST LINTEL W/ i (2) *5xCONT. PRE -CAST LINTEL SECTION 24" OF FTG. BLW. 12" AND COL. (3) CMU CELLS FILLED W/ 3000psi CONC. AND W/ (6) *6 VERTICAL (2) IN EACH CMU CELL (EXTEND ALL VERT. REINF. FROM 8" HOOK IN FTG. TO 8" HOOK IN BEAM AT T/WALL TYP.) MC-2 DETAIL 32" . ,,L1_L.L1,1iLL%LLu1Lu_K . . ao OF GIRDER ABV. 1611 FTG. BLW. AND COL. (4) CMU CELLS FILLED W/ 3000psi CONC. AND W/ (8) *6 VERTICAL (2) IN EACH CMU CELL (EXTEND ALL VERT. REINF. FROM 8" HOOK IN FTG. TO 8" HOOK IN BEAM AT T/WALL TYP.) MC-3 DETAIL OL 19'-4" B-2 T.O. WALL _1OIL f1 18'-8" —1. "�I r --I-- 1— T.O.OPENING I�I II Iil � I�1 B-3 L .. -- I -.. _....... f I I I 12 CMU IiI I— -- 1...........- - I — — — � I I - T.O. OPENING I i .._L.... B-3 ( I VT. REBAR IN CMU CELL FILLED W/ 3000psi CONC. AS REQ'D. IN PLANS OT STRUCT. NOTES B-2 \ -T I--I—,----------i--4 SEE PLAN AND FTG. SCHEDULE FOR SIZE - -,—I —I— - --- _— DEPTH AND REINF. I I I I TYP. VERTICAL CELL REQ'D. IN FTGS. _II_ IL_- II--- _- -----� 11 -4 W/ (2) *5 AS SHOWN II II �II I! Ili II a oj -011 FINSIHED FLOOR II II II II II DOWELS TO MATCH VT. [if REINF. SIZE AND QTY. II II II 11 IF m (TYP.) —II�II II � II 4 00 d- -2'-0" II II � II i II II T.O. FTG. r--•=— I — L —s- �-`� -.=— I --,—:s _ F- w SIZE SEE PLAN Masonry Column MC-6 SCALE: %2"=T-O" U O O 0 UvLo v CV 0 o 0 �) o CL co �? U �1 O N o p p� o� o �IJ 0 N Z n1 v �0 0 m X LL Qo O w YLLJ W N o N O va c ` O d N = t U O -L.0 N -1� W NU E +1 u) >QN c:ZM O J I— LL 0z w a Uwe z �Z z Q ¢ j w (� (o w U 7 m cu J a)LL LLI p LL Lu 0 LZZ � 0 w a VJ I� z zoWd- W-40 �rF-N crNM L4j Z�>� Lv�oo_J oQU0 CZ IF co N O un m w w w z F z w w Q J cV r) Lo co I- co V) r7 c Z LJ O U O co Y 0 m CDZ C9 Y u- � w �i Lu D_ N U S201 D U 00 CMU: SEE ARCH. DWG.S. FILLED CELL; SEE PLANS 6" MIN SPLICE USE PREFAB CORNER OR OVERLAP & TIE HORIZ. JT. REINF. AT CORNERS 8" CMU 1 Horizontal Joint Reinforcement Detail SCALE N.T.S. r TYPICAL AT INTERSECTIONS a: Of d _ 0 m 48 BAR DIA. TYP. O LINTEL BEAM NOTE: FOR BEAM CORNERS AT ENDS OF WALLS (FOR EXAMPLE IN THE VERTICAL PLANE) HOOK BEAM REINF. DOWN INTO CONC. COL. OR FILLED CELLS IN SIMILAR MANNER AS IN HORIZONTAL PLANE Rebar Lap Splice Detail SCALE: N.T.S. COLUMN AND FTG. ` SEE COL. SECTIONS AND PLANS FOR COL i TYPE, SIZE AND REINF. SEE PLAN AND FTG. SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, DEPTH AND REINF. = ', DOWELS TO MATCH REQ'D.IN FTGS. VT. REINF. SIZE AND r QTY. (TYP.) Q0 z —x—x—x_ �Q0 U Q77 J mo i Z (2) TIES o 0 � N S 0— Li SIZE 3"CLR. COV. (TYP.) Type "II" Footing SCALE: N.T.S. PRE-FAB METAL KEYWAY (GALVANIZED) X X X X� �X X X d - 11 (D Y 6" 6". EXPANSION JOINT EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL TYP. COLD JOINT BETWEEN POURS OCCURS SEE ARCH. DWGS. ONLY AT "C.J." LOCATIONS SEE FND. PLAN x x x---) C-x x x %8" WIDE x 1" DEEP GROOVE WITH FAST 1 11 11 DRY TRAFFIC SEALANT 6 6 FILLER AT EXPOSED FLOOR 1" DEEP SAW CUTS TO BE MADE EXPANSION JOINT WITHIN 24 HRS. OF POUR. AS PER SPECIFICATIONS WWF SHALL TYP. "E.J." on fnd. plan BE CONTINUOUS AT ALL CONTROL JOINTS (TYP. C.J. U.O.N.) x x x—x x x x SAW CUT JOINT TYP. "C.J." on fnd. plan T ical Slab Joint Details 2' vp SCALE: N.T.S. SIZE AND NUMBER TO 1 MATCH CONT. FTG. REIN 1 2'-011 21-0' 1 1 Stepped Footing Detail SCALE: N.T.S. MAX. FOOTING STEP - 2'-0" SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATIONS I o SIZE SEE PLAN AND FTG. SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, DEPTH AND REINF. REQ'D. Type "III" Footing SCALE: N.T.S. 1 -(2) *4 x 4'-0" AT MID -DEPTH da q ROOF SLOPE ° q d d ° e a d TYPICAL CMU F STEP g-2 AT ROOF CORNER IE. CM( ISOLATED SLAB SEE PLAN LOCATE STEP AS REQ'D 2,_011 TO MAINTAIN T/BM 4" ABOVE T/JOIST MIN. 3 Stepped Bond Beam Detail SCALE: N.T.S. JOINT INSERT � .. CONTROL BLOCK UNIT FILLED CELL (TYP. CONT.BACKER ROD AND SEALANT BOTH SIDES JOINT TYP. CONTROL BLOCK UNIT NOTE: 1) "MCJ."=MASONRY CONTROL JOINT 2) PROVIDE A DUMMY JOINT AT TIE BEAMS IN LINE W/ MCJ. Masonry Control Joint (M.CJ) Detail SCALE: N.T.S. ­i P9 AKIt I/ Kl 1ll1Al-r 4 Typical Re -Entrant Corner Detail SCALE N.T.S. WALL AND FTG. *5 HOOK AT TOP FING 'U N o LO N E �I 0 U ai �I �? U co Q N 1 tYi U � 0 0) �J LL N • � � O 1 °`o �. () U ZN o U wg�// o > L L -' ° m O X U- 0 U f N CN E z co o Q N N = M N 3 0 L � m 0 m 0 0 CL m 0 t 01 T 0 c c t ° VT. REBAR IN CMU CELL FILLED W/ 3000psi ° CONC. AS REQ'D. IN } PLANS OT STRUCT. a NOTES H II d o DOWELS TO MATCH ° Q VT. REINF. SIZE AND QTY. (TYP.) PLAN AND FTG. SEELREQ'D. 0 s DULE FOR SIZE, o U H AND REINF. m 0 o IN FIGS.CL U Q M d Q x—x—x x °' 40 C.)00 J d z o i 0 a °� ° c 8" HOOK INTO 4, a ~ E4 ° FOOTING ° CL > 4 as ° , 4 0 SIZE 3" CLR. COV. (TYP.) W 0 m Typical Filled Cell Wall ection . n. SCALE: N.T.S. U m U O 0 a m E 0 ° r ° m ° 0 v k 0 0 E u o N a a LLJ CV r'") -d- Lo t0 f, 00 . 0 a �o U `o V) � a o ro 0 a o o z LLj O o ^ ¢ in m O LLJ U O m CCD Y Lei W U >- O = ¢ w a cn _ c0i d 0 U S202 I PIE SEE PLAN T.O. BEAM NOTE: SEE ARCH. DWGS. PROVIDE A MIN OF (4) 8"x16" SCUPPERS FOR PARAPET/ CORNICE IN PARAPET WALL AT A MAXIMUM OF 4" DTL'S. ABOVE LOWEST POINT OF CONTRIBUTING ROOF COORD. W/ ARCH. DWGS. OL T.O. PARAPET L3x3xl/4xCONT. DECK (SEE ARCH DWGS.) _ = CLOSURE ANGLE = SEE STRUCTURAL NOTES B-3 AT T.O. FOR ATTACHMENT WALL SEE S201 = FOR DTL (TYP. DECK 3�s ANGLE TO - JST. U.O.N. (TYP. JST. 11/2" "B" DECK CONN. U.O.N. 3/6 2" _ - = SEE S401-4 OIL JST. BRG. "J.B." - SEE PLAN _ \ PL%"x5"x8" W/ t (2)Y2" DIA. x6" / ANCHORS = • • - \ ` B-2 SEE S201 � STEEL JOIST, FOR DTL (DO NOT = = SEE S301 CUT BARS AT = _ CONTROL JOINTS) - _ = 8" CMU W/ VERT. REBAR AS PER STRUCTURAL NOTES Typical Joist to CMU Detail SCALE: N.T.S. ROOF METAL DECK: (RMD) WIDE RIB (VULCRAFT OR EQUAL) MINIMUM PROPERTIES. NOMINAL DEPTH: 1 Y2" GAUGE: 22 MIN.I: 0.169 IN4/FT MIN. Sp: 0.186 IN3/FT' MIN. Sn: 0.192 IN3/FT Fy: 33 ksi. WELD PATTERN: 36/5 W/ (5) SIDELAP FASTENERS PER SPAN & PUDDLE WELDS AT 6" O.C. AT EDGES METAL DECK SHALL DEVELOP 413 plf FOR ROOF DIAPHRAGM ACTION 5 Roof Metal Deck Properties SCALE N.T.S. MASONRY COLUMN MC-6 SEE PLAN :AM )LTS DOUBLE SHEAR DP 100% OF BEAMS (TYP. U.O.N. Ln I ", Z n 1L n 1T" W/ (6) %4" DIA. RODS PLUG WELDED PNE ONE SIDE 9 Steel Beam to Cmu Column SCALES N.T.S.' NOTE: SEE ARCH. DWGS. FOR PARAPET/ CORNICE DTL'S. T.O. PARAPET L3x3xl/4xCONT. DECK Y (SEE ARCH DWGS.) _ - CLOSURE ANGLE B-3 AT T.O. _ = L3x3xlxCONT. DECK 3" MIN. BEARING FOR K SEE STRUCTURAL NOTES /4 FOR ATTACHMENT WALL SEE S201 - CLOSURE ANGLE W/%" DIA. SERIES JOIST BRG-ON STL. FOR DTL _ = EXP. A.B. W/ 5" EMBEDMENT AT 32" O.C. (TYP. DECK ANGLE TO (TYP. JST. 3�s JST. U.O.N.) (TYP. MISC. CONN. U.O.N. 3 2" 1Y2" "B" DECK 3�s STL. CONN. /s SEE S401-4 _ 1Y211 "Bit DECK SEE S401-4 OLJST. BRG. "J.B.OIL " \ T.O. DECK - = SEE PLAN VARIES SEEPLAN_ _____________________ \ = L HORIZONTAL BRIDGING \ IN ACCORDANCE W/ B-2 SEE S201 - = S.J.I. SPECIFICATIONS FOR DTL STEP = = SEE PLAN AS REQUIRED - - MAINTAIN 4" _ = STEEL JOIST, ABOVE T.O. DECK - - SEE S301 (DO NOT CUT STEEL JOIST, BARS AT = SEE S301 CONTROL JOINTS) -- L3x3xl/4x10" W/ (2)%" DIA. WEDGE 8" CMU W/ VERT.--"4 TYPE EXP. A.B. W/ 3Y2 MIN. REBAR AS PER EMBEDMENT G.C. AND MASON SHALL STRUCTURAL NOTES COORD.PLACEMENT OF FILLED CELLS REQUIRED FOR ANCHORAGE Typical Horiz. Bridging Detail Typical Joist to Stel Beam Detail SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. PL %X4 CONT. W DIA. X6" H.C.A. AT B-2 BOOND BEAM FLOOR CMU WALL W/ Tl REINF.:SEE PLAN' STRUCTURAL NOT CANTILEVER DECK AS NECESSARY 8" MAX. (TYP. MISC. _CK 36 STL. CONN.) 4 1Y211 "Bit DECK SEE S401-4 Ak T.O. BEAM ;HRINK VARIES SEE PLAN HORIZONTAL BRIDGING IN ACCORDANCE W/ S.J.I. SPECIFICATIONS i LAN STEEL JOIST, SEE S301 6 Roof Deck to Top of CMU Wall SCALES N.T.S. W % STIFFENER PLATE EA. SIDE BEM SEE PLAN i SEE PLAN 3/6 i BEAM SEE PLAN I %4" PLATE I 1 Y2" TYP. (4)%4" DIA. A325 BOLTS i I TS COL. SEE PLAN OF COL.& STIFFENER PLATE Steel Beam to Steel Col. Brig. Conn. SCALE: N.T.S. Typical Joist Girder to Steel Column 6 SCALE: N.T.S. 5" MIN. BEARING FOR K SERIES JOIST BRG. ON (TYP. JST. CONN. U.O.N. - 3/16 CMU Y2" MAX. EDGE DISTANCE STL. PLATE TO EDGE OF CMU SEE EE S4 DECK SEE S401-4 JST. BRG. '.'J.B." SE PLAN Z, f.1= PIS'/8"x7%2ix12" Ala /w/ (Vt4" DIA. x6" ANCHORS (TYP. FOR EA. JST. _ ONN. STAGGER JST AS REQ'D. _ = STEEL JOIST, - SEE S301 B-2 SEE S201 � - FOR DTL (DO NOT CUT BARS AT = = 8" CMU W/ VERT. CONTROL JOINTS) _ = REBAR AS PER _ STRUCTURAL NOTES Typical Joist to —7-r CMU Wall Detail SCALE: N.T.S. ATTACH RTU TO CURB ASSEMBLY. W/ #10-16 METAL SCREWS ` AT 16" O.C. ROOFTOP ROOF CURB: ATTACH TO 3/6 2-12 MECHINCAL STEEL ANGLE SUPPORTSW/ UNIT "RTU" 0.145" DIA. POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS "PDF" AT (TYP. MISC. 32" O.C. MAX. STL.:CONN.) 3�s SIZE & LOCATIONol L3xVTxl/4: VT. LEG MAY OF OPENING VARIES VARY W/ ROOF CONST. COORD. W/ MECH. AND MECH. NEEDS 3/6 2-12 CONTRACTOR G.C. SHALL COORD. r �—i VL4x4x1/4 L4x4xl/4x6" LONG STESEEEPLAN JOIST, AIL JOIST MANUFACTURER TO COORDINATE W/ MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND DESIGN JOIST ACCORDINGLY FOR THESE ADDITIONAL- LOADS Typical Roof Opening Support SCALE: N.T.S. MASONRY COLUMN OR FILLED CELLS SEE PLAN w D - 116'-4-4" T.O. BEAMY = I4- - -I _= WIDE FLANGE BEAM SEE PLAN %4" DIA. A325 BOLTS DOUBLE SHEAR CONN.TO DEVELOP 100/ OF BEAMS SHEAR CAPACITY (TYP. U.O.N.) PLATEY2"x8"x14" W/ (3) %4" DIA. x6" LONG STUDS Steel Beam to Cmu Column SCALE: N.T.S. L2x2x1/4" AT CONCENTRATED LOADS TO NEAREST PANEL 12 Concentrated Load Support SCALE N.T.S. • E YP. ° u 0 0 0 m a WOW0 ZQcnn w WO c W°-> �00CX oOU)0 0o U co IF 0 to m W w w Z - FD Z w a) 0 0 LjL w O F- W Lu S w J Lu L o:: N to s}- in to I— 00 U M O o M o D � Y m U O co 0 LLJD O U. L�" w U ti) _ n N o V S301 ALUMINUM FRAME AND CANVAS AWNING BY OTHERS ALL CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE BY SPECIALITY ENGINEER. ADDITIONAL LOADS TO ROOF JOISTS FROM ALUM. FRAMES NOT SHOWN REINFORCE JOISTS AS REQ'D. SUBMIT S&S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW ALUMINUM FRAMING AND CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE BY SPECIALITYENGINEER SUBMIT S&S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW 2%2" DIA. STD. PIPE r- - - - - - - - - I (3) LOCATIONS I I 16GA. CLIP W/ (4) I I I Q.145" DIA. P.D.F. INTO 1 I I V EL AND (4) *10-16 I I MASONRY COLU<v�N S" S INTO STUD 1 0 1 MC-6 BLYOND I I L4x4x'/4BET JOIST I O I L3x3XI/� "x CONTJ 1 DECK CLOSURE 1�/2 B DECK 22 GA. - - - - - - SEE S401-4 FOR FASTENING 6 I STEEL BEAM SEE PLANS V I 121-23 " 1 I T.O. BEAM 16GA. CLIP W/ (4) / I I 0.145" DIA. P.D.F1 INTO I STEEL AND (4) *110-16 SCREWS INTO S i UD I �----91-0"-1 STEEL JOISTS 1 B.O. FRAMING I SEE PLANS 1 I 5/8" EXT RIOR GIIADE 35 "x18GA. MTL I I PLYWO D SHEATIHING STUDS AT 24" O.C. ( 1 W/ *10 16 SCREWS AT 4" C. I I I (4) NO. 10-16 SCREWS I 1 (TYP. ALL CONNECTIONS) I I 1 I i I I I I 1 I I I I I I I L-------� 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I I i I I I I I - - — - — - - - — - — - — - - - — - — - — - — - - — - - — - — - — - — ------------------------------ Canopy Section SCALE: i/2"_l'_0" ALUMINUM FRAME AND CANVAS AWNING BY OTHERS ALL CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE BY SPECIALITY ENGINEER. PROVIDE ADDILTIONAL SUPPORTS NOT SHOWN. ADDITIONAL LOADS TO ROOF JOISTS FROM ALUM. FRAMES NOT SHOWN REINFORCE JOISTS AS REQ'D. SUBMIT S&S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW ALUMINUM FRAMING AND CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE BY SPECIALITY ENGINEER SUBMIT S&S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW 2�/2" DIA. STD. PIPE r----------------I (3) LOCATIONS I I r 1 I I MASONRYMC-6 BkYMASONRYCOLUdN 16 LIP W/ (4) I O I I I 0.145f P.D.F. INTO STEEL AN ) *10-16 I 1 SCREWS INrt'Gk, UD 1 I -3x3xi/gyp"x CONTJ DECK CLOSURE 1V2" B DECK 22 GA. - - - - - - -I SEE S401-4 FOR STEEL BEAM FASTENING SEE PLANS x VARIESOL1 \ I 16GA. CLIP W/ (4) I i I 0.145" DIA. P.D.F j INTO STEEL JOISTS J I STEEL AND (4)-110-16 SEE PLANS SCREWS INTO SCUD I I 3%"x18GA. MTL STUD BRACING 1 1 g'-0" -1 AT 24" O.C. EXTEND TO TOP 1 OIL B.O. FR MING CHORD OF NEAREST JOIST I I I I i %" EXT RIOR GOADE 35/8"x18GA. MTL I I PLYWO D SHEATIHING STUDS AT 24" O.C. I ( AT 4" 010 16 SCREWS I AT (�.C. 1 I I I (4) NO. 10-16 SCREWS (TYP. ALL CONNECTIONS) I I I I I I 1 I 1 I i I I I 1-------- 1 I I I I 1 I I I 1 - - - -—- — - — - —------1---- - -- ----—--—-—-—-—-—--—-—-- Canoopy Section SCALE: I/2"=V-0" V1 U ,1 O O O U u NE 4t p U O v ^M Q u - ' U � N oN o I?' O o U Z C1 2 UP-,w �o o v >< 0° LL. fi ai a Q ca �, 0O E €' Z ry�) w F W w c (V W _j N E Q N a o0 N t i Y U o a N U >Zm �O_j LQLL w Opp 2 Vw� z �Z= z 0LU < .c m _0 c J a) w Lu (u 0 U w L Q U) a _j wn z%� ''"Oino W�00_ op100 mU m N O to m w w w z 3 z w Z w 3 OM m U M U 7 , J w w LL w Q W_ J w CV rM d' an co I— W C� V) M cy O O � u m U (.0 Y uj LLJ O :m LU ?i U Q N 2 0- V o V c m U NT �-+ N E co co a N I of �l U CM U U vsu o o �N I UO N Z .o U a g o o� io x 34 -0 Q w T.O. WALL T.O. WALL BEYOND O c" I:. w 'f TOP OF CMU WALL o o yj N B-1 AT T OF I BEYOND R AND CANVAS AWNING ALUMINUM FRAME AND CANVAS AWNING a o v WAL E S201 FOR I ALUMINUM FRAME AIL I BY OTHERS ALL CONNECTIONS TO BY OTHERS ALL CONNECTIONS TO y STRUCTURE BY SPECIALITY ENGINEER 3 i STRUCTURE BY SPECIALITY ENGINEER SUBMIT S&S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW SUBMIT S&S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW L VARIES VARIES T.O. WALL T.O. WALL I>. I o TOP OF CMU WALL = = B-1 AT TOP OF B-1 AT TOP OF BEYOND WALL SEE S201 FOR 1 WALL SEE S201 FOR DETAIL DETAIL I o 28'-011 I 28'-0" I o 28 -0 T.O. BEAM T.O. BEAM T.O. BEAMOIL 27'-311 B-2 'SEE S201 FOR B-2 SEE S201 FOR T.O. WALL B-2 SEE S201 FOR DETAIL DETAIL _ t DETAIL I 1.` 0 B-1 AT TOP OF 1 a WALL SEE S201 FOR 1 1 I - U DETAIL I = I 8" CMU W/ (1) *5 m I 1 I_ AT 3'-4" O.C. TYP. _ = I = (1) *5 AT 1611 O.C. m 1 I AT RADIUS I 22'-O ( I o 22'-0" ^ ... T.O. BEAM ..k22'-01 . BEAM s 1 I .V. ULf11V1 B-2 SEE S201 FOR B-2 SEE S201 FOR E B-2 SEE S201 FOR B-2 SEE S201 FOR DETAIL j DETAIL I _ I ' DETAIL DETAIL _ o •o =I I 191-411 I B.O. BEAM I I a I 8" CMU W/ (1) *5 I 8" CMU W/ (1) 05 8 * CMU W/ (1) 5 I I II AT 3'-4" O.C. TYP. AT 3'-4" O.C. TYP. AT 3 -4 O.C. TYP. TYP. PRECAST LINTEL I I (1) *5 AT 16" O.C. (1) *5 AT 16" O.C. I (1) *5 AT 1611 O.C. I SECTION SEE S201 I 1 0 AT RADIUS AT RADIUS AT RADIUS _ I FOR DETAIL I 1 21 DOOR OPENING FOR 1 ,_ 16'-0" I T. 0. BEAk16M 11 ROOF ACCESS 011 T 0BEAM T.O. BEAM I o B-2 SEE S201 FOR B-2 SEE S201FOR I I y B-2 SEE S201 FOR ;I' DETAIL DETAIL _ 2 DETAIL DETAIL S301 I I 1�/211 B DECK 22 GA. S301 I 1/2 S40EC4 FOR GA. 11 T BRG. I = _ FASTENING I SEE JS I 11 S301 SEE S401-4 FOR - FASTENING W W0 z Q to tM LJi Li C) Z�>� LV(�ao� OQ0. mU cc 04 0 L0 m w w w z- (D z w V ) c .0 U Qnn ♦♦� v! w 0 J F— H W u, Ia. ° OIL 11 1- 411 JST. BRG. I \ JST. BRG. r Z .I.. _ w 10'-011 a 3 " B-2 SEE S201 FOR STEEL JOISTS B.O. BEAM L6x4x3/e(LLH) x12" _ � m'`� 10'-0 B-2 SEE S201 FOR I B. BEAM DETAIL M I SEE PLANS m DETAIL STEEL JOISTS LONG W/ (2)%" DIA. SEE PLANS EXP. A.B. W/ 5" MIN B-1 SEE S201 FOR--//) 0. Vv B-4 SEE S201FO EMBEDMENT L . DETAIL 0 a DETAIL 'v �/ Q E Lu OL 8'-0"OL m iL II 81 _p B.O. BEAM I B.O. BEAM B-1 SEE S201 FOR B-1 SEE S201 FOR // I DETAIL DETAIL ° i m o a o 9 0 O E a cV rM d- an co I� W o Or a a � 0 M a o d o I Z prj L'" 1 W — - - - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - - — - — - — - — - — - — p t- p 1c CD Y W m - - - - - — - — - — - — - - - - — - — - — - — - — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - W N O Z 0 Y L? — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ ¢ w 0 0 0 V) o v Tower Section SCALE: %211=11-011 i Tower Section SCALE: I/211=11_OII S402- A 6 LLIIIWI CONTINUATION ri PLUMBING PLAN KEYNOTES: o 1. 1%2" CW DOWN INSIDE WALL AND CONNECT TO DF-1 2. PIPE RISE INSIDE WALL TO JOIST AREA 3. CONNECT TO STORM DRAIN SEE CIVIL FOR CONT. 4. 1 SERVICE FOR LIFTSTATIONAND %q" FOR H.B. @ DUMPSTER PAD PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/16 " = 1'-O" /9 vn /Y vn /q vn /Z vn TO W.C. TO LAV TO W.C. TO LAV 1" CW 2 PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" RE: P101-1 3/4,, / �I i 3 � 2 I Tp F 0 POTABLE WATER RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NTS RE: P101-2 COT�'�A�� ( 4 SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NTS RE: P101-2 CONCRETE FLOOR , SCHEDULE OR RATED MASONRY �- 40 STEEL WALL OR RATED \ PIPE SLEEVE FRAME WALL LOOSE CERAMIC FIBER PACKING 3M CAULK CP 25 OR PUTTY 303 BOTH UL LISTED I • PIPE WALL & FLOOR FIRESTOP SYSTEM NTS (EXCEEDS U.L. SYSTEM NO.83, 124, 148.) 5 6 2 WAY CLEANOUT DETAIL (COTE) NTS i l �I Ug � / I I, • 3 � 13�� l'2 I I I I FRoM 3'' I w . i woo _ Fn I I o 1 41<1 5 SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NTS RE: P101-3 _ MAY EXTEND AS A WASTE OR VENT WALL WALLCQVER AND SCREW PLUGGED TEE -' WITH CLEANOUT FLOOR LINE BALANCE OF PIPING 1/8 C.I. BEND SAME AS CLEANOUT TO GRADE 7 WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL NTS PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS AS 26. PROVIDE CLEANOUTS AS FOLLOWS: REQUIRED BY ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. (A) AT BASE OF EACH VERTICAL STACK INCLUDING BACK. (B) AT EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTION OF HORIZONTAL RUNS 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND CORRECT AS REQUIRED TO MEET ALL CODES (C) AT 75 FOOT INTERVALS OF HORIZONTAL RUNS. AND REGULATIONS ANY POSSIBLE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN TYPE AND SIZE OF CONNECTION SPECIFIED IN PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND FIXTURES ACTUALLY 27. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS TO ALL VALVES WITHIN CHASES OR ABOVE NON - INSTALLED ON THE SITE. ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEILING TYPES. 3. ALL SANITARY PIPING AND ALL RAIN WATER PIPING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL 28. METERING AND SITE UTILITY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON SITE UTILITY SLOPE OF %8" PER FOOT SLOPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DRAWINGS. ALL SERVICES SHOWN ON THIS SET OF PLANS TERMINATE 5'-0" FROM BUILDING, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR 4. VENT PIPING SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS IS ONLY INDICATIVE EXCEPT FOR VTR LOCATIONS. SHALL MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO SITE UTILITES. (INC. CLEANOUTS, INCREASES, BACKWATER VALVES, ETC.) 5. VALVES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE OF SAME SIZE OF LINE ON WHICH THEY ARE LOCATED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 29. FURNISH AND INSTALL HOSE BIBBS AND/OR WALL HYDRANTS 24" A.F.G./A.F.F. AND PROVIDE VACUUM BREAKERS. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. 30. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ROOF DRAINS, PLUMBING 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL GIVEN MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO LAYING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS, AND DIMENSIONS. AND CONNECTING ALL SANITARY AND WASTE PIPING AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 31. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY INVERT ELEVATIONS OF SEWERS TO WHICH NEW SEWER LINES ARE TO BE 'CONNECTED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF NEW SEWER LINE. 8. INSTALL WATER HAMMER SHOCK ARRESTORS AT EACH FIXTURE OR BATTERY OF FIXTURES WHERE REQUIRED. ARRESTORS SHALL BE FACTORY -FABRICATED. INSTALL ARRESTORS 32. ALL VENTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE MIN, 10'-0" FROM ANY AIR INTAKES. AND SIZE PER PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARD P.D.I. WH-201. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - ZURN, JOSAM, JAY R. SMITH, SIOUX CHIEF. 33. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT DISSIMILAR METAL CONNECTIONS. 9. ,AIR CHAMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AN EQUAL TO WATER ARRESTORS AS SPECIFIED. 34. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUGH -IN ALL WASTES AND SUPPLIES TO SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. ALL 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING FIRE RATING AND WEATHERPROOFING SUPPLIES SHALL BE VALVED. INSTALL VACUUM BREAKERS WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. INTEGRITY OF ALL PIPING AND PENETRATIONS. 35. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS (INCLUDING PIPE ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT 11. ALL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY LINES SHALL BE RUN AS CLOSE TO LOCATIONS) TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OR PLANS AS POSSIBLE WITH NO CHANGES IN SIZING. PURCHASING OF ANY PIPING AND/OR EQUIPMENT. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL NECESSARY SUPPORTING 36. PROVIDE REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY DEVICES FOR ALL FIXTURES INCLUDED IN CONTRACT OR HEREIN SPECIFIED OR OTHERWISE. CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL WATER PURVEYORS. 13. CHANGES IN THE DIRECTION OF SANITARY AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SHALL NOT BE 37. ALL BELOW GRADE/SLAB COPPER PIPE SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN COPPER PIPE SLEEVE MADE WITH FITTINGS WHICH WILL CAUSE EXCESSIVE REDUCTION IN THE VELOCITY OF (10 MIL) POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC SLEEVING. EXTEND SLEEVING ABOVE GRADE/SLAB, FLOW OR CREATE ANY OTHER ADVERSE EFFECT UNLESS PHYSICALLY IMPOSSIBLE (IE: USE OF SANITARY TEE IN A HORIZONTAL CONNECTION, USE OF A DOUBLE SANITARY 38. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF TEE IN A VERTICAL STACK, IN GENERAL, USE OF SHORT -RADIUS FITTINGS FOR BRANCH ALL FLOOR DRAINS LOCATED WITHIN THE TOILET ROOMS. TO HOUSE DRAIN OR STACK CONNECTION). 39. ALL WATER PIPING INSTALLED IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE 24 HOURS NOTICE TO APPLICABLE UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR INTERIOR SIDE OF THE WALL, SO THAT INSULATION CAN BE PLACED ON THE TO PERFORMING WORK INVOLVING UTILITIES. EXTERIOR SIDE OF THE PIPING. 15. ALL DRAINAGE PIPING 'SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE SEAL OF APPROVAL OF THE 40. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED ON BRANCH LINES SERVING EQUIP - NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION. MENT AND/OR FIXTURES, WHEN THE PRESSURE IN THE LINE EXCEEDS 80 P.S.I. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT A VELOCITY BETWEEN 8 AND 10 FT PER SECOND BE MAINTAINED. 16. WHERE SANITARY SEWER LINES CROSS UNDERGROUND WATER SUPPLY LINES WITH LESS THAN 8" MIN. VERTICAL CLEARANCE, THE SANITARY SEWER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED 41. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF FLOOR DRAINS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH MECH. OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE (10' EACH SIDE OF WATER MAIN) OR THE WATER LINES SHOULD BE CONTRACTOR. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL NOT DISCHARGE INTO SANITARY SYSTEM. MODIFIED TO PROVIDE 8" MIN. CLEARANCE. 42. ERRORS OR OMISSIONS: THE INTENT OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WITH REGARD TO ANY 17. ALL FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TRAP PRIMER VALVE AND FITTINGS DETAIL IS NOT CLEAR, OR IS CAPABLE OF MORE THAN ONE INTERPRETATION, SUCH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL P-TRAPS NOT CONNECTED TO TRAP PRIMER LINES MATTERS WILL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN SHALL BE DEEP SEAL. WRITING BEFORE THE SUBMISSION OF BIDS, AND THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL MAKE CORRECTION OR EXPLANATION IN WRITING. OTHERWISE, NO EXTRA CHARGE WILL BE 18. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MAY BE REQUIRED TO DROP PIPE OUTSIDE OF BUILDING ALLOWED FOR THE WORK OR MATERIAL WHICH THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WILL REQUIRE, TO REQUIRED DEPTH TO PROVIDE CONNECTION TO AREA DEVELOPMENT UTILITY STUB. PROVIDED THAT THAT IT COMES WITHIN A REASONABLE INTERPRETATION OF THE ALL DROPS IN DEPTH SHALL BE MADE BY THE USE OF 450 FITTINGS. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, 19. ROUTE ALL PIPING CONCEALED ABOVE CEILINGS, WITHIN WALLS, OR IN CHASES. 43. P .ANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: INTENDED AS A GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK TO PIPING EXPOSED SHALL BE SLOPED AND PAINTED TO MATCH ARCHITECTURAL BE PERFORMED. ALL ITEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN, BUT NECESSARY FINISHES. PIPING IN MECHANICAL ROOMS MAY BE EXPOSED. FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ' THIS CONTRACTOR, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH ALL 20. SLEEVE AND FIRE STOP ANY AND ALL PENETRATIONS OF RATED WALLS, FLOORS, THE PLANS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS FINAL BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE CEILINGS, ETC., IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE UL STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES ALLOWED DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF W/ THE PLANS. TO MAINTAIN RATINGS. REFER TO SPECS AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RATED WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS INFORMATION. 44. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BASE HIS PROPOSAL UPON THE EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED OR SPECIFIED, USING THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS AS CALLED FOR IN THE 21. ALL WATER PIPING INSTALLED IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL- BE PLACED ON THE INTERIOR SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. IF MORE THAN ONE MANUFACTURER SIDE OF THE WALL. THE WALL INSULATION SHALL BE PLACED ON THE EXTERIOR SIDE OF OF .EQUIPMENT IS SPECIFIED, ANY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS OF EQUIPMENT MAY BE THE PIPING. ANY PIPING INSTALLED IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES SHALL BE INSULATED US;:D IN THIS CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL. IF THE CONTRACTOR WANTS TO USE EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTED FROM FREEZING TEMPERATURES. NOT SPECIFIED HE MUST, AT THE TIME OF BIDDING, SUBMIT SEPARATELY ON LETTERHEAD Sf ATIONARY OF THE BIDDER, THE EQUIPMENT HE WOULD SUBSTITUTE AND THE COST TO 22. SEE RISER DIAGRAMS FOR BRANCH PIPING DETAILS AND SIZES NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. BE ADDED OR TO BE DEDUCTED FROM HIS PROPOSAL, 23. COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SHALL BE COPPER WATER TUBE (ASTM B88) 45. THi= CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO ORDER ALL MATERIALS IN SUFFICIENT TIME TO TYPE "L" WITH WROUGHT -COPPER (ANSIB16.22), OR CAST BRASS (ANSIB16.18) AVOID DELAYING THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. DELAY IN DELIVERIES WILL NOT BE`CONSIDERED A JUSTIFIABLE REASON FOR SUBMISSION OF SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS. 24. PRESSURE FITTINGS AND ALLOY GRADE (ANSI/ASTM B32) 95TA LEAD-FREE SOLDER JOINTS. DISINFECT WATER PIPING AFTER PRESSURE TEST WITH CHLORINE SOLUTION 50 MG/L) 46. DO NOT PENETRATE WALL FOOTINGS W/ PIPING, COORDINATE W/ GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR 24 HOURS. FLUSH LINES CLEAN AFTER COMPLETION. TO DROP FOOTINGS AS REQUIRED TO CLEAR PLUMBING SERVICES WHERE ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY. ALL PIPING PENETRATING A BEARING WALL OR FOOTING MUST BE SLEEVED 25. SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE PVC UNLESS THE AUTHORITY HAVING AND LOCATION APPROVED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. JURISDICTION REQUIRES CAST IRON WASTE AND VENT PIPING. PROVIDE PVC PIPING ASTM D2665 SCHEDULE 40. FITTINGS: PVC DWV JOINTS: ASTM WELD. FIXTURE / EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MARK NAME MANUFACTURER /MODEL # DESCRIPTION/COMMENTS AMERICAN BARRIER FREE - FLOOR MOUNTED, 16�/2" HIGH, TANK WATER STANDARD TYPE, VITREOUS CHINA, ELONGATED SIPHON ACTION BOWL, WC-1 CLOSET CADET EL. 2" BALLPASS TRAPWAY, CLOSE COUPLED TANK, 1.6 GPF. NO.2998.012 CENTOCO NO.15000CSS OPEN FRONT SEAT LESS COVER, STAINLESS STEEL CHECK HINGE. �/2" CW 2" VENT, 4" SAN. 20"X18" VITREOUS CHINA, WALL HUNG, 4" CENTERS. PROVIDE FLOOR CARRIER WITH CONCEALED ARMS. DELTA NO.501 AMERICAN CHROME FAUCET, SINGLE LEVER, .5 GPM FLOW RESTRICTOR, STANDARD GRID DRAIN ASSEMBLY. TOP OF FRONT RIM MOUNTED 34" AFF L-1 LAVATORY LUCERNE PROVIDE STOPS, SUPPLIES, TRAP, ETC., TO MAKE A COMPLETE NO.0355.012 INSTALLATION. INSULATE TRAP AND SUPPLIES WITH TRUEBRO NO. 103 LAV GUARD. " CW, 2" VENT, 2" SAN. 19" ROUND VITREOUS CHINA, COUNTER TOP, 4" CENTERS. DELTA NO.501 AMERICAN CHROME FAUCET, SINGLE LEVER, .5 GPM FLOW RESTRICTOR, L-2 LAVATORY STANDARD GRID DRAIN ASSEMBLY. TOP OF FRONT RIM MOUNTED 34" AFF CADET EL. PROVIDE STOPS, SUPPLIES, TRAP, ETC., TO MAKE A COMPLETE NO.0427 INSTALLATION. INSULATE TRAP AND SUPPLIES WITH TRUEBRO NO.103 LAV GUARD. %2" CW, 2" VENT, 2" SAN. WALL MOUNT, BI-LEVEL FRONT PUSH BARS, NO LEAD DRINKING DRINK FOUNTAINS, ORIFICE MOUNTING HEIGHT, ONE AT 40%q" AND DF-1 FOUNTAIN ELKAY ONE AT 35%", CONNECT WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE LINES (2 REQUIRED) EDFP114C FROM FROUNTAINS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE FLOOR CARRIERS, STOP, SUPPLY, TRAP, ETC., TO MAKE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. /2CLU, 2" VENT, 2" SAN. HB HOSE BIB WOODFORD TEE KEY, BRASS CONSTRUCTION, POLISHED CHROME MODEL 24P PLATE WITH MODEL 34HF VACUUM BREAKER. q" CW WCO. WALL ZURN SMOOTH STAINLESS STEEL ACCESS COVER, DURA- CLEAN OUT #Z-1441 COATED CAST IRON BODY. MATCH TO PIPE SIZE. FLOOR JOSAM WITH STRAINER, TOP WITH HEELPROOF OPENINGS AND SECURED FD DRAIN 300 GRATE. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER CONNECT TO CW W/ VALVE, EXTEND TPP TO FLOOR DRAIN AS REQUIRED. %2" CW. TPV TRAP PRIMER WOODFORD FOR DISTRIBUTION TO .0) OR (2) DRAINS. PROVIDE WHERE VALVE MODEL 24P REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. WHA' WATER HAMMER WOODFORD INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH P.D.I. STANDARDS ARRESTOR MODEL 24P AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. RD ROOF JAY R ROOF DRAIN WITH DRAIN SMITH ADJUSTABLE EXTENSION US -1 UTILITY MUSTEE N0.18F NO. UTILITY TUB, 1-PIECE, EXTRA DEEP MOLDED TUB, `TRAP SINK UTIL PROVIDE FAUCET AND TO MAKE COMPLETE HOOK-UP. PLUMBING LEGEND DESCRIPTION ABBREV. SYMBOL SANITARY PIPING SAN VENT PIPING V - - - - - COLD WATER PIPING CW - - - - - - - HOT WATER PIPING HW GATE VALVE GV CLEAN OUT TO GRADE COTG WALL CLEAN OUT WCO WCO I CAP CAP [ HOSE BIBB HB HB o-- - - - VENT THRU ROOF VTR _J I L TEE UP TEE DOWN 900 UP 0 900 DOWN G FLOOR CLEAN OUT FCO FCO 0 TRAP PRIMER PIPING TPP - - - -TPP- - - - RAIN LEADER RL RL U N o 0 U u � �-1 N E o".. �0 co M a �w � o V ch o CD Uj a,, o o O -. �U' N ZN o � l V w �Yx m a p o (L IF RP �. ¢o U �s d N ,. Y e rv�if Z o . ` W N N i .E Q i` O v N = - .3 a, L 0 E N W a w J Z W M ON � ,yj Z CD0 Z w CD � ¢ w ofco_ EL � q U i I I i i i I O O MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: %8" - T-O" PARTIAL ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/8 " = T-O" l%vv1l_ L vvl1V. ' LINE TO STORM DRAIN RE: PLUMB PLAN i FOR CONT. i O 20 GAGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL HOOD. UNISTRUT ANCHORED TO. CURB. CLAMP REFRIGERANT LINES WITH HYDRO-ZORB OR CUSHA MOUNT CAP LEVEL INSECT SCREEN ANCHOR W/ CAULKING BEAD OR GASKET CADMIUM PLATED FULL PERIMETER OF CURB ' BY HVAC. SCREWS 12�IO.C. FLASHING TREATED WOOD NAILER BY ROOFER \ 12" PREFABRICATED CURB BY HVAC INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ROOF II SUPPORT. ANGLES 11/2 EXTERNAL INSULATION AS REQUIRED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR SEAL WATERTIGHT 2" SUMP CAP MINIMUM FREE AREA = 1.2 SQUARE FEET (172 SQUARE INCHES). ROOF INTAKE CAP DETAIL SCALE: NTS N NOTE: CONDENSER LOCATED INSIDE TOWER, i LEFT v RIGHT �] i SEE PARTIAL PLAN THIS SHEET FRONT HVAC AC PLAN NOTES -L i 1. ROUTE DUCT THROUGH ROOF AND TERMINATE WITH ROOF EXHAUST CAP PER DETAIL 8/M501. MAINTAIN MINIMUM OF 10 O O FEET FROM FRESH AIR INTAKE. 2. ROUTE DUCT THROUGH ROOF AND TERMINATE WITH ROOF CAP PER DETAIL 3 THIS SHEET. 3. ROUTE DUCT IN CHASE PROVIDED. 4. SENSOR FOR AHU-4T. FILL OPENING WITH 5. ROUTE CONDENSATE FROM AHU; WITH TRAP, BELOW SLAB AND FOAM INSULATION AIR TO STORM DRAIN PER PLAN. :SIZE PER DETAIL 4/M501. TIGHT AFTER LINES ARE INSTALLED 6, ROUTE REFRIGERANT LINES FROM CONDENSER UNITS THROUGH PRE -FABRICATED ROOF PER DETAIL 3 THIS SHEET, THEN THROUGH TRUSS SY,STEI�1 CURB. RE 6-A501. AND TO AIR HANDLER UNITS. TOP OF 7, MOUNT CONDENSER ON ROOF PER MANUFACTURER'S ROOF DECK RECOMMENDATIONS. CONSULT STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TIE DOWN AND WIND LOAD PROTECTION. 8. ROUTE DUCT BETWEEN JOIST MEMBERS IN THIS AREA. REFIGERANT LINES THROUGH ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: 1/8 = 14" FAN SCHEDULE TAG EF-1 SERVICE EXHAUST AIR QUANTITY (CFM) 100 EXT. STATIC PRESS, (IN. H20) 0.375 FAN TYPE CEILING DRIVE DIRECT SONES 3.6 MOTOR (WATTS) 70 FAN SPEED (RPM) 1500 POWER (V/0) ) 120/1 CONTROL INTERLOCK W/ R/R LIGHT SWITCH LOCATION TOILET ROOM MANUFACTURER COOK MODEL GC-140 NOTES 1 WITH PLUG-IN DISCONNECT. PROVIDE CONTROL- BY MANUAL LIGHT 2, SWITCH W/ 5 MIN. DELAY. FAN SHALL RUN 5 MIN. AFTER LIGHT IS OFF. COORDINATE W/ ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF SWITCH. MECHANICAL ` LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION �--� DUCTWORK, PIPING, OR EQUIPMENT may, FLEXIBLE DUCT �--♦ DUCTWORK TRANSITION MANUAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL ^DAMPER SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT SECTION RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT SECTION ® SUPPLY AIR DEVICE Z RETURN AIR DEVICE ® EXHAUST AIR DEVICE -u-- UNDERCUT DOOR Yq" TO WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT ® WALL MOUNTED TEMPERATURE SENSOR SD SMOKE DETECTOR F� FIRESTAT CD CEILING DIFFUSER RGC RETURN GRILLE AT CEILING --C-- CONDENSATE PIPING TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION THE ROOF. TOP UNIT SHALL BE STARTED AND STOPPED FROM A ROOM THERMOSTAT.0 N A CALL FOR COOLING, THE THERMOSTAT SHALL ENERGIZE THE COMPRESSOR(S) TO MAINTAIN SET POINT. ON A CALL FOR HEATING, THE THERMOSTAT SHALL ENERGIZE THE ELECTRIC HEAT IN STAGE(S) TO MAINTAIN SET POINT. SUPPLY FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE SYMBOL MANUF./CAT. NO. TYPE NECK FRAME REMARKS FINISH 0-145 CFM = 6"0 OR 611X6" 12" X 12" FLANGE FTITUS - TDC CEILING 150-200 CFM = 8"0 OR 8" X8" BAK. WHT. (FULL FACE) DIFFUSER ENAMEL 205-350 CFM = 10"0 OR 10"X10" 355-575 CFM = 12"0 OR 12"X12" 12" X 6" (MAX. 300 CFM) 14" X 8" TITUS = 30OFS WALL FLANGE BAK. WHT. REGISTER 12" X 8" (MAX. 400 CFM) 14" X 10" ENAMEL ZRETURN TITUS - 350FL AIR GRILLE 20" X 20" (MAX. 1280 CFM) 26" X 2611 FLANGE BAK. WHT. 36" X 20" (MAX. 1600 CFM) 38" X 22' ENAMEL OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATION SPACE TOTAL MODIFIED _ CFM/ S.F.== CFM REQUIRED CFM SUPPLIED TENANT 100 1022 818 0.30 245 320 TENANTS 101 1550 1240 0.30 1 185 =_= 300 = NET OCCUPIABLE FLOOR AREA (801 OF TOTAL AREA) _= PER ASHRAE STANDARD 62-1999 __= PER FLORIDA BUILDING CODE -MECHANICAL 403.3 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER SCHEDULE MARK AHU-1/CU-1 AHU-2/CU-2 AHU-3/CU-3 TOTAL COOLING CAP (MBH @ ARD 46.0 33.8 46.0 SENSIBLE COOLING CAP. (MBH @ ARD 33.6 25.8 .' 33.6 NOMINAL TONS 4 3 4 - SUPPLY AIR (CFM) 1600 1200 1600 OUTSIDE" AIR (CFM) 320 300 0 EXTERNAL STATIC PRESS. (IN.WTR.) .5 .5 .5 EVAPORATOR FAN HP 3/4 1/3 3/4 VOLT/- 208/1 208/1 208/1 FLA 4.3 2.7 4.3 ELECTRIC HEAT KW 10 5 10 VOLT/= 208/1 208/1 208/1 STAGES 1 1 1 COMPRESSORS NUMBER 1 _1 1 VOLT/= 208/3 208/3 208/13 RLA/LRA (EA) 14.1/105.0 10.0/70.0 14.1/105 STAGING (%) 0-100 0-100 0-100 CONDENSER FAN NUMBER 1 1 1 VOLT/= 208/3 208/3 208/3 HP (EA) 1/4 1/4 1/4 FLA (EA) 1.4 1.4 1.4 AREA SERVED AREA 100 AREA 101 AREA 101 MANUFACTURER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER AHU MODEL FB4ANFO48 FB4ANFO36 FB4ANF048 CU MODEL * 38 CKC048 38 CKC036 38 CKC048 MINIMUM EER OR SEER 10 10 10 OPERATING WEIGHT (AHU/CU) 157/177 127/129 157/177 NOTES: EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE AVAILABLE AFTER COIL, FAN CASING, CLEAN 1. FILTER, AND ELECTRIC HEATER LOSSES. REFRIGERANT LINES AND INSULATION SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED IN 2' STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE SUBMITTALS ON INSULATION WITH EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS. 3 PROVIDE 1" THROWAWAY FILTERS. PROVIDE HEATING/COOLING THERMOSTAT AND 24 VOLT CONTROL WIRING. 4• THERMOSTAT SHALL HAVE THE SAME NUMBER OF STAGES OF HEATING AND COOLING AS THE UNIT AND DUAL SET POINT. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS UNIT. PROVIDE 5 MINUTE TIME DELAY TO PREVENT COMPRESSOR SHORT CYCLING. 5. PROVIDE FIRESTAT IN RETURN AIR DUCT PRIOR TO MIXING WITH OUTSIDE AIR. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 1, INTENT OF THESE NOTES AND MECHANICAL NOTES ON DRAWINGS IS TO CLARIFY THE SCOPE OF 15. ALL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE 4-WAY THROW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WORK AND ALERT CONTRACTOR OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR TO VISIT SITE AND VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES BEFORE FABRICATION 16. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, INSTALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF OF DUCTWORK AND PROVIDE ADDITIONAL OFFSET AND/OR CHANGES IN DUCT SIZES TO MEET FIELD STRUCTURE. COORDINATE DUCT ELEVATION WITH RAIN LEADERS, WATER PIPING, SANITARY DRAINS CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SUBCONTRACTOR AND MAJOR ELECTRICALCONDUITS. BEFORE ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL REQUIRED TO SUSPEND MECHANICAL 2. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED SHEET METAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. INSTALLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST SMACNA STANDARDS. INSULATION SHALL HAVE AN MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT. INSTALLED MINIMUM THERMAL RESISTANCE (R) VALUE OF 6.0. ALL EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE UNINSULATED SHEET METAL CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST SMACNA STANDARDS. ALL 18. VERIFY VOLTAGE WITH ELECTRICAL BEFORE ORDERING EQUIPMENT. JOINTS SHALL BE SECURELY TAPED WITH 3" WIDE GLASS FABRIC TAPE WITH FOSTER 30/35 MASTIC OR EQUAL: NOTE: ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS 5'-0" AND GREATER FROM THE ROOFTOP 19. PROVIDE A TRAP IN ALL CONDENSATE PIPING LOCATED AT THE AIR HANDLER UNIT. SLOPE UNIT MAY BE; AT OWNER'S OPTION, MINIMUM R-6 RIGID FIBERGLASS DUCT BOARD. OWNER SHALL CONDENSATE LINES 1/8" PER FOOT. CONDENSATE LINES SHALL BE PVC SCH. 40. ALL CONDENSATE SUBMIT A LETTER TO ENGINEER TO AUTHORIZE THE USE OF FIBERGLASS DUCT BOARD. FLEXIBLE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE : PROPERLY SUPPORTED. DUCTS:' EITHER SPIRAL ROUND SPRING STEEL WITH FLAMEPROOF VINYL SHEATHING, OR CORRUGATED ALUMINUM. COMPLY WITH UL 181. PROVIDE 1" THICK " CONTINUOUS FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS SHEATH 20 ALL MECHANICAL WORK SHALL MEET ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE "FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE WITH VINYL VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. 2001". DUCT SHALL BE SECURELY SUPPORTED, HUNG OR SUSPENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 603 OF 21. GUARANTEE; FOR ONE YEAR AFTER DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER, ALL EQUIPMENT, 3., THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE MECHANICAL 2001.MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP TO BE FREE FROM DEFECT. ROOF TOP UNIT OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 104" FROM ANY EXHAUST OR DO NOT CUT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL 22' 4. SANITARY VENT THROUGH ROOF PIPING. ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT. ARRANGE FOR REPAIRS REQUIRED TO RESTORE OTHER WORK, BECAUSE OF DAMAGE CAUSED AS A RESULT OF MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS. PROVIDE ALL ROOF TOP UNITS WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED SERVICE AREA CLEARANCES 5. AND ELECTRICAL CONVENIENCE OUTLETS. FLEXIBLE AND RIGID ROUND DUCT TAKE -OFFS FOR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS 23. DIFFUSER NECK. MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH SHALL BE 8'-0". FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE ALL ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REINFORCED TO WITHSTAND 110 MPH WIND LOAD DESIGN. SEE THERMAFLEX TYPE M-KA OR EQUAL, AND BE UL LISTED AND COMPLY WITH NFPA STANDARD NO.90A. 6• "ROOF CURB DETAIL FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT". ALL WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTATS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ELEVATION OF 54" ABOVE FINISHED ALL TRANSFER DUCTWORK LEADING TO REST ROOMS SHALL HAVE A ZERO LEAKAGE BACK DRAFT 24• FLOOR TO THE TOP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. LOCATION OF THE WALL MOUNTED 7. DAMPER AS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES FOR A NEAT APPEARANCE. FINAL LOCATION OF THERMOSTAT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OR HIS ALL AIR HANDLER UNITS TO HAVING SMOKE DETECTORS IN SUPPLY AND/OR RETURN DUCTWORK REPRESENTATIVE IN THE FIELD. 8. SHALL SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON ACTIVATION. ALL UNITS SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 10 PERCENT OF THE DESIGN AIR QUANTITY. BALANCE IN GENERAL, PLANS AND DIAGRAMS ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE SCALED. HVAC 25. DIFFUSERS AND REGISTERS TO WITHIN 10 PERCENT OF QUANTITIES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 9. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDED ELECTRICAL COSTS WHICH MAY RESULT FROM SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE NEOPRENE DUCT CONNECTORS ON THE DISCHARGE AND ENTERING SIDES OF ALL 26• VIBRATING EQUIPMENT TO WHICH DUCTWORK IS ATTACHED. DUCTWORK INSULATION SHALL BE 1-1/2" FOIL FACED FIBERGLASS DUCT WRAP. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF A TEST AND BALANCE REPORT, AIR BALANCING SHALL BE COORDINATE AIR DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES. 27. PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AND BALANCING CONTRACTOR WHICH SHALL BE 11 QUALIFIED AND CERTIFIED BY EITHER ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL TURNING VANES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL SUPPLY DUCT RECTANGULAR ELBOWS WITH ANGLES ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB). THIS REPORT MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY 12. BETWEEN 15 DEGREES AND LESS THAN 90 DEGREES PER FIG. 2-5 OF THE SMACNA MANUAL. THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO THE FINAL INSPECTION. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, CTO S ALL TRADES INSTALLATION SCHEDULES. FIXED THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR I RESPONSIBLE -FOR 13. REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND OTHER ITEMS OF THE AIR HANDLING SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED 28. WORK SUCH AS DUCTWORK AND PLUMBING SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY TRADE WORK THAT BY THE CEILING OR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. CAN BE EASILY RELOCATED OR OFFSET SUCH AS ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, SMALL WATER LINES ETC. ALL FANS SUPPLYING MORE THAN 2000 CFM OF AIR TO ANY SPACE AND RECALCULATING FAN ERRORS OR OMISSIONS: WHEN THE INTENT OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WITH REGARD TO ANY DETAIL 14. SYSTEMS SERVING AREAS OF EGRESS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A SMOKE DETECTOR(S) IN THE 29. IS NOT CLEAR, OR IS CAPABLE OF MORE THAN ONE INTERPRETATION, SUCH MATTERS WILL BE SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK PRIOR TO MIXING WITH OUTSIDE AIR. THE SMOKE DETECTOR(S) BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN WRITING BEFORE THE SUBMISSION SHALL BE WIRED TO STOP THE FAN UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE, AND SIGNAL THE BUILDING FIRE OF BIDS, AND THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL MAKE CORRECTION OR EXPLANATION IN WRITING. ALARM CONTROL PANEL PER NFPA 72. IF THE BUILDING IS NOT PROVIDED WITH AN APPROVED FIRE OTHERWISE, NO EXTRA CHARGE WILL BE ALLOWED FOR THE WORK OR MATERIAL WHICH THE ALARM SYSTEM, THE SMOKE DETECTOR(S) SHALL CAUSE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE ALARM SIGNAL IN A ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WILL REQUIRE, PROVIDED THAT IT COMES WITHIN A REASONABLE NORMALLY OCCUPIED AREA PER NFPA 90A. WHERE AN APPROVED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS INSTALLED INTERPRETATION OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IN A BUILDING, THE SMOKE DETECTOR(S) SHALL BE FURNISHED AND WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL OR FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR, AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED AS A GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK TO BE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE, SMOKE DETECTOR(S) SHALL BE INSTALLED 30. PERFORMED. ALL ITEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN, BUT NECESSARY FOR THE BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH THE MECHANICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS FINAL BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF/HERSELF WITH THE PLANS. U a� �o Uu Lo N E �� I1 tl- co U i o Q-F�� -V ON V D a O04 co .21 a . .Q O U E\ CD Q.� ° N �r `o 0 ❑ N o o_ x U o 0 w0 Q N N E , Qp a O �T N = 3 L E 0 Y L a a U U o r v a 0 a v H a v E N a V a n i 0 C. 0 U r U w a LLj M o o z r LLJ o � o O L j N O Z CC) Y Z- w o N a w � N m CJ i 44" MAXIMUM MAXIMUM SAG %2" PER FOOT © \OF SUPPORT SPACING. FLEXIBLE DUCT NOTES: 1. DUCT SHOULD EXTEND STRAIGHT FOR SEVERAL INCHES FROM A CONNECTION BEFORE BENDING. 2. SUPPORT SYSTEM MUST NOT DAMAGE DUCT OR CAUSE OUT OF ROUND SHAPE. FLEX DUCT SUPPORT SCALE: NTS RE: M101 MOUNT CAI ANCHOR W CADMIUM P SCREWS 1'2 FLASHING BY ROOFE 1�/2" EXTEI INSULATIOP SEAL WATT.....,... --METAL STRAP 11/2" MINIMUM BIRD SCREEN CAULKING BEAD OR GASKET FULL PERIMETER OF CURB BY HVAC. TREATED WOOD NAILER 12 PREFABRICATED CURB BY HVAC INaTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ROOF SUPPORT ANGLES AS REQUIRED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 2" SUMP OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR VOLUME (TYP.) DAMPER RETURN DUCT SUPPLY DUCT CEILING TRANSITION DUCT AS REQUIRE, FOR DUCTWORK TO FIT PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT EACH CHANGE BETWEEN JOIST OF DIRECTION OR EVERY 30' SUPPLY DUCT VOLUME DAMPER (SUPPLY AND RETURN) � PROVIDE PLUG SPIN -IN FITTING FOR MAINTENANCE INSULATED ROUND WITH DAMPER . � DLF XIBLE DUCT DRAIN LINE. SLOPE WITH >< SIZE X. 8'-0" LONG) CONDENSATE DRAIN AHU SIZ A FLOW/8"/FT TOWARD ATCH FUS�RMNECKW/ TRAP STORM DRAIN SEEA LOCATION PLAN FOR ROUND METAL DUCT ULATION CONDENSATE (EXTERNAL INSULATION) NMAX. TONS PIPE SIZE EOPREENE AND CORK 2 A =FAN SUCTION PRESSURE + 1 INCH PAD BETWEEN STEEL STAND & AHU FLOOR 5 CEILING CEILING DIFFUSER 30 1'/a° RETURN AIR PLENUM 1�/2" X 1�/2" X1/4STEEL FILED FABRICATED ANGLE STAND CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL- CEILING DIFFUSER RUNOUT DETAIL AHU INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS RE: M101 RE: M101 3 RE: M101 / —------------.-----------'�� i - — — — — MAX. 200 fi , i I I TRANSITION 0.25 D (4" MIN. PER SMACNA) I RETAINING CLIP RECTANGULAR DUCT �. ALTERNATE LOCATION 6a C-CLAMP W/RETAINING CLIP HANGER ROD I I IS ON TOP OF JOIST ]LI 16b C-CLAMP W/LOCK NUT (OPTIONAL) i i CHORD i CONNECTIONS TO JOIST 1 \ OPEN WEB JOIST I •• VOLUME DAMPER ----------- -----------�-------------� CONICAL FITTING WITH LOCKING TYPE VOLUME DAMPER. 2'-8" MAX. TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORTING FLEX DUCT OR ROUND SHEET, MEMBER. METAL DUCT. FLEX DUCT MAX. 8'-0" LONG, USE CLAMP 1 TO ATTACH FLEX DUCTS AND #10 SELF TAPPING SEAL SUPPORT DUCT EVERY SHEET SCREWS FOUR FEET FROM STRUCTURE EQUALLY SPACED (18" O.0 MAXIMUM.) TYPICAL 4 SIDES VERTICAL - HANGERS I 10 1 2 MA OF BOLTS EQUAL 1 MIN. t OF ANGLE . i HORIZ. BRACE I ' LONGITUDINAL CABLE BRACE r EA. SIDE OF HANGER, EA. MAX. 1 IDE OF DUCT 2 � � . 1 MIN TRANSVERSE o CABLE BRACE I r DUCT SIZE Uj ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE SAFETY HANGER 1"X12 GA WIRE OR 1"X18 GA METAL STRAP UP TO 24"0 CEILING "'-------CEILING DIFFUSER CABLE SIDE BRACING FOR CEILING DIFFUSER ROOF EXHAUST .CAP DETAIL BRANCH DUCT DETAIL7 SAFETY SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NTS RECTANGULAR DUCTS SCALE: NTS RE: M101 SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS RE: M101 RE: M101 RE: M101 ALTERNATE LOCATION IS ON TOP OF JOIST CHORD I - - OPEN WEB JOIST - - - w m - x � (2) 8 GA. WIRE 1 - (2) 8 GA. WIRE <l-z o � \- 3/8 ROD - ' N o \ 12'-0" MAX I I I a SPACING N V)o MACHINE BOLT III ~ M � x 1" X 20 GA. SHEET METAL - - DUCT SIZE STRAP MAX. 30" DIA. ROUND DUCT SUPPORT & BRACING DETAIL SCALE: NTS RE: M101 U N O O U u Lo cV E co o U _I� n 00 a N M CS a o� LL N a) o 00 Z N o a a g0 o OX N Cl� N °o w N `o N a N Z .3 �a L 3 O 1 " 1 O E 0 .y 0 a U d U 0 Y v a 0 E v 0 v E i N C 0 0- 0 V u w L LUf..G� Q 0 i Y v a T J] N O N 1�y `V `av1w, ' - 0 v o (�m V 9 u i? c v 0 v E U 0 a � v L O 0 V O v N N J E u N O w .2 LO W v J w — — _ — N o CD z n w C) OW N �. z C9 Z w c� }a O 2 \ M501 4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN WRITTEN WITH THE INTENT OF VARIOUS EQUIPMENT BEING INSTALLED. NOT ALL EQUIPMENT MAY BE REQUIRED ON THIS PROJECT. REVIEW POWER, LIGHTING PLANS AND DETAILS FOR ITEMS AND/OR EQUIPMENT THAT WILL APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. REFERENCES UTILIZE THE FOLLOWING ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS FOR DISCERNMENT WITHIN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE IEEE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS ASA AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION IES ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE CBM CERTIFIED BALLAST MANUFACTURERS NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION EIA ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES ASSOCIATION NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION ETL ELECTRICAL TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. OSHA OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT ICEA INSULATED CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION UL UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. SECTION 16010 -GENERAL PROVISIONS THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM READY FOR THE OWNER'S OPERATION. ANY ITEM NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECS BUT IS NORMALLY REQUIRED TO CONFORM WITH THE INTENT, ARE TO BE CONSIDERED A PART OF THE CONTRACT. THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS IS NOT TO SHOW EVERY MINOR DETAIL OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ITEMS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYS TEM. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS, OR IN THEIR OPINION FINDS OMISSIONS OR ERRORS ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS IT IS THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING IT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. IF CONTRACTOR PROCEEDS WITH ANY CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITHOUT WRITTEN PRIOR APPROVAL fROM THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECT THE CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE COMPENSATED. ALL MATERIALS USED SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY, INC. LABEL PROVIDED A STANDARD HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE MATERIAL BEING USED. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM WITH THE LATEST EDITIONS (U.O.N.) OF THE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES OF THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, THE SERVING UTILITY COMPANIES, N.F.P.A., NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODES AND ORDINANCES, INCLUDING ALL AMENDMENTS TO THE N.E.C. EQUIPMENT, AND WHERE APPLICABLE, WILL BE LISTED WITH THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC., THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE, LIFE SAFETY CODE, AND THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT. THE WORKMANSHIP AND QUALITY .ESTABLISHED BY THESE DRAWINGS AND SPEC'S SHALL NOT BE REDUCED BY THE ABOVE MENTIONED CODES. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR EXCEED THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF NEMA, IEEE, AND UL. SHOULD ANY CHANGE TO THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS BE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY SUCH WORK BEING EXECUTED. ALL LOCAL FEES, PERMITS, AND REQUIRED INSURANCE FOR PROTECTION AGAINST PUBLIC LIABILITY OF PROPERTY DAMAGE OR THE DURATION OF THE WORK, AND SERVICES OF INSPECTION AND TESTING AUTHORITIES SHALL BE OBTAINED AND PAD FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID ANY COSTS TO BE INCURRED RELATIVE TO POWER SERVICE (PRIMARY AND/OR SECONDARY) AND TELEPHONE SERVICE. CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE FULLY WITH THE LOCAL COMPANIES WITH RESPECT TO THEIR SERVICES. BIDDERS ARE TO SATISFY THEMSELVES AS TO THE NATURE AND SCOPE OF WORK BY VISITING THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE SUBMISSION OF A BID WILL BE EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE. LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT, OR MATERIALS REQUIRED, OR FOR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN BY AN EXAMINATION OF THE SITE PRIOR TO THE BID WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN A FIRST CLASS WORKMANLIKE MANNER, -AND BE INSTALLED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CERTAIN MATERIALS WILL BE PROVIDED BY OTHER TRADES. EXAMINE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO ASCERTAIN THESE REQUIREMENTS. CAREFULLY CHECK SPACE REQUIREMENTS WITH OTHER TRADES AND THE PHYSICAL CONFINES OF THE AREA TO INSURE THAT ALL MATERIAL CAN BE INSTALLED IN THE SPACES ALLOTTED THERETO INCLUDING FINISHED SUSPENDED CEILINGS. MAKE MODIFICATIONS THERETO AS REQUIRED AND APPROVED. TRANSMIT TO OTHER TRADES ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR WORK TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THEIR RESPECTIVE SECTIONS IN AMPLE TIME FOR INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER THE PROGRESS OF HIS WORK TO CONFORM TO THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK OF THE OTHER TRADES AND SHALL COMPLETE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION AS SOON AS THE CONDITIONS OF THE BUILDING WILL PERMIT. ANY COST RESULTING FROM THE DEFECTIVE OF ILL-TIMED WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR ANY CORRECTIONS OF DEFECTS TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE AND TO INCLUDE REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OF ANY OTHER PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION WHICH MAY HAVE BEEN DAMAGED THEREBY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SHIPPING AND STORING OF ALL PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PROTECT THEM FROM DAMAGE AND WEATHER. IF ITEMS ARE DAMAGED, TAKE IMMEDIATE STEPS TO OBTAIN REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR. ANY SUCH REPAIRS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR SHALL STORE MATERIALS IN SUITABLE SHELTER FROM THE ELEMENTS, BUT READILY ACCESSIBLY FOR INSPECTION BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER UNTIL INSTALLED. STORE ALL ITEMS SUBJECT TO MOISTURE DAMAGE IN DRY, HEATED SPACES. PROVIDE SUPPORTS, HANGERS AND AUXILIARY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF THE WORK. FURNISH AND SET ALL SLEEVES FOR PASSAGE OF RACEWAYS THROUGH STRUCTURAL. MASONRY AND CONCRETE WALLS OF FLOORS AND ELSEWHERE AS WILL BE REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER PROTECTION OF EACH RACEWAY PASSING THROUGH BUILDING SURFACES. IF WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT IS TO BE SECURED TO WALLS THE USE OF STEEL BOLTS ARE TO BE USED TO MAINTAIN AT LEAST 1" AR SPACE BETWEEN EQUIPMENT AND SUPPORTING WALL. GROUPS OF EQUIPMENT MAY BE MOUNTED ON ADEQUATELY SIZED STEEL ANGLES, CHANNELS, OR BARS. PREFABRICATED STEEL CHANNELS PROVIDING A HIGH DEGREE OF MOUNTING FLEXIBILITY, SUCH AS THOSE MANUFACTURED BY GLOB-STRUTT, KINDORF, AND UNISTRUT, MAY BE USED FOR MOUNTING GROUPS OF EQUIPMENT. AN ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL DEVIATIONS SHALL BE KEPT AS TO THE WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND THAT WHICH IS ACTUALLY INSTALLED SO THAT A SET OF AS BUILT DRAWINGS CAN BE MADE BY CONTRACTOR, WERE UPON COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY THE OWNER,A NEAT AND LEGIBLE SET OF PRINTS CAN BE DELIVERED. THE CONTRACTOR SHA L GUARANTEE ALL MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER, EXCEPT THAT WHERE GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES FOR LONGER TERMS ARE SPECIFIED. WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER NOTIFICATION, CORRECT ANY DEFICIENCIES THAT OCCUR DURING THE GUARANTEE PERIOD AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, ALL TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. OBTAIN SIMILAR GUARANTEES FROM SUB- CONTRACTORS, MANUFACTURERS, SUPPLIERS AND SUBTRADE SPECIALISTS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AT THE SITE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION WITH THE LOCAL POWER COMPANY TO RELATE WORK WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY'S RESPONSIBILITIES TO MEET THE OWNERS SCHEDULE, L PROVIDE SUBMITTALS FOR SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT SUCH AS SITE LIGHTING, CONTRACTOR SHAL LIGHT FIXTURES, SWITCHGEAR, WIRING DEVICES, EMERGENCY GENERATOR/TRANSFER EQUIPMENT, AND ALL SYSTEMS (FIRE'S APPROVAL TO SUBMIT. ALARM, SECURITY ETC.) TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR TO BID DATE (TWO COPIES) FOR ENGINEER ENGINEER'S APPROVAL OF THE PRIOR APPROVAL PACKAGE WILL BE CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY. FINAL APPROVAL WILL BE CONTINGENT UPON REVIEW OF FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS. ALL PROPOSED ALTERNATES MUST BE INDUSTRY STANDARD EQUALS TO THE ITEMS SPECIFIED AS THE BASIS OF DESIGN; HOWEVER, IF THE ITEMS ARE NOT CONSIDERED EQUAL BY ACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR/ EN CONTRA IF ELEC TRICAL THE ENGINEER, IT .SHALL BE DISAPPROVED FOR FINALSUBMITTAL. DOES NOT SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR ITEMS LISTED ABOVE, ELECTRICAL ENGINEER WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY, AND OR OMISSIONS OR ERRORS DUE TO SHOP DRAWINGS NOT SUBMITTED. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL ONLY BE REVIEWED TWICE AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. ADDITIONAL SHOP DRAWING REVIEWS SHALL BE INVOICED AT $85.00 PER HOUR, BILLABLE TO THE SUB -CONTRACTOR, C.O.D. ALTERNATE SITE FIXTURES SHALL INCLUDE A COMPUTER GENERATED POINT-TO-POINT PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION BASED ON THE PLANS (FIXTURE CHARACTERISTICS AND POLE PLACEMENT SHALL NOT BE ALTERED). THIS DIAGRAM SHALL SHOW COMPOSITE VALUES OF THE ILLUMINANCE PROJECTED FROM THE ARRANGEMENT OF LIGHT SOURCES AS SHOWN ON PLAN. COMPUTER PLOT DIAGRAM SHALL ALSO SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF THE POLES, SPACING BETWEEN POLES, THE MOUNTING HEIGHT USED IN THE CALCULATIONS, AND THE FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBER BEING USED. A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS SHALL BE MANTANED AT THE JOB SITE WITH COLORED MARKINGS INDICATING PROGRESS OR WORK. THIS SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS IS TO BE SEPARATE FROM AND IN ADDITION TO CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SET. EVERY UNIT OF EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, CONDUIT AND WIRE IS TO BE MARKED WHEN INSTALLED. USE GREEN TO INDICATE INSTALLATION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND USE RED TO INDICATED FIELD CHANGES. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THIS SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS IS TO BE TURNED OVER TO, AND BECOME PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THE DRAWINGS FROM TIME TO TIME TO INDICATE CHANGES IN THE WORK. WHEN REVISED DRAWINGS AND/OR ANY REVISIONS ARE ISSUED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EVALUATE THE CHANGES PROMPTLY. BEFORE INSTALLATION OF ANY ITEM OR PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK INDICATED BY THE REVISED DRAWING OR REVISIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER iN WRITING THAT THE REVISED DRAWINGS INVOLVE AN ADDITION OR DEDUCTION OF A SPECIFIC AMOUNT OF MONEY TO THE CONTRACT PRICE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH THE REVISED WORK WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OWNER OF THE COST OF THE REVISED WORK. ALL LOAD DATA HAS BEEN BASED ON INFORMATION GIVEN ENGINEER/ARCHITECT AT THE TIME OF DESIGN. VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE RATINGS BEFORE ORDERING. FURNISH AND INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, WIRING AND CONNECTIONS ON AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REGARDING SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF ALL REQUIRED CONTROLS. SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES STANDARDS - EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY GOVERNING CODES AND BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, COMPLY WITH THE LATEST APPLICABLE PROVISIONS AND LATEST RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT 3. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING a) U.L. STANDARD UL-6 a) U.L. STANDARD UL-7971 b) A.N.S,I. C80-1 b) A.N.S.I. C80-3 c) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION WW-C-581E c) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION WW-C-563 2. INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT 4. FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT a) U.L. STANDARD UL-1242 a) U.L. STANDARD UL-1 b) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION WW-C-581E 5. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 6. NON-METALLIC CONDUIT a) U.L. STANDARD UL-360 a) U.L. STANDARD UL-651 c) N.E.M.A. STANDARD TC-2 7. WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS b) A.N.S.L STANDARD F512 d) FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS a) U.L. STANDARD UL-870 GSA-FSS AND W-C-1094-A DO NOT USE ALUMINUM CONDUIT FOR ANY PURPOSES. RACEWAY TYPES STANDARD THREADED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. 1. RIGID CONDUIT HEAVY WALL GALVANIZED. 2. THREADED TYPE FITTINGS: ERICKSON COUPLINGS WHERE THREADED CANNOT BE USED. INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT 1. LIGHT WEIGHT RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. 2. THREADED TYPE FITTINGS: ERICKSON COUPLINGS WHERE THREADED CANNOT BE USED. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING 1. CONTINUOUS, SEAMLESS TUBING, GALVANIZED OR SHERADIZED ON THE EXTERIOR, COATED ON THE INTERIOR WITH A SMOOTH HARD FINISH OF LACQUER, VARNISH, OR, ENAMEL. 2. COUPLINGS AND CONNECTORS: a) INDOOR AND TWO (29 INCHES IN SIZE AND SMALLER, SHALL BE STEEL SET -SCREW TYPE FITTINGS. b) 21/2" SIZE AND LARGER MUST EMPLOY STEEL COMPRESSION GLAND FITTINGS. c) OUTDOOR SHALL BE RAINTIGHT STEEL COMPRESSION GLAND FITTINGS. 3. INDENT TYPE FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE USED. 4. ALL CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE INSULATED THROAT. PROVIDE APPROVED CONCRETE TIGHT FITTINGS. 5. WHERE INSTALLED IN SLAB OR CONCRETE WORK, PR FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT 1. SINGLE STRIP, CONTINUOUS, FLEXIBLE INTERLOCKED, DOUBLE. -WRAPPED STEEL, GALVANIZED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE, FORMING SMOOTH INTERNAL WIRING CHANNEL. 2. MAXIMUM LENGTH: (SIX 6) FEET. 3. EACH SECTION OF RACEWAY MUST CONTAIN AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING WIRE BONDED AT EACH END AND SIZED AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CONNECTORS WITH INSULATING BUSHINGS. 4. STEEL SQUEEZE -TYPE OR STEEL SET SCREW TYPE FITTINGS. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT 1. SAME AS FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT EXCEPT WITH TOUGH, INSERT WATER -TIGHT PLASTIC OUTER JACKET. 2. CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODY AND GLAND NUT, CADMIUM PLATED WITH ONE-PIECE BRASS GROUNDING BUSHINGS WHICH TREAD TO INTERIOR OF CONDUIT. SPIRAL MOLDED VINYL SEALING RING BETWEEN GLAND NUT AND BUSHING AND NYLON INSULATED THROAT. NON-METALLIC RACEWAY 1. COMPOSED OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE SUITABLE FOR 90 DEGREES C. 2, RACEWAY, FITTINGS, AND CEMENT MUST BE PRODUCED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER WHO MUST HAVE HAD A MINIMUM OF TEN (10) YEARS EXPERIENCE IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS 3. MATERIALS MUST HAVE A TENSILE STRENGTH OF 7,000-7,200 PSI AT 73.4 DEGREES F., FLEXURAL STRENGTH OF 12,000 PSI AND COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ,OF 9,000 PSI. 4. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SOLVENT CEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MANUFACTURER. GROUND RACEWAYS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF %q" GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC. ALL UNDER ALL OTHER RACEWAYS TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES. WHERE RIGID STEEL CONDUIT IS USED, IT SHALL BE COMPLETELY COATED WITH AN ALKALI AND RUST RESISTANT-BITUMASTIC PAINT, KOPPER NO. 50, AND THREADS SHALL BE COATED WITH ZINC CHROMATE. RIGID STEEL SHALL ALSO BE USED WHEN CONDUIT IS EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR ENVIRONMENT SUCH AS EXTERIOR OF BUILDING OR WHERE IT IS EXPOSED AND SUBJECT TO DAMAGE, INSIDE OF BUILDING. ALL BOXES SHALL BE RECESSED (FLUSH) IN WALLS OR CEILINGS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. RACEWAYS IN HUNG CEILING SHALL BE RUN ON AND SECURED TO SLAB OR PRIMARY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OF CEILING, NOT TO LATHING CHANNELS OR T-BARS, Z-BARS, OR OTHER ELEMENTS WHICH ARE THE DIRECT SUPPORTS OF THE CEILING PANELS. SECURE CONDUIT FIRMLY TO STEEL BY CLIPS AND FITTINGS DESIGNED FOR THAT PURPOSE. INSTALL AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, BUT NOT LESS THAN 1'-0" ABOVE HUNG CEILINGS. SUPPORT RACEWAYS AT INTERVALS NO GREATER THAN TEN (10) FEET AND WITH ONE SUPPORT WITHIN THREE (3) FEET OF EACH COUPLING, BOX, FITTING, OR OUTLET BOX. PROVIDE ONE SUPPORT WITHIN THREE (3) FEET OF EACH ELBOW OR BEND. OUTLET, JUNCTION, AND PULL BOXES CAST TYPE CONDUIT BOXES, OUTLET BODIES AND FITTINGS 1. PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES, IN INDOOR LOCATIONS, WHERE EXPOSED TO MOISTURE AND IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS. 2. USE FERROUS ALLOY BOXES AND CONDUIT BODIES WITH RIGID STEEL OR IMC. E 3, COVERS: CAST OR SHEET METAL UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. 4.TAPERED THREADS FOR HUBS. GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OUTLET BOXES 1. GENERAL a) PRESSED STEEL, GALVANIZED OR CADMIUM -PLATED, MINIMUM OF FOUR (49 INCHES, OCTAGONAL OR SQUARE. WITH GALVANIZED COVER OR EXTENSION RING AS REQUIRED. 2. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE BOX, INDOORS a) NOMINAL FOUR (4") INCH SQUARE, 1-1/2" OR 2-1/8II DEEP AS REQUIRED, WITH RASED COVER UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. GANGABLE BOXES SHALL NOT BE USED. 3. TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX, INDOORS a) NOMINAL FOUR (49 INCH SQUARE, 2-1/8" DEEP, WITH RAISED COVER UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, GANGABLE BOXES SHALL NOT BE USED. 4. LIGHTING FIXTURE BOX a) FOUR (49 INCH OCTAGON WITH %" FIXTURE STUD. WHERE b) FOR SUSPENDED CEILING WORK, FOUR (4) INCH OCTAGON WITH REMOVABLE BACKPLATE REQUIRED, ANDTWO (2) PARALLEL BARS FOR SECURING TO THE CROSS -FURRING CHANNELS AND EXTEND FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO EACH FIXTURE. 5. PLUG ANY OPEN KNOCKOUTS NOT UTILIZED. BACK-TO-BACK OUTLETS IN THE SAME WALL, OR "THRU-WALL TYPE BOXES ARE NOT PERMITTED. PROVIDE TWELVE (12") INCHES (MINIMUM) SPACING FOR OUTLETS SHOWN ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A COMMON WALL TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSMISSION. PROVIDE TWENTY FOUR (24") INCH (MINIMUM) HORIZONTAL SPACING FOR OUTLETS SHOWN ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A FIRE RATED WALL TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. 11 ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AN APPROVED RACEWAY, EMT, IMC, RIGID GALVANIZED ` CONDUIT OR SCHED. 40 P.V.C. THERE SHALL BE NO TYPE NM, MC, ELECTRICAL NON-MATALLIC TUBING, AND FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITING. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 120V CIRCUITS ALLOWED IN A COMMON CONDUIT -SHALL BE SIX (6). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STRICTLY CONFORM TO THE N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS OF DERATING FOR CONDUCTOR AMPACITY AND CONDUIT FILL. NO CONDUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED EXPOSED ON ROOF. SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE PRODUCTS CONDUCTOR 1. ELECTRICAL GRADE ANNEALED COPPER, TINNED IF RUBBER INSULATED, AND FABRICATED 1N ACCORDANCE ASTM STANDARDS. MINIMUM SIZE •12 FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS AND'#14 FOR CONTROL WIRING. WITH A , 2. THE CONDUCTORS ILLUSTRATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE COPPER. . STRANDING 1 1 2 AND # 1 0 SOLID. DESIGN ATIONS. 2. CABLES LARGER THAN #10, STRANDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM CLASS B STRANDINGNATIONS 3. CONTROL WIRES STRANDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM CLASS B STRANDING DESIGNATIONS INSULATED SINGLE CONDUCTORS 1. TYPE THHN/THWN FLAME RETARDANT: HEAT -RESISTANT THERMOPLASTIC INSULATION. NYLON JACKET RATED FOR 90 C DRY/75C WET OPERATION. USE FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. 2. USE TYPE THHN/THWN OR RHW OR XHHW, RATED FOR 90 C, FOR FEEDER CIRCUITS. COLOR CODING 1. PROVIDE CONSISTENT COLOR CODING OF ALL CIRCUITS AS FOLLOWS: a) 120/208 VOLTS CODE b) 277/480 VOLT CODE i) PHASE A BLACK D PHASE A - BROWN ii) PHASE B - RED ii) PHASE B - ORANGE iii) PHASE C - BLUE iii) PHASE C YELLOW iv) NEUTRAL - WHITE iv) NEUTRAL WHITE v) GROUND - GREEN v) GROUND' -GREEN 2. COLOR -CODE WIRING FOR CONTROL SYSTEMS INSTALLED IN CONJUNCTION WITH MECHANICAL AND/OR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WIRING DIAGRAMS FURNISHED WITH THE EQUIPMENT, FACTORY COLOR CODE WIRE NUMBER 6 AND SMALLER, WIRE NUMBER 4 AND LARGER MAY BE COLOR CODED BY COLOR TAPPING OF THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED ENDS. CONNECTORS 1. MAKE CONNECTIONS, SPLICES, AND TAPS AND JOINTS WITH SOLDERLESS DEVICES, MECHANICALLY AND ELECTRICALLY SECURE. PROTECT EXPOSED WIRES AND CONNECTING DEVICES WITH ELECTRICAL TAPE OR INSULATION TO PROVIDE PROTECTION NOT LESS THAN THAT OF THE CONDUCTOR. 2. ELECTRICAL TAPE SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR USE AS INSULATING TAPE. SUPER 33+ SCOTCH VINYL ELECTRICAL TAPE AS MANUFACTURED BY 3M SHALL BE EQUAL. 3. USE LUBRICANT WHERE THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE TO CONDUCTORS EXISTS. USE ONLY A LUBRICANT APPROVED BY THE CABLE MANUFACTURER AND ONE WHICH IS COMPATIBLE WITH CABLE AND RACEWAYS. EXECUTION - WIRE AND CABLE 1. USE "12 AWG MINIMUM FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS WHOSE LENGTH FROM THE PANEL TO FURTHEST OUTLET DOES NOT EXCEED 100' (HORIZONTAL RUN) FOR 120-VOLT CIRCUITS OR 200 FOR 277-VOLT CIRCUITS. USE #10 AWG OR LARGER FOR LONGER RUNS. 2. FLASHOVER OR INSULATION VALUE OF JOINTS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THAT OF THE CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES LISTED CONNECTORS RATED TO 600 VOLTS FOR GENERAL USE AND 1,000 VOLTS FOR USE BETWEEN BALLASTS AND LAMPS OR GASEOUS DISCHARGE FIXTURES. 3. USE TIGHT TERMINATING FITTINGS, CONNECTORS, ETC., OF A TYPE SUITABLE FOR THE SPECIFIED CABLE FURNISHED. MAKE BENDS IN CABLE AT TERMINATION PRIOR TO INSTALLING COMPRESSION DEVICE. 4. EXTEND WIRE SIZING FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF A CIRCUIT, FEEDER, ETC. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. GENERAL INSTALLATION 1. PROVIDE TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS TO PULL ALL WIRE AND CABLE INTO PLACE AND TO MAKE REQUIRED SPLICES AND TERMINATION. 2. WIRE AND CABLE IN CONDUIT, DUCT OR WIREWAY a) UTILIZE ROLLER BEARING SWIVEL TO PREVENT TWISTING OF CABLE ENTERING CONDUIT OR DUCT. b) TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID ENTRANCE OF DIRT AND WATER INTO CONDUIT AND DUCTS. c) CLEAN EXISTING CONDUITS AND DUCTS TO REMOVE ANY PULLING COMPOUND PRIOR TO PULLING NEW CABLES. d) DO NOT DAMAGE CONDUCTOR INSULATION, BRAID JACKET OR SHEATH. e)DO NOT BEND CONDUCTOR TO LESS THAN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED RADUIS. f) MAKE SPLICES ONLY 1N PULL BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OUTLET BOXES. g) UTILIZE CABLE REELS ON JACKS FOR PULLING THROUGH PULL BOXES, DUCTS AND CONDUITS SO BENDS WILL NOT BE EXCESSIVE AND CONDUCTORS WILL NOT TOUCH SHARP EDGES; USE FEEDING TUBE WHERE REQUIRED, h) FOR LARGE DIAMETER CABLES, UTILIZE PROPERLY SIZED PULLING GRIPS. D DO NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED PULLING TENSION OF WIRE AND CABLE. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. TEST SYSTEM WIRING FOR CONTINUITY, GROUNDS AND SHORT CIRCUITS PRIOR TO CONNECTION OF ANY EQUIPMENT. 2. TEST FINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS FOR CONTINUITY OF GROUNDS AND SHORT CIRCUITS. 3. INSULATION RESISTANCE OF FEEDERS AND SUBFEEDERS. INSTALLATION IS FREE OF GROUNDS a) TEST WITH MEGGER FOR INSULATION RESISTANCE. c) DEMONSTRATE IN b) CORRECT FAULTS AND REPLACE SECTIONS WITH ` AND SHORT CIRCUITS AND THAT INSULATION FAULTY INSULATION. RESISTANCE COMPLIES WITH ICEA VALUES 4. TEST DIRECT BURIAL CABLES AFTER COMPLETION OF BACKFILLING SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES EXECUTION SWITCHES 1. PROVIDE SPECIFICATION GRADE, FLUSH MOUNTING, QUIET -OPERATING AC TYPE, WITH TOGGLE OPERATOR, HEAT - RESISTANT PLASTIC HOUSING AND SELF GROUNDING METAL STRAP. SILVER OR SILVER ALLOY CONTACT. DESIGN FOR SIDE OR BACK WIRING WITH UP TO NUMBER 10 WIRE, VERIFIED BY UL TO MEET OR EXCEED FEDERAL . SPECIFICATION WS-896E. USE SINGLE -POLE, DOUBLE -POLE, 3-WAY, 4-WAY, LIGHTED, PILOT OR KEYED TYPE, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED. PROVIDE IVORY COLOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. WHERE SWITCHES ARE INDICATED TO BE INSTALLED NEAR DOORS, CORNER WALLS, ETC. MOUNT SAME NOT LESS THAN 2" AND NOT MORE THAN 18" FROM TRIM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. 3. CAREFULLY COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF SWITCHES TO ENSURE LOCATIONS AT THE STRIKE SIDE OF DOORS. 4. FURNISH AND INSTALL AN ENGRAVED LEGEND FOR EACH SWITCH THAT CONTROLS EXHAUST FANS, MOTORS, EQUIPMENT SYSTEMS, ETC., NOT LOCATED WITHIN SIGHT OF THE CONTROLLING SWITCH. RECEPTACLES 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, MOUNT RECEPTACLE VERTICALLY WITH U-SHAPED GROUND POSITION ON BOTTOM. ALL GENERAL PURPOSE SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. CATALOG NUMBERS LISTED ARE LEVITON: HOWEVER, COMPARABLE DEVICES BY PASS & SEYMOUR, BRYANT, OR ARROW HART WILL BE ACCEPTED. COLOR OF DEVICES AND PLATES SHALL BE DICTATED BY ARCHITECT/OWNER. A. SWITCHES LEVITON #CSB1-201 B. RECEPTACLES: LEVITON •BR20-1 C. COVER PLATES SMOOTH PLASTIC NOTE: ALL OTHER REQUIRED DEVICES SHALL MATCH IN COLOR AND STYLE. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERS 1. SWAB ALL CONDUITS CLEAR OF MOISTURE 2. DO NOT COMBINE G.F.I. PROTECTED CIRCUITS WITH OTHER CIRCUITS IN SAME RACEWAY. 3. LIMIT MAXIMUM NUMBER OF G.F.1, PROTECTED CIRCUITS IN ANY ONE RACEWAY TO A MAXIMUM OF ONE CIRCUIT. 4. GFCI DEVICES SHALL BE ARRANGED TO BE EASILY LOCATED a) LABEL DOWNSTREAM RECEPTACLES TO INDICATE THE GFCI LOCATION WHERE RECEPTACLES ARE MORE THAN 20' FROM THE GFCI DEVICE. b) GFCI DEVICES LOCATED IN RESTROOMS SHALL NOT FEED THROUGH TO PROTECT DEVICES IN OTHER ROOMS. SECTION 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS NAMEPLATES 1.UNLESS `OTHERWISE NOTED, NAMEPLATES SHALL BE BLACK LAMACOID PLATES WITH WHITE ENGRAVED UPPER CASE LETTERS ENCLOSED BY WHITE BORDER ON BEVELED EDGES. 2. NAMEPLATES FOR EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIED BY THE EMERGENCY SYSTEM, SHALL BE RED LAMACOID WITH WHITE LETTERING, 3. ALL NH`;cPLATES SHALL BE ENGRAVED AND MUST BE SECURED WITH RIVETS, BRASS OR CADMIUM PLATE SCREWS. THE USE OF DYMO TAPE OR THE LIKE IS UNACCEPTABLE. CABLE TAGS AND WIRE IDENTIFICATION LABELS . 1. CABLE TAGS SHALL BE FLAMEPROOF SECURED WITH NYLON TIES. 2. WIRE MARKERS SHALL BE PREPRINGTED CLOTH TAPE TYPE OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. . 3. LABEL DESIGNATIONS, NOMINAL SYSTEM VOLTAGES APPLIED TO ..THE COVERS OF ALL MEDIUM AND LOW VOLTAGE PULL, SPLICE AND JUNCTION BOXES. ` EXECUTION SWITCHBOARDS. 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A MASTER NAMEPLATE FOR EACH SWITCHBOARD, ENGRAVED WITH THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. MOUNT AT TOP OF INCOMING SECTION. 2. PROVIDE ON EACH MAIN SWITCH AN IDENTIFYING NAMEPLATE. PANELBOARDS 1. FURNIql, ,%D INSTALL A NAMEPLATE FOR EACH PANELBOARD AND LOAD CENTER ENGRAVED WITH THE IDENTIFICATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. MOUNT AT TOP OF PANEL. DISCONNEC I SWITCHES 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A NAMEPLATE FOR EACH DISCONNECT SWITCH ENGRAVED WITH EQUIPMENT DESIGNATi�" WHICH THE DISCONNECT SERVES. • SECTION 16431 SWITCHBOARDS PRODUCTS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS 1. ALL .SWITCHBOARDS ARE TO BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE PANELBOARDS 2. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS a) SQUARE D c) GENERAL ELECTRIC b) CUTLER -HAMMER Id) SIEMENSITE RATINGS 1. THE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE RATED TO WITHSTAND MECHANICAL FORCES EXERTED DURING SHORT CIRCUIT CONDITIONS WHEN CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO A`POWER SOURCE HAVING AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT .AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ENCLOSURES 1. PROVIDE NEMA 1 ENCLOSURES WHERE LOCATED INDOORS IN DRY LOCATIONS. 2.PROVICE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURES WHERE LOCATED OUTDOORS AND LOCATIONS SUBJECTTOTHE ELEMENTS. FINISH 1 PROPERLY CLEANED AND PROVIDED W/ .ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR STEEL SURFACES OF THE SWITCHBOARD SHALL BE A RUST = INHIBIT ING PHOSPHATIZED COATING. COLOR AND FINISH OF INDOOR SWITCHBOARDS SHALL BE ANSI 61 LIGHT GRAY. .2. OUTDOOR SWITCHBOARD SHALL BE PANTED TO MATCH THE BUILDING. SECTION '16450 - GROUNDING SUBMITTALS GROUNDS AND WATER PIPE GROUNDS. 1. SUBMIT TEST REPORTS CERTIFYING RESISTANCE VALUES FOR BURIED OR DRIVEN R PRODUCTS MATERIALS 1. GROUND CABLES: GREEN COLOR CODED,' INSULATED, ANNEALED STRANDED TINNED COPPER WIRE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. GROUND RODS a) COPPER -CLAD STEEL FABRICATED b) DIAMETER: %".' USE %q" FOR ROCKY SOIL. BY MOLTEN WELDING PROCESS. c) LENGTH: 10 FEET. GENERAL 1. ALL GROUND .WIRES AND BONDING JUMPERS SHALL BE STRANDED COPPER INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. . ALL GROUND WIRES SHALL BE WITHOUT JOINTS AND SPLICES OVER ITS ENTIRE LENGTH. 2. THE SYSTEM NEUTRAL SHALL BE GROUNDED AT THE SERVICE ENTRANCE ONLY, AND KEPT ISOLATED FOR GROUNDING SYSTEMS THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING. 3. EACH SYSTEM OF CONTINUOUS METALLIC PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 4. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BONDED TO THE BUILDING DQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM. THIS SHALL INCLUDE BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, FANS, PUMPS,' CHILLERS, ETC. 5. PVC CONDUITS AND PORTIONS OF METALLIC PIPING AND DUCT SYSTEMS WHICH ARE ISOLATED BY FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, INSULATED COUPLINGS, ETC., SHALL BE BONDED TO THE EQUIPMENT GROUND WITH A FLEXIBLE BONDING JUMPER, OR SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS 1. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS AND BE GROUNDED TO BUILDING STEEL, COLD WATER PIPES, ETC., OR AN ALTERNATE GROUNDING MEANS. 2.A SEPARATE, GREEN TYPE THW COPPER GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE RUN FROM GROUND LUG OF EACH GROUNDED RECEPTACLE TO AN APPROVED CONNECTION INSIDE THE ENCLOSING STEEL OUTLET BOX. DEVICE MOUNTING SCREWS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AN APPROVED GROUND. 3. A SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EVERY CONDUIT AND RACEWAY AND SECURELY BONDED IN AN APPROVED GROUNDING TERMINAL AT BOTH ENDS OF THE RUN. THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 250 OF , THE N.E.C.. CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE CONDUIT TO ACCOMMODATE ADDITIONAL CONDUCTOR. ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES 1.ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES GROUND LUG SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED TO THE RESPECTIVE OUTLET BOXES. 2. PROVIDE INSULATED GROUND WIRE FOR EACH ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE. GROUND WIRE SHALL SERVE ONLY THOSE RECEPTACLES'WHICH ARE ISOLATED. ROUTE GROUND CONDUCTOR TOGETHER WITH PHASE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS IN A COMMON RACEWAY. 3. TERMINATE ISOLATED GROUND WIRE AT THE GROUND FROM THE SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM SERVING THE RECEPTACLES. GROUND CONDUCTORS 1. SIZE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. SECTION 16460 NOT USED SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS s GENERAL 1. ALL SWITCHGEAR, PANELS, STARTERS, CONTACTORS ETC., SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, THE SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON SQUARE "D"; HOWEVER, COMPARABLE EQUIPMENT BY G.E., & SEIMENS ONLY WILL BE ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATES. TANDEM AND HALF -SPACE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE USED. 2. ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS 'INDICATED ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE DESIGNED AND SERIES RATED, AS PER SQUARE "D" SPECIFICATIONS. IF AN ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER IS SUBSTITUTED, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROPERLY SERIES RATE ALL PANELS, 3. TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT INDEX SHALL BE AFFIXED TO INSIDE SURFACE OF EACH PANELBOARD DOOR, CLEARLY INDICATING AREA AND TYPE OF LOAD SERVED BY EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICE, INCLUDING SPARES. HAND PRINTED WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 4. ENGRAVED, LAMINATED PLASTIC IDENTIFICATION PLATES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON ALL PANELS AND SWITCHGEAR. PLATES SHALL BE AFFIXED TO FRONT OF PANELS, INDICATING PANEL NAME, VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE. EXECUTION INSTALLATION 1. MOUNT ALL PANELS AT A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 6 FEET 6 INCHES TO TOP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2 WHERE FLUSHED MOUNTED THE FIRE INTEGRITY OF THE WALL IN WHICH 1T IS INSTALLED MUST BE MAINTAINED. 3. NEATLY ARRANGE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRES AND TIE TOGETHER IN EACH GUTTER WITH THOMAS & BETTS NYLON "TY-RAPS", OR APPROVED EQUAL' AT MINIMUM 4 INCH INTERVALS. 4. PLUG ALL KNOCKOUTS REMOVED AND NOT UTILIZED. 5. PROVIDE NAMEPLATE AND FILL OUT PANEL DIRECTORY. FOR REMODAL WORK OR CHANGES, TRACE CIRCUITS TO DETERMINE LOADS AND PROVIDE NEW UPDATED DIRECTORY. TOUCH UP AND CLEANING 1. VACUUM ALL BACKBOXES CLEAN OF DEBRIS 'AFTER INSTALLATION AND PRIOR TO CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. 2. TOUCH UP SCRATCH MARKS, ETC. WITH MATCHING PAINT. SECTION 16475 - FUSES 600V AND LESS GENERAL 1. ALL FUSES FOR SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE DUAL ELEMENT, CARTRIDGE TYPE. FUSES SHALL BE THOSE MANUFACTURED BY EITHER BUSSMAN OR LITTLEFUSE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE OWNER ONE SPARE FUSE FOR EACH SIZE AND TYPE OF FUSE INSTALLED. FUSES 600 AMPS OR LESS SHALL BE CLASS RKI,TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FUSES OVER 600 AMPS SHALL BE CLASS "L". INSTALLATION 1. FUSES SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL EQUIPMENT IS READY TO BE ENERGIZED. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FUSES OF PROPER TYPE, VOLTAGE AND AMPERE RATINGS FOR ALL FUSIBLE DEVICES FURNISHED. 3. LABELS a) APPLY APPROPRIATE LABEL WITHIN EACH SWITCH, MOTOR STARTER, OR PANEL BOARD DOOR OR AT LOCATION NEXT TO FUSE CLIPS, WHERE FUSES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. FILL-IN IN INK BLANK SPACES ON LABELS FOR NON-STANDARD FUSES WITH APPROPRIATE FUSE DATA. SECTION 16476 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES GENERAL 1: DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE H.P. RATED, GENERAL DUTY, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK TYPE. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY N.E.C. AND LOCATION (WEATHERPROOF, EXPLOSIONS PROOF, ETC.). ENGRAVED LAMINATED PLASTIC IDENTIFICATION PLATES SHALL BE -FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONTACTORS AND STARTERS. SECTION 16500 - LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES PRODUCTS LUMINAIRES 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE LISTED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. THE DESIGNATIONS INDICATED ON THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ARE A DESIGN SERIES REFERENCE (NOT NECESSARILY A COMPLETE CATALOG NUMBER) AND DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT THE NUMBER, SIZE, VOLTAGE, WATTAGE, TYPE OF LAMP, BALLAST, FINISH TRIM, CEILING TYPE, MOUNTING HARDWARE OF SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER ON AS REQUIRED BY THE PARTICULAR INSTALLATION(S) AND CODE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THESE REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED TO GIVE PROPER INSTALLATION PER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PER CODES • BALLASTS 1. IT IS PREFERRED THAT ALL BALLASTS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. EVERY EFFORT SHALL BE MADE TO ELIMINATE BALLASTS FROM MULTIPLE MANUFACTURERS. BALLASTS WITHIN LUMINAIRES OF A GIVEN TYPE MUST HOWEVER BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. MULTIPLE MANUFACTURERS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 2. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS. a) GENERAL ELECTRIC b) MOTOROLA c) MAGNETEK FABRICATION 1. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES, COMPLETE FACTORY -ASSEMBLED AND WIRED AND EQUIPPED WITH NECESSARY SOCKETS, BALLASTS, WIRING, REFLECTORS, CHANNELS, LENSES, ETC., AND DELIVER TO JOB READY FOR INSTALLATION. MATERIALS 1.PROVIDE BALLASTS WITH VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS TO MATCH THAT OF ALL RELATED CIRCUITRY INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED FOR FAILURE TO PROPERLY COORDINATE BALLAST VOLTAGE WITH CIRCUITRY. 2.13ALLASTS FOR CONTROL OF LAMPS IN ONE HOUSING OR FIXTURE UNIT SHALL NOT CONTROL LAMPS OF AN ADJOINING UNIT. 3.GUARANTEE BALLAST FOR ONE FULL YEAR AND ONE YEAR PRORATED AS PER STANDARD , MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY AGAINST DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF 2 YEARS. GUARANTEE TO INCLUDE REPLACING DEFECTIVE BALLAST WITH NEW BALLAST. LAMPS 1. PROVIDE A COMPLETE SET OF NFW LAMPS IN EACH FIXTURE. . 2, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE LAMPS MUST CONFORM TO THE FOLLOW ING: a) FLUORESCENT: T-8, 35K COLOR. b) INCANDESCENT: "A" LAMPS TO BE c) LOW VOLTAGE MR-16, INSIDE FROSTED RATED AT 130 VOLTS. EXECUTION INSTALLATION 1. INSTALL LUMINAIRES IN MECHANICAL AND UNFINISHED AREAS AFTER DUCTWORK AND PIPING INSTALLATION. ADJUST FIXTURE LOCATIONS TO PROVIDE THE BEST LIGHTING FOR EQUIPMENT ACCESS AND SERVICE LOCATIONS. LOCATE FIXTURES 8'-6" A.F.F, OR AT SUITABLE LOCATIONS WITHIN SPACE ON WALLS BUT NOT LOWER THEN 7'-0" A.F.F. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT LUMINAIRES FROM DAMAGE DURING INSTALLATION OF SAME AND UP TO THE TIME OF ACCEPTANCE. ANY .BROKEN LUMINAIRES, GLASSWARE, PLASTICS, LAMPS ETC., MU ST BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH NEW PARTS, WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE ,OWNER, 3. WHE RE BALLASTS ARE FOUND TO B P L E PRODUCIN G EXCES SIVE NOI SE THEY SHALL BE REPLACED. 4. INSTALL EXIT LIGHT AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS BUT NOT HIGHER THAN 10' A.F.F. SIZE AND COLOR OF LETTERING SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES. 5. TRACK LUMINAIRES, ADJUSTABLE LUMINAIRES, FLOODLIGHTS AND ACCENT LIGHTS SHALL BE AIMED AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. OUTDOOR LIGHTING SHALL BE AIMED IN PERIODS OF DARKNESS. 6. PLUMB ALL OUTDOOR LIGHTING STANDARDS TO TRUE VERTICAL. FOR BOLTED POLES, PROVIDE GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS AND NUTS. PLUMB USING A NUT ABOVE AND BELOW THE BASE PLATE ON THE ANCHOR BOLTS. PACK GROUT BETWEEN BASE PLATE AND CONCRETE FOOTING AND PROVIDE DRAIN HOLE BELOW BASE PLATE TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF MOISTURE INSIDE POLE BASE. PROVIDE TWO PIECE OR INDIVIDUAL COVERS FOR NUTS EXPOSED ABOVE THE BAMEPLATE OF THE SAME COLOR 'AS THE POLE. GROUND ALL METAL LIGHTING STANDARDS. 7. EMERGENCY LIGHTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE BRANCH CIRCUIT SUPPLYING NORMAL LIGHTS IN THE SAME AREA WHERE THEY'RE INSTALLED (CONNECTED ON THE LINE SIDE OF ANY SWITCHING ARRANGMENTS) THIS BRANCH CIRCUIT MUST BE IDENTIFIED AT THE PANELBOARD SECTION 16610 SURGE PROTECTION 1. PROVIDE MOV TYPE LIGHTNING ARRESTER ON THE- MAN SERVICE DISCONNECT(S) PER NEC ART. 280 AND CENTRAL FLORIDA LOCAL AMENDMENTS. 2. POWER PANEL SURGE PROTECTORS, WHERE SHOWN ON THE PLANS SHALL BE MOV SINGLE -STAGE TYPE 50,000 KA PER PHASE. EDCO OR EQUAL. SECTION 16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. SUBMITTALS I 1. SUBMIT PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT: a) WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWING CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL SYSTEM COMPONETS. b) DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OPERATION. c) ANNUNCIATOR SCHEDULE SHOWING TITLES FOR EACH FIRE ALARM AND SUPERVISORY ZONE. d) MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE MARKED TO SHOW MODEL AND CATALOG NUMBER FOR ALL EQUIPMENT. e) MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. f) COMPLETE LAYOUT OF THE ENTIRE SYSTEM INCLUDING CONDUIT ROUTING, CONDUIT SIZES, WIRE SIZES AND TYPES. g) PROVIDE A COLOR CODE SCHEDULE FOR WIRING. h) BATTERY SIZING CALCULATIONS INDICATING CIRCUIT LOADING AND POWER SUPPLY LOADING. VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ALL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS EXCEEDING 1.5 AMPS OR 300'. i) SUBMITTALS SHALL BE AS A COMPLETE SET. PARTIAL SUBMITTAL WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. j) DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE ON LESS THAN 81/2" BY 11 INCH SHEETS AND SHALL IDENTIFY ALL SYMBOLS USED. 2. SUBMIT PRIOR TO BUILDING OCCUPANCY a) CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT, UPON COMPLETION OF SYSTEM VERIFICATION, A POINT -BY -POINT CHECK LIST INDICATING THE DATE AND TIME OF EACH ITEM INSPECTED AND ISSUE A RECORD OF COMPLETION CONFIRMING THAT THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND THE SYSTEM IS INSTALLED AND FUNCTIONING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. rA ( I +-j o 4o 0 U u co Iq ;-.4 � Lo N E co U 00 I a, ^� n U a- N co " ¢ �-Ea r­o0�a U v �0 o - u o 'T pI c ;ll U � zN 2 V p-1 w g I �� 0 m i,4 1 1 `l O X L Ol` (L ,. 0 � 7:° ° �O m N _ z 00 c y' Lij N Q 0 m J N _ .E .. , ,I ¢ ti v a �, P o v� N N 3 a 3 O 0 V .T Y 0 0 a 0 J 0 0 0 N 0 0 a 0 N t .21 0 f. . o 0 0 s E 0 0 0 a U V - .a 0 0 0 0 VI r N E 12 = 0 O I- C) U w �0. vJ U I- . U J W J�_ w wW a 0 U a v 0 `G�w `�..�.f p ins` d a 14l t,. > �� v . 14 0 . C N E J 11 °' 0 y v d 0 0 v c v 0 s -0 v w M W w 11 a 0 N V) Al u 0 J �, 0 n i 0 0 M a o Ln o z � w � O o U N Y = z w w w C)N Q W a = o8 C V) - CDU 1 -3 1 0 1� 1 2 3 4 O O O O O O O C POWER PLAN REAR LIGHTING PLAN REAR SCALE: 14" SCALE: 14"' LEFT ( RIGHT LEFT RIGHT PN (PN FRONT FRONT rol cq r-q kn Lo NE co� 8 C4 w CL N c% Q 3 cf) En0� —j m 0 2� U- 0 +5 0 Uu 0 OD N Z 04 A2 A, 0 X - LL < 0 0 C,4 00 04 f4 < CD CN 0 c: C) i'Lo U (N -4--1 w c: U) E 0-(D < C-4 �Zce) 0 _j LL Z LU w Ow0 < z c: Z z =3 O; < (D w 0) c: 7C3 ..3 co 70 m -j a) LL LU 1-0 U- LU C) Z < in D� IL LJ LLJ O Lo (D rl- LLJ F- c5 LLJ U C14 LLJ -Li LL) C) =1 < ui af co of E101 J !� 1 MANUFACTURER: SQUARE-D NQOD :NAME: PANEL A MAIN BREAKER: N/A 3 PHASE MAIN LUGS: 200 AMPS 4 WIRE PROJECT NAME: TRAILHEAD BUILDING K.A I C.: 10 - 120/208 VOLTS PROJECT. NUMBER: 203175 MOUNTED: SURFACE FED FROM: UTILITY XFMER N N C C 0 O 0 LOAD/PHASE (KVA) CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD/PHASE (KVA) 0 WIRE/COND IDENTIFICATION CKT T E NO IDENTIFICATION WIRE/COND D D NO E E E S S . A B C TRIP P P .TRIP .A - 8 C 1 1 EM LIGHTING �� 2#12, 1#12G; 1/2 C L 0 20 , . a ;.; T � _;__- ay,; 20 1 1 20 9.20 ,Js -_���. � . �..... R G` 1/2"C 2#12,1#12 , RECEPT. DISPLAY2 LIGHTING 2#12, 1#12G, 1/2"C L 1.20 .: �',T� 20 1 1 20 1:20 x,� �,�„-�; , R 2#12, 1#12G, 1/ 2"C RECEPT. DISPLAY4 3 LIGHTING 2#12, 1#12G, 1/2"C L , z N 3 ,z_�' _'-. -���;; 1.20 20 1 1 20 ��- a ,c : - �: ,th�, 0.80 R 2#12, 1#12G, 1/2"C - RECEPTACLES 6 2 5 "TENANT SIGN 2#12,1#12G.1l2"C L 120 ':ram 20 1 1 .2 0 „� 0 80 �,,,•,,, R 1 12 G 1/2"C 2# 2 1# �. RECEPTACLES R 8 7. TIME CLOCK 2#12, 1#12G, 1/2 C " R s" , 020 �1���y7 20 1 1 20 „�_�y SPACE ONLY 10 g it c ' 20 1 1 20 s 2 � SPACE ONLY --SPACE 12 *s t S -ey � i 1 20 ;' � ONLY A 14 13 20 1 1 20 '' SPACE ONLY 16 15 Ja. 20 1 1 20 -?�, SPACE ONLY 18 17 K 20 1 1 20 ,.•.�. T 5,.; SPACE ONLY 20 ' 20 1 1 20 _ �` -. SPACE ONLY 22 21 r-P.. 20 1 1 20 - �z'z ,.-,_. ' � -:; SPACE ONLY 24 23 " 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 26 25 ., ,l 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 28 27 ... 20 1 1 20 � 's's ... SPACE ONLY 30 29 --,- 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 32 31 = 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 34 33 35�, 20 1 1 20-s:��" SPACE ONLY 36 : 20 1 1 86 C 38 37? 39 .. .. .. .. - .. H5 . 45 u it k. - p .. . , . 3 20 3#10, 1#10G, 1"C " CU-1 40 3 "'� 1 86 `'. C 3 AHU-1 r2-. 1#8G, 1 1/4"C 60 2"_' H FMMM 17 5.45 7 1.86 C 42 41 :- o TOTAL KVA PHASE A:. 5.26, TOTAL CONNECTED KVA: 24.48 TOTAL KVA PHASE B: 9.91 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 67.94 TOTAL KVA PHASE C: 9.31 TOTAL DEMAND KVA: 28.33 .TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 78.63 - LIGHTING (L) RECEPTACLES (R) A/C HEATING(H) A/C COOLING (C) KITCHEN EQUIPENT (K) LARGEST MOTOR (M) OTHER (0) .SQUARE FOOT.: 1020 LIGHTING DEMAND LOAD IS BASED ON THE LARGER OF THE TWO " (CONNECTED VS. TABLE. 220.39, NEC 1999.) "LARGER A/C LOAD: " 10.89 KVA NOTES: 1. LOCKED BREAKER. L HVAC BREAKER. 'CONK. LOAD(KVA) ADJUST FACTOR DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND LOAD "(KVA) 3.8 1.25 - 1.00 4.75 4.2 -- NEC 7A0 10.894 1.00 1.00 10.894 5.583 1.00 1.00 5.583 0F NEC 0 1.00 - 0 0 1 1.00 1 1.00 0 2. VIA TIME-GLUGK. . MANUFACTURER: < SQUARE-D NQOD NAME: PANEL B ..... .. _... ..., MAIN BREAKER: N/A- ....__ _.._.. 3 PHASE - .. - MAIN LUGS: 200 AMPS 4 WIRE PROJECT NAME: TRAILHEAD BUILDING K:A LC.: -10 - 120/208 VOLTS - PROJECT NUMBER: 203175 MOUNTED: SURFACE UTILITY XFMER FED FROM. _ NI N C Q O" CKT O LOAD/PHASE (KVA) CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD/PHASE (KVA) O WIRE/COND IDENTIFICATION CKT NO .IDENTIFICATION WIRE/COND D p NO. E E E E S S A B C TRIP P P f TRIP A B C 1 1 E M LIGHTING 2#12, 1#12G, 1/2"C L 0 20 20 1 1 20 1.20 a .> <, « R 2#12, 1#12G, 1!2"C DISPLAY RECEPT. 2 LIGHTING 2#12,1#12G, 1!2 C � L _:;.„f .� 1.20 - a•"a.> 20 1 i 20 T=,t ���1.�. i 20 :-f v., t ,°.s:4�£;. R 2#12 1#l2 G 1/2"C PLAY-RECEPT. DISPLAY. 4 LIGHTING 2#12 1#12G 1/2 C as'`•Y'��' .;�.- L �:._•� •_.' L20 - 20 1 1 20 _ f �,,,�,. 120 2 C R 2 " Y.RECEPT. DISPLAY 6 5 7 LIGHTING 2#12, 1#1 _;,.__ L ,-,>;._. ,;�., , �4=?c a: �--� -=�: ,�.�.,-,,, ,_._*� _... , s, - �_, "C DISPLAY RECEPT. 8 2 g TENANT SIGN R .,�_,_ 1.20 _ ,z �_. �'?��, 20 1 1 ZO "�._-,.: .. �;�,,,;; 1.20 x ,a ;� R 2#12 -1#12G 1/2 "C. DI SPLAY R ECEPT. .10 11 TIMECLOCK 2#12,1#12G, 1/2 C =r� .� � .; ,y�;- 0.20 � 20 1 1 20 ,..µ..go *; � :' .�� max;., 0. SO R 2#12 1#12 G 1/2"C RECEPTACLES RE 12 1 1 2 0 0 80 R 2#12 1#12G 1/2"C RECEPTACLES 14 13 SPACE ONLY s `� ,° 2 0 � a =s 20 1 1 20 �� < s - SPACE ONLY -.SPA 16 15 17 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY ` s r � ;,..��. , z 2D 1 1 20 F , � � ���wz> ;�; SPACE ONLY -SPA 18 _ 19 SPACE ONLY ? y.„ : , :• 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 20 -. 21 SPACE ONLY - 20 1 1 20 �, -+-:e .. SPACE ONLY 22 - `� 20 1 1 20 .: .SPA CE ONLY 24 23 --25 SPACE ONLY ONLY - r- ��S •�"§. '� 20 1 1 -20 „t. c �kT,a SPACE " - PA - 6- 2 . 27 SPACE SPACE ONLY "' "� „'��`�• .= 2�4 20 1 1 20 x _ , y s SPACE ONLY 28 29 SPACE ONLY.�„u-;s z€Ev%.. ` 20 1 1 20 ',_° 1�,.`,' SPACE ONLY 3U 31 SPACE ONLY_x u 20 1 1 20 , SPACE ONLY 32- 33 C N. 1.37'.�'--' - 260-..-`x 5 45 "' H 2#6,1#BG,11/4".0 AHU•3. 34 3 3 35 CUr2 3#10, 1#10G, 1 C C f� ,Tx 137 20 3 .�z 5.45 H 36 3 20 1.86.a, C C 3#1.0, 1#10G, 1"C - CU-3 . 38 3 37 C 137 ."� ,v, s 1 86a. y•,y „,: 40 39 H I<, 2.78 3 AHU-2 2#10,.1#10G 1'C 3 0 2 C s.t ..._ t �a a,a: u ,. 1.86 42 at TOTAL KVA PHASE A: 7.83 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA: 38.94 - - TOTAL KVA PHASE B:- -16.26 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS:- 108.10 TOTAL KVA PHASE C: 14.$6 TOTAL DEMAND KVA 40.29 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 111.85 LIGHTING (L) RECEPTACLES (R) A/C HEATING (H) A/CCOOLING.(C) KITCHEN EQUIPENT (K) LARGEST MOTOR (M) OTHER (0) SQUARE FOOT: 1200 LIGHTING DEMAND LOAD IS BASED ON THE LARGER OF THE TWO (CONNECTED VS. TABLE, 220.39, NEC 1999.) "LARGER A/C LOAD: 16,45 KVA . NOTES: 1. LOCKED BREAKER.I. HVAC BREAKER. 2. VIA TIME CLOCK. CONN. LOAD(KVA) ADJUST FACTOR DEMAND. FACTOR. DEMA NO LOAD "(KVA) 3.8 1.25 1.00 4.75 8.8 -- NEC 16.454 1.00 1,00 16.454 9691.O0 1.00 9.69 " 0 - -- NEC 0' 0 1.25 1.00 0 D 1.00 1.00 -. 0 MANUFACTURER: SQUARE-D NQOD NEMA 3R NAME: PANEL HP MAIN BREAKER: 100 AMPS 3 PHASE MAIN LUGS: N/A 4 WIRE PROJECT.NAME: TRAILHEAD BUILDING K.A.I C.: 10 120/208 VOLTS PROJECT UMBER: 203175 N MOUNTED: SURFACE FED FROM: _ UTILITY XFMER ^_ N N C C . 0 WIRE/COND IDENTIFICATION T E NOT IDENTIFICATION WIRE/COND D D N0 . E E S S A B C TRIP PIPPIPI TRIP A I B C" 1 1 LIGHTING 2#12, 1#12G, 1(2"C L 1.20 � x 'n' ;Y1 20 1 1 20 0 0 .2 � �,.�,, -s��, ._ _., G 2"C 2#1 1#12 1/ R 2 F ECEPT. GEN. G I R 2 1 3 .LIGHTING 2#12, 1#12G, tl2 C L ,.{ ,„�?_ � 20 i t 20 ��. 100 ^ ' "f: .�:: a4�:�� 2" #12 1f C L 2#12 1 G LIGHTING EXTERIOR I 4 1 1 5 LIGHTING 2#12; 1#12G; 1/2 C �r L �: >s aa. �., 1 20 '. 20 1 1 20T3 N_.. ... PACEONLY 2 7 EM LIGHTING „ 2#12, 1#12G, 1 2 C L 0 20 � �• _;Y K •: ,�.�..:r?!' 20 1 1 20 i, ACE ONLY g :TIME CLOCK 2#1 ,, r �- R >�^,, 0.2 0 s ..Wf>s., 20 1 1 :20 .^� ,a �G a. � SP ACE ONLY 10 11 SPACE ONLY , 20 1 1 20 x fir; SPACE ONLY 1 2 13 -SPACE ONLY T 20 x S PACE ONLY 14 15 SPACE ONLY :� �� .7.-n 1�<.4xA 20 i 1 20 �;r�_,; i 50 �T� � R 2#12; 1#12G, 112 C '.GFUWP RECEPL" 16 17 SPACE ONLY 4u. h '3 20 1 1 20 SPACE ONLY 18 19 .ACE ONLY SPACE . ., . ?;..,'I �-;. :. 20 1 1 20 s ,, �, SPACE ONLY 20 21 SPACE ONLY '• ��. ,"� 3 ,. � � _ - 20 1 1 20 1�;��; SPACE ONLY 22 23 "SPACE ONLY � . ���..� � . 20 i 1 2 . Aux.: � .: SPACE ONLY -- 24 25 � SPACE ONLY x z � � 20 1 1. 20 � ;�� �. SPACE ONLY 27 SPACE ONLY - 4 M 20 1 1 20 <.,,r SPACE ONLY 28 29 SPACE ONLY TOTAL KVA PHASE A: 1.60 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA: 6.70 TOTAL KVA PHASE B: 3.90 TOTAL CONNECTED.AMPS: 18.60 . TOTAL KVA PHASE C: 1.20 : TOTAL DEMAND KVA: l l.95 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS:" 33.17 LIGHTING (L) RECEPTACLES (R) A/C HEATING, (H) A/C COOLING (C) KITCHEN EQUIPENT (K) LARGEST MOTOR (M) .OTHER (0) CONN. LOAD(KVA) ADJUST FACTOR DEMANDDEMANo FACTOR: LOA D (KVA) .4.8 1.25 1.00 . 6.00 1.9 NEC .5.95 0 1.00 1.00 0 0 1.00 1.00 0 0 -- NEC 0 0 1,25 1.00 , 0 .0 1.00 1 1.00 G NOTES: 1. PHOTOCELL "ON", TIME CLOCK ".OFF" 2. LOCKED BREAKER. V N • r..j o (� O r�1 O U U O LID o M U N ram, ^ 88 O Q N co 3 o y.� � •71 Q L J U 0 o O N u O o U co Z N o - a �w O 0 V O X N r•_ - ILL aLi� aJ 3z Q O E .� a r O N z o 00 w Q N .N N d a q O � c ' s - N 2 v 'o L 3 c O n ai 0 a d a 0 L' 0 U t+D o Lo o Z 1- W ~ r Q CD c O p Q W N Z W Y Z CD W CU � N S a- E401 / ', I POWER RISER NOTES: Uff 1. LIGHTNING ARRESTOR. 2. 2 SETS OF 4#300 CU MCM EACH IN 3" CONDUIT. 3.. #2/0 COPPER CONDUCTING GROUND. SEE GROUNDING ELECTRODE DETAIL THIS SHEET. 4. 4#3/0 CU KCMIL, 1#6 CU E.G. IN 2" CONDUIT. 5. TIME CLOCK MODEL #173 120V OR EQUIVALENT. 6. PHOTOCELL K4121 OR EQUIVALENT. 7. 7 DAY, 4 CIRCUIT PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK, WEATHER PROOF ENCLOSURE EQUAL TO INTERMATIC #ETZ0415CR. 8. LIGHTING CONTACTOR, NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE, ELECTRICALLY HELD. EQUAL SQ."D" CLASS 8903. SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET AND SIZE AS REQUIRED. POWER COMPANY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT LOCAL POWER COMPANY PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION AND COORDINATE LOCATION OF PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. T 12" X 12" WP WIREWAY PANEL 200 200 HP 3 3 100 200 200 AMPS W WP MCB 2 4 3 2" EMPTY CONDUIT WITFI PULL CORD FOR FUTURE EXPANSION. POWER RISER DIAGRAM N.T.S. 8 P ,_O 5 LIGHTING NOTES D TYP. T c -O TENANT 1. VENDOR SHALL VERIFY ALL FIXTURE QUANTITIES. IT c_ PANEL 7 2. VERIFY FIXTURE LOCATION, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 3. NOT USED. 4. MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ARE TO THE CENTER LINE OF DEVICE OR FIXTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. ALL FIXTURES TO BE CENTERED ON 2X2 CEILING GRID U.O.N. 6. ALL FIXTURES TO BE PROVIDED BY, RECEIVED, STORED & INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY 10% ADDITIONAL SPARE OF ALL LAMP TYPES. TO BE LEFT AT JOB SITE AT END OF JOB. SERVICE EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL LEGEND MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE MAXIMUM/MINIMUM NOT ALL DEVICES SHOWN IN LEGEND ARE REQUIRED. HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS - THEY SHALL REVIEW POWER & LIGHTING PLANS AND DETAILS NOT BE ALTERED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION. FOR ITEMS WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. A FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, LETTER INDICATES TYPE. SEE FIXTURE 0 a SCHEDULE. LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCH (IF USED) JUNCTION BOX FOR PADDLE FAN, FLUSH MOUNTED, CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 100 LB. LOAD I a FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT, LETTER INDICATES TYPE. SEE FIXTURE A SCHEDULE. LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCH (IF USED) DISCONNECT SWITCH OBINC HSDCHELIGHT INDICATES OR HID 100/3/60 DISCONNECT DESIGNATION (SIZE/POLES/FUSE) "NF" INDICATES DULEFIXTURE, SEELIGHTET FNXT NFIRMTTYPMO NTING. NON -FUSED; DE INDICATES DUAL ELEMENT FUSES. I-Q c WALL BRACKET LIGHT FIXTURE, LETTER INDICATES TYPE SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TO CONFIRM TYPE AND MOUNTING. EF MOTOR PERMANENTLY CONNECTED WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (HORSEPOWER OR EQUIPMENT INDICATED) NL LIGHT FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY CIRCUIT/NIGHT LIGHT (NQ LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHES. THERMOSTAT. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 1/2" C. STUBBED X EXIT LIGHT (SHADE AREA INDICATES DIRECTION) LETTER INDICATES TYPE TO INTO CEILING SPACE, MOUNT 60" A.F.F. U.O.N. (COORDINATE WITH SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TO CONFIRM TYPE AND MOUNTING. MECHANICAL, DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN) BATTERY POWERED EMERGENCY LIGHT TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" ♦ CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING STUBBED INTO TRACK LIGHTING AND TRACK. FOR INFORMATION ON TRACK CEILING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TO CONFIRM TYPE AND MOUNTING. WALL WASHER FIXTURE. (SHADE AREA INDICATES DIRECTION) 0 COMPUTER O jTLET. MOUNT BOX @ 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TO CONFIRM TYPE AND MOUNTING. $a SINGLE POLE SWITCH, LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES LIGHTS S O CEILING SPEAKERS MTD. AND WIRED PER AEI MUSIC NETWORK, CONTROLLED. LETTER NOT SHOWN IF SELF EVIDENT. MOUNT INC. (800-274-9298) 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. $F SINGLE POLE SWITCH. FAN CONTROLLER, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. p0 CEILING Mt. SENSOR DEVICE 3 3-WAY SWITCH, FOR CONTROLLING LIGHTS FROM TWO DIFFERENT POINTS. FIRE ALARM PULL STATION: EDWARDS #SIGA-270 HEY TWO GANG FLOOR OUTLET BOX. ONE QUADPLEX ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE AND ONE COMPUTER OUTLET. WIREMOLD-WALKER INFLOOR SYSTEMS. RC4 FLUSH QUAD POKE HORN/STROBE: EDWARDS #692-8A-HSW THRU SERIES WITH FOUR MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION LOCATIONS Q� WIREMOLD WALLSOURCE MULTIPLE SERVICE BOX. O SMOKE DETECTOR: EDWARDS #ISIGA-PS QUADPLEX FLOOR RECEPTACLE OUTLET. 4)HEAT DETECTOR: EDWARDS #SIGA-HRS QUADPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET. QUADPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER TOP U.O.N. FACP PANEL: SIEMEN CYRBURUS MODEL #PXL DUPLEX FLOOR RECEPTACLE OUTLET. �t DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. EF BATH ROOM FAN LIGHT (BROAD S150L) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT U.O.N. GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE, LEVITON #6898-I, MOUNT ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT U 0 N DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ISOLATED GROUND TYPE, LEVITON #5362-IGI MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT. U.O.N. ABBREVIATIONS I.G. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ISOLATED GROUND TYPE, LEVITON #5362-IGI EG EQUIPMENT GROUND NL NIGHT LIGHT MOUNT AT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. IG ISOLATED GROUND PC PULL CHAIN DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED ABOVE STOREFRONT WINDOWS WP WEATHERPROOF C/T CURRENT TRANSFORMER 8'- SINGLE RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT HEIGHT NOTED ON PLANS EC EMPTY CONDUIT EX EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN O SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE OUTLET EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR JO JUNCTION BOX (FLUSH MOUNT IN FINISHED AREAS U.O.N.) EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER AFG ABOVE FINISH GRADE Em LIGHTING, POWER, FACP PANELBOARD OR TELE. TERM. CABINET. E/F-EF EXHAUST FAN U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED { A/H-AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE MSB/MDP MAIN SWITCHBOARD OR MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL ACC-CU CONDENSING UNIT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL, BELOW SLAB, OR ABOVE CEILING. RTU ROOF TOP UNIT TYP, TYPICAL CONDUIT EXPOSED ON WALL OR CEILING. FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL VTC VIA TIME CLOCK FLEXIBLE CONDUIT NOT TO EXCEED 6 FEET IN LENGTH LB LOCK BREAKER A-1,3 CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED IN WALLS BELOW SLAB, OR CEILING SPACES. GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER ARROWS INDICATE HOMERUN. SMALL HASHMARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF HOT CONDUCTORS, AND LARGE HASHMARK INDICATES NEUTRAL. TTC TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET SUBSCRIPT INDICATES PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS. GROUND CONDUCTOR REQUIRED IN ALL CONDUITS BUT NOT INDICATED. A-37:39:41 SUBSCRIPT INDICATES PANEL -AND NUMBERS WITH COLONS NOTE: MOUNTING HEIGHTS NOTED ARE TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE SHOWN. U.O.N. INDICATE 2 OR 3 POLE CIRCUITS. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG NO. VOLT LAMPS MOUNTING A DAYBRITE 2SM432-TFS56-120-1 /4EB 120 (4) 32W T8 SURFACE MOUNTED B CAPRI CM6-FV26/32/42U-V65 120 CFM 32W/GX24Q RECESSED CAN -LIGHT C CAPRI CM6-FV26/32/42U-V62C 120 CFM 32W/GX24Q RECESSED EXTERIOR CAN -LIGHT D B-K LIGHTING EV 58 WHP 9 C HP35 120 120 35W PAR20 MH SURFACE MOUNTED F GARDCO 50OW70MH12OG5XXNP 120 (1) 70W MH SURFACE MOUNTED EM MCPHILBEN VU6 120 (2) 5.4W TUNGSTEN UNIVERSAL X MCPHILBEN VERWEM " 120 INCLUDED UNIVERSAL ALTERNATE FIXTURES SHALL BE BY USI INDUSTRY , LITHONIA AND THOMAS IND FIXTURE SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL (SEE SPECIFICATIONS. STRY . ALL GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL HAVE ENERGY SAVING LAMPS AND ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. 2. PROVIDE NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES FOR ALL FIXTURES. 3. PROVIDE .125 MIN. THICK LENSES FOR FLUORESCENT FIXTURES. 4. ALL EMERGENCY EXIT AND NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHES. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. ALL ALTERNATE FIXTURES SHALL BE SUBMITTED. FOR PRIOR APPROVAL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS. NEUTRAL - EQUIPMENT BUS GROUNDING BUS BUILDING STEEL ­44--�-FULL SIZED GROUNDING FULL ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZE (PER NEC TABLE 250-66) No. 4 COPPER MINIMUM UNDERGROUND WATER PIPE 3/4" x 20' COPPER CLAD GROUND RODS. - CONCRETE -ENCASED • ELECTRODE .GROUND RING No. 6 COPPER MINIMUM LNOT LARGER THAN CONDUCTOR USED FOR GROUND RING GROUNDING ELECTR,}DE CONDUCTOR DETAIL N.T.S. (ARTICLE-250, NEC 1999) NOTES: 1. FULL SIZE GROUND MEANS THAT GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON SERVICE EQUIPMENT ON THE POWER RISER DIAGRAM. 2. AFTER GROUNDING! SYSTEM IS INSTALLED, GROUND RESISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED, TO ASSURE THAT GROUND VALUE OF 5 OHM MAXIMUM RESISTANCE IS ACHIEVED. IF NOT, ADDITIONAL GROUNDING. SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MEET THE SPECIFIED VALUE. 3. ALL CONNECTIONS 'TO GROUND' R9-,:S :_'HALL BE EXOTHERMIC WELD CONNECTIONS. 4. GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE LOCATED `WITHIN OR NEAR BOTTOM OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION OR FOOTING THAT IS IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE EARTH, AND SHALL CONSIST OF AT LEAST 20 FEET OF ONE OR MORE STEEL REINFORCING BARS OR RODS OF NOT LESS THAN 1/2 INCH DIAMETER, OR OF AT LEAST 20 FEET OF BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR. O DARD O 11 f .J UVIF 1 1 I,VIVVVI 1 YYI 111 FULL- I I/ G LIVII I I vvNDUIT W/PULL WIRE TO PROPERTY LINE FOR WIRE. STUB -UP 2' A.F.F., TELEPHONE SERVICE. COORDINATE CAP AND MARK. WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE CO. FOR EXACT ROUTING AND POINT OF TERMINATION PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. TELEPHONE RISER DIAGRAM N.T.S. NOTE: MINIMUM 24" SEPERATION BETWEEN OUTLETS AND FIXTURES IN PARTITION WALLS BETWEEN TENANTS. rYPErONS CU-DISC. WIRE ROUND ONDUIT� 1 4.0 30/3/30 D.E. 3#10 1#10 1" 2 5.0 30/3/30 D.E. 3#10 1#10 1" 3 4.0 30/3/20 D.E. 3#10 1#10 1" DISCONNECT 4 7 CU WP WIRE SIZE AND CONDUIT. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE 120V. .4 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 120 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR SMOKE DETECTORS PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL. VERIFY WITH MECH. FOR EXACT LOCATION. (TYP.) DISCONNECT-7 WIRE SIZE AND CONDUIT. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE I IFYPE ONS ANU-DISC WIRE ROUND ONDUIT, 1 5.0 60/3/50 D.E. 2#6 1 #10 1 1 /4" 2 5.0 60/3/50 D.E. 2#10 1#10 1" 3 4.0 60/3/60 D.E. 2#6 1 #8 1 1/4- MECH. EQUIPMENT POWER RISER DETAIL N.T.S. 1. VERIFY NAMEPLATE RATINGS, LOCATIONS, AND POINT OF POWER CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. DO NOT LOCATE DISCONNECT SWITCHES OVER UNIT ACCESS PANELS. 3. PROVIDE A 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT THROUGH INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS (I.E. WALLS, UNDER SLAB) FOR CONTROL WIRING. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL PLANS. 4. EQUIP. REQUIREMENTS ARE FOR MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER LISTED ON MECHANICAL PLANS. THE MECH. CONTRACTOR SH)aLL BARE ANY .ADDITIONAL COST INCURRED IF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED, 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL STARTERS FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL MAKE ALL REQUIRED CONNECTIONS UNLESS STARTERS ARE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON MECHANICAL PLANS TO BE FACTORY INSTALLED (SEE NOTE 4) TIME CLOCK PHOTO CONTROL f�PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS U �W Q = m J m__ 4-POLE LIGHTING CONTACTOR COIL 1. TIME CLOCK WITH ISOLATED CONTACTS (IE-INTERMATIC "ET" SERIES) AND PHOTOCONTROLLED CONTACTOR. THIS METHOD OF WIRING MAINTAINS POWER TO THE PHOTOCONTROL AND PREVENTS LIGHTING FROM CYCLING "ON" DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS WHILE PHOTOCONTROL "RESETS". 2. OVERRIDE (MAINTENANCE) SWITCH 3. TIME CLOCK AND ONE OF THE LIGHTING CIRCUITS MAY BE FED FROM THE SAME SOURCE, IF VOLTAGE IS THE SAME. 4. MATCH CLOCK MOTOR, PHOTOCONTROL AND CONTACTOR COIL TO SYSTEM VOLTAGES. LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL N.T.S. LIGHTING I LOAD C/1 t� U N .� o rzi 0 U u � N E `Y' 0 0 C 3 } co �u oN ZN P-I w W - p X § u_ IL I 1j Qo E .., w N w W N 0 0 N 1 a O IT 3 - 0 3 a a1 V H� � 'y y v a 0 n d fi E v N o E a °a a 0 a r o V w a uj r+� O p z 1� � o i- Mo ¢ a o O p W Z W N z Y LI_, o � ¢ w cl- N C1 U E501 1 j R m 4035 W. 1 st st Workers Temp Staffing it ers mumb: 0 Pern'll 5im32505105,,4157 O.C.; ® 4 1 r% if nM-Ad%,ftwb